Contents

Theorem (1 + 1.8) on the Goldbach conjecture

Ruiyi Zhang Independent Researcher, Columbia, Maryland, USA
Abstract.

Every sufficiently large even integer NN has a representation N=p+r⁢qN=p+rq. Here p,qp,q are primes and rr is 11 or a prime, with r≤qa−1=q4/5=q0.8r\leq q^{a-1}=q^{4/5}=q^{0.8}. This is Proposition (1+a)(1+a) of Li–Liu with a=1.8=9/5a=1.8=9/5. We use a weighted sieve on shifted primes. Its level of distribution exceeds one half. The proof combines thirteen row estimates with a switched upper bound. For a fixed source cutoff, the certified D-unit endpoint is Dlower=1.83399665352036682372D_{\rm lower}=1.83399665352036682372. Since the source mass is 4⁢(1−εA)⁢UC4(1-\varepsilon_{A})U_{C}, division by four gives (1−εA)⁢Dlower=1.833813253855014787037628−o⁢(1)(1-\varepsilon_{A})D_{\rm lower}=1.833813253855014787037628-o(1). The balanced-semiprime cost is at most 1.788209644611262112809348242339+o⁢(1)1.788209644611262112809348242339+o(1) in those units. The remaining coefficient is 0.04560360924375267422827−o⁢(1)0.04560360924375267422827-o(1).

Key words and phrases:
Goldbach problem, almost-primes, sieve methods, well-factorable weights, shifted primes
2020 Mathematics Subject Classification:
Primary 11P32; Secondary 11N36, 11N13

1. Introduction

Chen announced his theorem in 1966 [1]. His proof appeared in 1973 [2]. By this theorem, every sufficiently large even integer is a prime plus an integer with at most two prime factors. Li and Liu [6] formulate Proposition (1+a)(1+a):

N=p+r⁢q,p,q∈ℙ,r∈{1}∪ℙ,r≤qa−1.N=p+rq,\qquad p,q\in\mathbb{P},\quad r\in\{1\}\cup\mathbb{P},\quad r\leq q^{a-% 1}.

Li and Liu take a=1.9a=1.9. Here a=1.8=9/5a=1.8=9/5, so r≤qa−1=q4/5=q0.8r\leq q^{a-1}=q^{4/5}=q^{0.8}. Theorem 1 follows from the strict comparison

Dlower\displaystyle D_{\rm lower} ≥1.83399665352036682372,\displaystyle\geq 1.83399665352036682372,
T\displaystyle T =8⁢log⁡5000939991<1.78838848345960807362<Dlower.\displaystyle=8\log\frac{50009}{39991}<1.78838848345960807362<D_{\rm lower}.

It holds at the fixed source cutoff below. We use the Chen-constant normalization

C⁢(N)=∏ℓ>2(1−1(ℓ−1)2)⁢∏ℓ∣Nℓ>2ℓ−1ℓ−2,UC=C⁢(N)⁢N(log⁡N)2;C(N)=\prod_{\ell>2}\left(1-\frac{1}{(\ell-1)^{2}}\right)\prod_{\begin{subarray% }{c}\ell\mid N\\ \ell>2\end{subarray}}\frac{\ell-1}{\ell-2},\qquad U_{C}=\frac{C(N)N}{(\log N)^% {2}};

There is no leading factor of two. With εA=10−4\varepsilon_{A}=10^{-4}, our selected endpoint and the pointwise division by four give

P2,εA⁢(N)≥[1.833813253855014787037628−o⁢(1)]⁢C⁢(N)⁢N/(log⁡N)2,P_{2,\varepsilon_{A}}(N)\geq[1.833813253855014787037628-o(1)]C(N)N/(\log N)^{2},

where P2,εA⁢(N)=#⁢{p<(1−εA)⁢N:p∈ℙ,Ω⁢(N−p)≤2}P_{2,\varepsilon_{A}}(N)=\#\{p<(1-\varepsilon_{A})N:p\in\mathbb{P},\ \Omega(N-% p)\leq 2\}. Our normalization uses C⁢(N)C(N) without a leading factor 22, as do Wu’s lower bounds D1,2⁢(N)≥0.836⁢C⁢(N)⁢N/(log⁡N)2D_{1,2}(N)\geq 0.836C(N)N/(\log N)^{2} [3, Theorem 2] and D1,2⁢(N)≥0.899⁢C⁢(N)⁢N/(log⁡N)2D_{1,2}(N)\geq 0.899C(N)N/(\log N)^{2} [4]. Here DlowerD_{\rm lower} is in D units. The source mass is 4⁢(1−εA)⁢UC4(1-\varepsilon_{A})U_{C}, so pointwise division by four contributes the factor 1−εA1-\varepsilon_{A} to DlowerD_{\rm lower}. This calculation uses the specified direct and switched distribution inputs, with domain-dependent levels up to 153/256153/256. The separate balanced-semiprime subtraction costs 8⁢(1−10−4)⁢log⁡(50009/39991)8(1-10^{-4})\log(50009/39991), leaving coefficient 0.0456036092437526742⁢…−o⁢(1)0.0456036092437526742\ldots-o(1) for the restricted (1+1.8)(1+1.8) representations. Li–Liu’s (1+1.9)(1+1.9) argument uses the same singular-series convention and the corresponding limiting exclusion threshold 8⁢log⁡(10/9)=0.8428841252626104⁢…≈0.842888\log(10/9)=0.8428841252626104\ldots\approx 0.84288 [6, (5.42)–(5.43)].

Lichtman [5] develops distribution estimates beyond one half. We use the signed estimates of [Z1, Theorems 1.1–1.2] and the local estimate [Z1, Theorem 3.2, (3.13)]. In outline, the proof runs

thirteen signed rows⟹switching⟹Dlower>T⟹N=p+r⁢q.\text{thirteen signed rows}\ \Longrightarrow\ \text{switching}\ % \Longrightarrow\ D_{\rm lower}>T\ \Longrightarrow\ N=p+rq.

Input from [Z1]

We apply [Z1, Theorem 1.2] to the complete coefficient family below. Fix A,B>0A,B>0, 0<ε≤10−40<\varepsilon\leq 10^{-4}, and

0<u≤1/500,1/2<θ<Θ⁢(u)=(5−7/32−3⁢u)/8,ηΘ=Θ⁢(u)−θ,0<σ≤min⁡{10−10,ηΘ/200,u/(2⁢θ)},τ=σ9,D=Nθ,z=Nu,Y=Dσ2,Kscale=B+1,Cbox∈ℤ,Cbox≥⌈2⁢A+32⌉.\begin{gathered}0<u\leq 1/500,\quad 1/2<\theta<\Theta(u)=(5-7/32-3u)/8,\\ \eta_{\Theta}=\Theta(u)-\theta,\quad 0<\sigma\leq\min\{10^{-10},\eta_{\Theta}/% 200,\sqrt{u/(2\theta)}\},\\ \tau=\sigma^{9},\quad D=N^{\theta},\quad z=N^{u},\quad Y=D^{\sigma^{2}},\quad K% _{\rm scale}=B+1,\\ C_{\rm box}\in\mathbb{Z},\qquad C_{\rm box}\geq\lceil 2A+32\rceil.\end{gathered}

Thus Cbox≥2⁢(A+16)C_{\rm box}\geq 2(A+16) and Cbox≥A+18C_{\rm box}\geq A+18, as required in [Z1, (3.24), (B.18)–(B.19)]. For large even NN and ν∈{+,−}\nu\in\{+,-\}, put

(W) wNν⁢(q)=∑d<Dσd∣PN⁢(Y)ϕdν⁢𝟏q=d+∑𝐃∈𝒟ν⁢(D)∑d<Dσd∣PN⁢(Y)λdν⁢(𝐃)⁢∑pi∈𝒫NDi≤pi<min⁡(Di1+τ,z)K𝐃⁢(𝐩)⁢𝟏q=d⁢p1⁢⋯⁢pk.\begin{split}w_{N}^{\nu}(q)={}&\sum_{\begin{subarray}{c}d<D^{\sigma}\\ d\mid P_{N}(Y)\end{subarray}}\phi_{d}^{\nu}\mathbf{1}_{q=d}\\ &+\sum_{\mathbf{D}\in\mathcal{D}^{\nu}(D)}\sum_{\begin{subarray}{c}d<D^{\sigma% }\\ d\mid P_{N}(Y)\end{subarray}}\lambda_{d}^{\nu}(\mathbf{D})\sum_{\begin{% subarray}{c}p_{i}\in\mathcal{P}_{N}\\ D_{i}\leq p_{i}<\min(D_{i}^{1+\tau},z)\end{subarray}}K_{\mathbf{D}}(\mathbf{p}% )\mathbf{1}_{q=dp_{1}\cdots p_{k}}.\end{split}

Here 𝒫N={p⁢ prime:p∤2⁢N}\mathcal{P}_{N}=\{p\text{ prime}:p\nmid 2N\} and PN⁢(t)=∏p<t,p∈𝒫NpP_{N}(t)=\prod_{p<t,\ p\in\mathcal{P}_{N}}p. We use Iwaniec’s grid, vectors and coefficients [11, Theorem 4], with depth R=1R=1, mesh σ,τ\sigma,\tau, and Di≥YD_{i}\geq Y. All smooth divisors and the smooth-only term are kept. The coefficient bounds and distinctness mask are

|ϕdν|,|λdν⁢(𝐃)|≤1,K𝐃⁢(𝐩)=∏i<jDi=Dj(1−𝟏pi=pj).|\phi_{d}^{\nu}|,|\lambda_{d}^{\nu}(\mathbf{D})|\leq 1,\qquad K_{\mathbf{D}}(% \mathbf{p})=\prod_{\begin{subarray}{c}i<j\\ D_{i}=D_{j}\end{subarray}}(1-\mathbf{1}_{p_{i}=p_{j}}).

An integer shift aa is admissible if

N≤a≤N⁢log⁡N/3,(a,q)=1(q∈supp⁡wNν).N\leq a\leq N\log N/3,\qquad(a,q)=1\quad(q\in\operatorname{supp}w_{N}^{\nu}).

The shift aa is distinct from the Li–Liu parameter a=1.8=9/5a=1.8=9/5 below. Put IN=(N/(log⁡N)B,(1−ε)⁢N)I_{N}=(N/(\log N)^{B},(1-\varepsilon)N). Let πIN\pi_{I_{N}} count the primes in this interval. Let πIN⁢(q,a)\pi_{I_{N}}(q,a) count those in the residue class aa. For fixed admissible σ\sigma,

supp⁡wNν⊆{q<D1+σ+τ:(q,2⁢N)=1},D1+σ+τ<NΘ⁢(u),|wNν⁢(q)|≪σ,u,θ1,Y≤Nu/2<z,log⁡D/log⁡z=θ/u,\begin{gathered}\operatorname{supp}w_{N}^{\nu}\subseteq\{q<D^{1+\sigma+\tau}:(% q,2N)=1\},\quad D^{1+\sigma+\tau}<N^{\Theta(u)},\\ |w_{N}^{\nu}(q)|\ll_{\sigma,u,\theta}1,\qquad Y\leq N^{u/2}<z,\quad\log D/\log z% =\theta/u,\end{gathered}
|∑qwNν⁢(q)⁢{πIN⁢(q,a)−πINφ⁢(q)}|≪σ,A,u,θ,B,ε,CboxN⁢(log⁡N)−A.\left|\sum_{q}w_{N}^{\nu}(q)\left\{\pi_{I_{N}}(q,a)-\frac{\pi_{I_{N}}}{\varphi% (q)}\right\}\right|\ll_{\sigma,A,u,\theta,B,\varepsilon,C_{\rm box}}N(\log N)^% {-A}.

The sum runs over the full support, uniformly in admissible shifts. The implied constant and the threshold depend on the displayed fixed parameters. Through Siegel–Walfisz they may be ineffective. For u=1/500u=1/500, this is [Z1, Theorem 1.1], with

Θ⁢(1/500)=19101/32000,u/(2⁢θ)=1/(1000⁢θ).\Theta(1/500)=19101/32000,\qquad\sqrt{u/(2\theta)}=\sqrt{1/(1000\theta)}.

By [Z1, Corollary 1.3], the same estimate holds with the comparator Li⁡((1−ε)⁢N)−Li⁡(N/(log⁡N)B)\operatorname{Li}((1-\varepsilon)N)-\operatorname{Li}(N/(\log N)^{B}).

For the row S1-0 we take

u=1/500,θ=19101/32000−10−4,B=30,ε=10−4,Kscale=31,a=N,ηΘ=10−4,θ/u=298.403125.\begin{gathered}u=1/500,\quad\theta=19101/32000-10^{-4},\quad B=30,\quad% \varepsilon=10^{-4},\quad K_{\rm scale}=31,\\ a=N,\quad\eta_{\Theta}=10^{-4},\quad\theta/u=298.403125.\end{gathered}

Since (q,2⁢N)=1(q,2N)=1, this shift is admissible. The choice 0<σ≤10−100<\sigma\leq 10^{-10} made later meets the remaining restrictions. We keep Cbox≥⌈2⁢A+32⌉C_{\rm box}\geq\lceil 2A+32\rceil. Each prefixed or product row is checked separately below. The Heath–Brown decomposition [12] and packing produce the boxes. BFI and Siegel–Walfisz give the first dispersion. The spectral estimate gives the second square. Type-I estimates and the full-family sum finish the bound. Details are in the local proof below and [Z1, §§3–5 and Appendix B].

1.1. Statement and sources

Theorem 1 (Goldbach representation (1+1.8)(1+1.8)).

In the Proposition (1+a)(1+a) convention, a=1.8=9/5a=1.8=9/5, so a−1=0.8=4/5a-1=0.8=4/5. Every sufficiently large even integer NN has a representation

(1.1) N=p+r⁢q,p,q∈ℙ,r∈{1}∪ℙ,r≤qa−1=q4/5=q0.8.N=p+rq,\qquad p,q\in\mathbb{P},\qquad r\in\{1\}\cup\mathbb{P},\qquad r\leq q^{% a-1}=q^{4/5}=q^{0.8}.

1.2. Normalization and fixed source

Put L=log⁡NL=\log N. The singular series has no leading factor of two:

(1.2) C⁢(N)=C2⁢∏ℓ∣Nℓ>2ℓ−1ℓ−2,C2=∏ℓ>2(1−1(ℓ−1)2)>0,UC⁢(N)=C⁢(N)⁢NL2.C(N)=C_{2}\prod_{\begin{subarray}{c}\ell\mid N\\ \ell>2\end{subarray}}\frac{\ell-1}{\ell-2},\qquad C_{2}=\prod_{\ell>2}\left(1-% \frac{1}{(\ell-1)^{2}}\right)>0,\qquad U_{C}(N)=\frac{C(N)N}{L^{2}}.

Here ℓ,p,q\ell,p,q denote primes. Uniformly over even NN, C⁢(N)≥C2C(N)\geq C_{2} and UC⁢(N)→∞U_{C}(N)\to\infty. Fix

(1.3) εA=ηL=110000,a=1.8=95,b=a−1a−εA=3999190000>13.\varepsilon_{A}=\eta_{L}=\frac{1}{10000},\qquad a=1.8=\frac{9}{5},\qquad b=% \frac{a-1}{a}-\varepsilon_{A}=\frac{39991}{90000}>\frac{1}{3}.

The cutoff bb separates the balanced semiprimes, and ηL\eta_{L} is the row buffer. Here TT is the fixed exclusion threshold and τ\tau is the mesh width. In Sections 2–4, DD denotes a sieve level; DlowerD_{\rm lower} is the normalized endpoint. The local cutoff HH, switched integral HLH_{L}, source majorant g⁢(e)g(e), and Li–Liu threshold g3g_{3} are distinct quantities. The source is

(1.4) 𝒜εA={N−p:p∈ℙ,p<(1−εA)⁢N}.\mathcal{A}_{\varepsilon_{A}}=\{N-p:p\in\mathbb{P},\ p<(1-\varepsilon_{A})N\}.

Thus εA⁢N<n<N\varepsilon_{A}N<n<N on the source. Exponents are measured against NN, and a local shell has scale XX.

The weight O1 uses the rational parameters

(1.5) α=1001149,β=50309,μ=25128,λ=93400,τS=57224,u=1500,sO1=115.\alpha=\frac{100}{1149},\quad\beta=\frac{50}{309},\quad\mu=\frac{25}{128},% \quad\lambda=\frac{93}{400},\quad\tau_{S}=\frac{57}{224},\quad u=\frac{1}{500}% ,\quad s_{\rm O1}=\frac{11}{5}.

For r∈[β,λ)r\in[\beta,\lambda), put

(1.6) B⁢(r)={β,β≤r<μ,min⁡{β,max⁡{α,C0−5⁢r/2}},μ≤r<λ,C0=5764−1500−sO1⁢α.B(r)=\begin{cases}\beta,&\beta\leq r<\mu,\\ \min\{\beta,\max\{\alpha,C_{0}-5r/2\}\},&\mu\leq r<\lambda,\end{cases}\qquad C% _{0}=\frac{57}{64}-\frac{1}{500}-s_{\rm O1}\alpha.

Since 2⁢(C0−α)/5>λ2(C_{0}-\alpha)/5>\lambda, the lower truncation is inactive. The S10 proof writes B0B_{0} for this same clipped function on [μ,λ)[\mu,\lambda). The other breakpoint is

vβ=2⁢(C0−β)/5=506848823/2366940000∈(μ,λ).v_{\beta}=2(C_{0}-\beta)/5=506848823/2366940000\in(\mu,\lambda).

Hence BB is continuous, non-increasing, and piecewise affine.

1.3. The weight and its elementary counting inequality

For squarefree dd with (d,N)=1(d,N)=1, define the cofactor count

(1.7) S⁢(d;z)=#⁢{n=d⁢m∈𝒜εA:P−⁢(m)≥z,(m,N⁢d)=1}.S(d;z)=\#\{n=dm\in\mathcal{A}_{\varepsilon_{A}}:P^{-}(m)\geq z,\ (m,Nd)=1\}.

Set P−⁢(1)=+∞P^{-}(1)=+\infty and ti=log⁡pi/Lt_{i}=\log p_{i}/L. Each row SiS_{i} of the table is a sum of (1.7), with each admissible divisor counted separately. For S1,S2S_{1},S_{2}, take d=1d=1.

Row Coefficient cic_{i} Divisor and domain Cofactor cutoff
S1S_{1} 33 d=1d=1 NαN^{\alpha}
S2S_{2} 11 d=1d=1 NβN^{\beta}
S3S_{3} −2-2 d=p1,α≤t1<μd=p_{1},\ \alpha\leq t_{1}<\mu NαN^{\alpha}
S4S_{4} −1-1 d=p1,μ≤t1<1/4d=p_{1},\ \mu\leq t_{1}<1/4 NαN^{\alpha}
S5S_{5} −1-1 d=p1, 1/4≤t1<τSd=p_{1},\ 1/4\leq t_{1}<\tau_{S} NαN^{\alpha}
S6S_{6} −1-1 d=p1,τS≤t1<1/3d=p_{1},\ \tau_{S}\leq t_{1}<1/3 NαN^{\alpha}
S7S_{7} −1-1 d=p1,μ≤t1<λd=p_{1},\ \mu\leq t_{1}<\lambda NαN^{\alpha}
S8S_{8} 11 d=p1⁢p2,α≤t2<t1<βd=p_{1}p_{2},\ \alpha\leq t_{2}<t_{1}<\beta NαN^{\alpha}
S9S_{9} 11 d=p1⁢p2,α≤t2<β≤t1<μd=p_{1}p_{2},\ \alpha\leq t_{2}<\beta\leq t_{1}<\mu NαN^{\alpha}
S10S_{10} 11 d=p1⁢p2,μ≤t1<λ,α≤t2<B⁢(t1)d=p_{1}p_{2},\ \mu\leq t_{1}<\lambda,\ \alpha\leq t_{2}<B(t_{1}) NαN^{\alpha}
S11S_{11} −2-2 d=p1⁢p2,λ≤t1<1/3,t1<t2<(1−t1)/2d=p_{1}p_{2},\ \lambda\leq t_{1}<1/3,\ t_{1}<t_{2}<(1-t_{1})/2 p2p_{2}
S12S_{12} −1-1 d=p1⁢p2,α≤t1<1/3≤t2<(1−t1)/2d=p_{1}p_{2},\ \alpha\leq t_{1}<1/3\leq t_{2}<(1-t_{1})/2 p2p_{2}
S13S_{13} −1-1 d=p1⁢p2,β≤t1<λ≤t2<(1−t1)/2d=p_{1}p_{2},\ \beta\leq t_{1}<\lambda\leq t_{2}<(1-t_{1})/2 (N/(p1⁢p2))1/2(N/(p_{1}p_{2}))^{1/2}

Let Ri⁢(n)R_{i}(n) count the contributions of nn to row ii. Set

(1.8) W13⁢(n)=∑i=113ci⁢Ri⁢(n),W⁢(n)=W13⁢(n)−𝟏Ω⁢(n)≥3⁢max⁡{W13⁢(n),0}.W_{13}(n)=\sum_{i=1}^{13}c_{i}R_{i}(n),\qquad W(n)=W_{13}(n)-\mathbf{1}_{% \Omega(n)\geq 3}\max\{W_{13}(n),0\}.

All these weights vanish unless P−⁢(n)≥NαP^{-}(n)\geq N^{\alpha}. The switched excess is

(1.9) Ssw⁢(N)=∑n∈𝒜εAP−⁢(n)≥Nα,Ω⁢(n)≥3max⁡{W13⁢(n),0},ΣW=∑i=113ci⁢Si−Ssw.S_{\rm sw}(N)=\sum_{\begin{subarray}{c}n\in\mathcal{A}_{\varepsilon_{A}}\\ P^{-}(n)\geq N^{\alpha},\ \Omega(n)\geq 3\end{subarray}}\max\{W_{13}(n),0\},% \qquad\Sigma_{W}=\sum_{i=1}^{13}c_{i}S_{i}-S_{\rm sw}.

The row dictionary consists of S1,…,S13S_{1},\ldots,S_{13}; S14,S15S_{14},S_{15} are absent. The next lemma turns the weighted sum into a lower bound for the prime count.

Lemma 1.1 (Pointwise count).

For all sufficiently large NN,

(1.10) #⁢{p<(1−εA)⁢N:p∈ℙ,Ω⁢(N−p)≤2}≥ΣW4−O⁢(N1−α⁢L).\#\{p<(1-\varepsilon_{A})N:p\in\mathbb{P},\ \Omega(N-p)\leq 2\}\geq\frac{% \Sigma_{W}}{4}-O(N^{1-\alpha}L).
Proof.

First take squarefree nn with (n,N)=1(n,N)=1. If Ω⁢(n)≥3\Omega(n)\geq 3, then W⁢(n)≤0W(n)\leq 0 by (1.8). For Ω⁢(n)≤2\Omega(n)\leq 2, the bound n>εA⁢Nn>\varepsilon_{A}N excludes n=1n=1. A prime nn exceeds N1/3N^{1/3} for large NN, so only S1,S2S_{1},S_{2} contribute and W⁢(n)=4W(n)=4.

Let n=r⁢qn=rq with primes r<qr<q. Then q>(εA⁢N)1/2>N1/3q>(\varepsilon_{A}N)^{1/2}>N^{1/3}. Put t=log⁡r/Lt=\log r/L. The first ten rows give

(1.11) t[α,β)[β,λ)[λ,1/3)[1/3,1/2)weight1234.\begin{array}[]{c|cccc}t&[\alpha,\beta)&[\beta,\lambda)&[\lambda,1/3)&[1/3,1/2% )\\ \hline\cr\text{weight}&1&2&3&4.\end{array}

The positive pair rows cannot use qq, and the single-prime rows supply the subtractions in this display. The last three rows contribute zero when n=r⁢qn=rq, hence W⁢(n)≤4W(n)\leq 4.

Since 12⁢α>112\alpha>1, every retained n<Nn<N has Ω⁢(n)≤11\Omega(n)\leq 11. So there are at most 1111 single primes and (112)=55\binom{11}{2}=55 pairs, and

|W13⁢(n)|≤3+1+2⋅11+4⋅11+3⋅55+2⋅55+55+55=455,|W⁢(n)|≤455.|W_{13}(n)|\leq 3+1+2\cdot 11+4\cdot 11+3\cdot 55+2\cdot 55+55+55=455,\qquad|W% (n)|\leq 455.

The terms group as S1,S2S_{1},S_{2}; S3S_{3}; S4S_{4}–S7S_{7}; S8S_{8}–S10S_{10}; and S11,S12,S13S_{11},S_{12},S_{13}, respectively. The non-squarefree exceptions number at most

∑j≥NαN/j2=O⁢(N1−α).\sum_{j\geq N^{\alpha}}N/j^{2}=O(N^{1-\alpha}).

Integers with a prime factor in common with NN number at most ω⁢(N)⁢N1−α=O⁢(N1−α⁢L)\omega(N)N^{1-\alpha}=O(N^{1-\alpha}L), and their weighted sum has the same order. On the remaining integers, W⁢(n)≤4⁢𝟏Ω⁢(n)≤2W(n)\leq 4\mathbf{1}_{\Omega(n)\leq 2}. Summing and dividing by four proves the lemma. ∎

The switched main term is 8⁢(1−εA)⁢IHL⁢UC8(1-\varepsilon_{A})I_{\rm HL}U_{C}, where

(1.12) IHL=∑k=511∫α≤t1<⋯<tkt1+⋯+tk=1max⁡{W13⁢(𝐭),0}t1⁢⋯⁢tk⁢𝑑t1⁢⋯⁢𝑑tk−1.I_{\rm HL}=\sum_{k=5}^{11}\int_{\begin{subarray}{c}\alpha\leq t_{1}<\cdots<t_{% k}\\ t_{1}+\cdots+t_{k}=1\end{subarray}}\frac{\max\{W_{13}(\mathbf{t}),0\}}{t_{1}% \cdots t_{k}}\,dt_{1}\cdots dt_{k-1}.

Here tk=1−∑i<ktit_{k}=1-\sum_{i<k}t_{i}, and the integral uses the coordinate measure shown. For the prime factors of an actual source integer nn, ∑ti=log⁡n/L\sum t_{i}=\log n/L, and this radial coordinate need not equal 11. Section 5.5 proves the cell decomposition, the restriction k≥5k\geq 5 and the prime-product estimate. For k=3,4k=3,4, it uses a one-sided comparison at ∑ti=log⁡n/L<1\sum t_{i}=\log n/L<1, where the slice dictionary need not be an identity. After normalization, (1.12) contributes −2⁢IHL-2I_{\rm HL} to DD.

1.4. Balanced semiprimes

This subsection removes the semiprimes whose smaller factor is too large. Let P2,εA⁢(N)P_{2,\varepsilon_{A}}(N) denote the count in (1.10). Let Ga⁢(N)G_{a}(N) count primes p<(1−εA)⁢Np<(1-\varepsilon_{A})N admitting a representation as in (1.1), with r≤qa−1r\leq q^{a-1}. For a prime remainder, take r=1r=1. For n=r⁢qn=rq, r≤qr\leq q, the bound r<Nbr<N^{b} gives

(1.13) q>εA⁢N1−b,qa−1>εAa−1⁢Nb+a⁢εA>Nb>rq>\varepsilon_{A}N^{1-b},\qquad q^{a-1}>\varepsilon_{A}^{a-1}N^{b+a\varepsilon% _{A}}>N^{b}>r

provided

(1.14) N>εA−(a−1)/(a⁢εA).N>\varepsilon_{A}^{-(a-1)/(a\varepsilon_{A})}.

Here (1−b)⁢(a−1)−b=a⁢εA(1-b)(a-1)-b=a\varepsilon_{A}. For (1.3), log⁡N≥44445\log N\geq 44445 suffices, since (a−1)/(a⁢εA)=40000/9(a-1)/(a\varepsilon_{A})=40000/9 and log⁡10000<10\log 10000<10.

For the remaining semiprimes put

(1.15) g⁢(e)=#⁢{(r,q)∈ℙ2:Nb≤r≤N1/2,εA⁢N<r⁢q<N,r⁢q=e}.g(e)=\#\{(r,q)\in\mathbb{P}^{2}:N^{b}\leq r\leq N^{1/2},\quad\varepsilon_{A}N<% rq<N,\quad rq=e\}.

The majorant allows q<rq<r and counts both choices of rr. Thus 0≤g⁢(e)≤20\leq g(e)\leq 2, and every remaining bad semiprime is counted. Consequently

(1.16) Ga⁢(N)≥P2,εA⁢(N)−∑eg⁢(e)⁢𝟏ℙ⁢(N−e).G_{a}(N)\geq P_{2,\varepsilon_{A}}(N)-\sum_{e}g(e)\mathbf{1}_{\mathbb{P}}(N-e).

Prime squares remain in (1.15); discarding them would cost O⁢(N1/2)O(N^{1/2}). For a<2a<2, they fail r=q≤qa−1r=q\leq q^{a-1}.

Section 5.6 proves the following untruncated estimate for the majorant. For each fixed A>0A>0 there is a fixed BB such that, with Q=N1/2⁢L−BQ=N^{1/2}L^{-B},

(1.17) ∑d≤Qmax(h,d)=1⁡|∑e≡h⁢(d)g⁢(e)−1φ⁢(d)⁢∑(e,d)=1g⁢(e)|≪A,εAN⁢L−A.\sum_{d\leq Q}\max_{(h,d)=1}\left|\sum_{e\equiv h\ (d)}g(e)-\frac{1}{\varphi(d% )}\sum_{(e,d)=1}g(e)\right|\ll_{A,\varepsilon_{A}}NL^{-A}.

Lemma 5.1 gives (5.24). Section 5.6 applies it at the scales and precisions specified after (5.47). The partition (5.45)–(5.46) and the error (5.47) then give (5.48). Take bG4=b=39991/90000>1/3b_{\rm G4}=b=39991/90000>1/3 and ε=εA\varepsilon=\varepsilon_{A}. The multiplicity in (5.44) includes the endpoint e=εA⁢Ne=\varepsilon_{A}N, where |g−gN|≤2|g-g_{N}|\leq 2. So each discrepancy changes by at most 2+2/φ⁢(d)2+2/\varphi(d), and the total change is O⁢(Q)=O⁢(N1/2)O(Q)=O(N^{1/2}).

Put Xg=∑eg⁢(e)X_{g}=\sum_{e}g(e). Section 5.6 also proves

(1.18) Xg\displaystyle X_{g} =∑Nb≤r≤N1/2r∈ℙ{π⁢(N/r)−π⁢(εA⁢N/r)}\displaystyle=\sum_{\begin{subarray}{c}N^{b}\leq r\leq N^{1/2}\\ r\in\mathbb{P}\end{subarray}}\{\pi(N/r)-\pi(\varepsilon_{A}N/r)\}
=(1−εA)⁢NL⁢∫b1/2d⁢tt⁢(1−t)+OεA⁢(N/L2)\displaystyle=\frac{(1-\varepsilon_{A})N}{L}\int_{b}^{1/2}\frac{dt}{t(1-t)}+O_% {\varepsilon_{A}}(N/L^{2})
=(1−εA)⁢NL⁢log⁡1−bb+OεA⁢(N/L2).\displaystyle=\frac{(1-\varepsilon_{A})N}{L}\log\frac{1-b}{b}+O_{\varepsilon_{% A}}(N/L^{2}).

Uniform PNT gives the inner count with relative error OεA⁢(L−1)O_{\varepsilon_{A}}(L^{-1}), and partial summation in rr gives the integral. Strict prime endpoints are absorbed in the error term. Let PN⁢(z)=∏2<ℓ<z,ℓ∤NℓP_{N}(z)=\prod_{2<\ell<z,\ \ell\nmid N}\ell and z=Q1/2z=Q^{1/2}. The sequence takes each N−eN-e with multiplicity g⁢(e)g(e); call it ℬ\mathcal{B}. For squarefree d∣PN⁢(z)d\mid P_{N}(z),

(1.19) |ℬd|=Xgφ⁢(d)+rd,rd=Δg⁢(d,N)−1φ⁢(d)⁢∑(e,d)>1g⁢(e).|\mathcal{B}_{d}|=\frac{X_{g}}{\varphi(d)}+r_{d},\qquad r_{d}=\Delta_{g}(d,N)-% \frac{1}{\varphi(d)}\sum_{(e,d)>1}g(e).

Eventually every prime factor of ee is at least min⁡(Nb,εA⁢N1/2)>N1/4>z\min(N^{b},\varepsilon_{A}N^{1/2})>N^{1/4}>z, so the correction vanishes. Section 5.6 applies the upper sieve with

VN⁢(z)=2⁢e−γ⁢C⁢(N)log⁡z⁢(1+o⁢(1)),s=2,F⁢(2)=eγ,VN⁢(z)⁢F⁢(2)=8⁢C⁢(N)L⁢(1+o⁢(1)).\begin{gathered}V_{N}(z)=\frac{2e^{-\gamma}C(N)}{\log z}(1+o(1)),\quad s=2,% \quad F(2)=e^{\gamma},\\ V_{N}(z)F(2)=\frac{8C(N)}{L}(1+o(1)).\end{gathered}

The bound includes the small-prime term 2⁢z2z and the sieve error O⁢((log⁡Q)−1/3)O((\log Q)^{-1/3}). Hence

(1.20) ∑eg⁢(e)⁢𝟏ℙ⁢(N−e)≤[8⁢(1−εA)⁢log⁡1−bb+r3⁢(N)]⁢UC,r3⁢(N)→0.\sum_{e}g(e)\mathbf{1}_{\mathbb{P}}(N-e)\leq\left[8(1-\varepsilon_{A})\log% \frac{1-b}{b}+r_{3}(N)\right]U_{C},\qquad r_{3}(N)\to 0.

This is the constant-eight estimate. The same upper-sieve normalization bounds the switched excess in Section 5.5. With singular series 2⁢C⁢(N)2C(N) the multiplier becomes four, and the absolute bound is unchanged.

1.5. The coefficient criterion

An auxiliary choice is admissible if it is independent of NN, satisfies (1.27)–(1.29), and meets the row hypotheses in Sections 2–5. The rational parameters are (1.3)–(1.6), and the separate S2 argument is s0=19037/64s_{0}=19037/64. The next criterion reduces the theorem to one numerical inequality.

Theorem 2 (Coefficient reduction criterion).

Fix an admissible choice. Suppose

(1.21) ΣW≥[4⁢(1−εA)⁢Dcert−rΣ⁢(N)]⁢UC,rΣ⁢(N)→0,\Sigma_{W}\geq[4(1-\varepsilon_{A})D_{\rm cert}-r_{\Sigma}(N)]U_{C},\qquad r_{% \Sigma}(N)\to 0,

where DcertD_{\rm cert} is fixed, and suppose (1.20). If

(1.22) Dcert>T,T=8⁢log⁡1−bb=8⁢log⁡5000939991,D_{\rm cert}>T,\qquad T=8\log\frac{1-b}{b}=8\log\frac{50009}{39991},

then (1.1) holds for every sufficiently large even NN.

Proof.

By Lemma 1.1, (1.16), and (1.20)–(1.21),

(1.23) G9/5⁢(N)≥[(1−εA)⁢(Dcert−T)−R⁢(N)]⁢UC,R⁢(N)→0,G_{9/5}(N)\geq[(1-\varepsilon_{A})(D_{\rm cert}-T)-R(N)]U_{C},\qquad R(N)\to 0,

where RR is a sum of absolute remainders. These include |rΣ|/4|r_{\Sigma}|/4, |r3||r_{3}|, and the rough non-coprime error O⁢(N−α⁢L3)O(N^{-\alpha}L^{3}) from (5.40). Exceptional direct factors and switched source tags contribute separately Oσ⁢(L3/N+N−α/2+o⁢(1))O_{\sigma}(L^{3}/N+N^{-\alpha/2+o(1)}) after normalization, as in the error account. The square exceptions also contribute o⁢(1)o(1). Put M=(1−εA)⁢(Dcert−T)>0M=(1-\varepsilon_{A})(D_{\rm cert}-T)>0. Choose N0N_{0} so that R⁢(N)≤M/2R(N)\leq M/2 for all even N≥N0N\geq N_{0}. Enlarge N0N_{0} so that (1.14) holds and

(M/2)⁢C2⁢N/L2≥1.(M/2)C_{2}N/L^{2}\geq 1.

Then G9/5⁢(N)≥1G_{9/5}(N)\geq 1, and this is an integer count of primes pp. A prime remainder gives r=1r=1; otherwise (1.13) bounds the smaller prime factor. Thus the positive normalized weight yields an actual representation. ∎

The threshold has the directed enclosure

(1.24) 1.78838848345960807361670991332947582426562068913553428811089076453<TT<1.78838848345960807361670991332947582426562068913553428811089076454.\begin{gathered}1.788388483459608073616709913329475824265620689135534288110890% 76453<T\\[-2.0pt] T<1.78838848345960807361670991332947582426562068913553428811089076454.\end{gathered}

For x=5009/45000=(50009−39991)/(50009+39991)x=5009/45000=(50009-39991)/(50009+39991),

T=16⁢∑j≥0x2⁢j+12⁢j+1.T=16\sum_{j\geq 0}\frac{x^{2j+1}}{2j+1}.

Truncating at j=39j=39, bounding the tail by 16⁢x81/[81⁢(1−x2)]16x^{81}/[81(1-x^{2})] and comparing rationals gives (1.24). The raw coefficient (1−εA)⁢T=1.7882096446112621128⁢…(1-\varepsilon_{A})T=1.7882096446112621128\ldots is compared with (1−εA)⁢Dcert(1-\varepsilon_{A})D_{\rm cert}. The limiting threshold is 8⁢log⁡(5/4)=1.7851484105136780461⁢…8\log(5/4)=1.7851484105136780461\ldots. A value such as D=1.786D=1.786 exceeds that limit but fails (1.22). Thus the rounded 1.7851481.785148 cannot replace the exact threshold.

The threshold algebra extends to 3/2<a<23/2<a<2 and b=(a−1)/a−εA>1/3b=(a-1)/a-\varepsilon_{A}>1/3. Writing t=exp⁡(−Dcert/8)t=\exp(-D_{\rm cert}/8), it gives

(1.25) a>1+t1−εA⁢(1+t),a>\frac{1+t}{1-\varepsilon_{A}(1+t)},

when the denominator is positive. Smaller fixed cutoffs would require a uniform coefficient bound. The construction here fixes εA=10−4\varepsilon_{A}=10^{-4} and proves a=9/5a=9/5 only.

1.6. Fixed parameters

This subsection fixes the auxiliary parameters in the order the error terms require. The constants and the final threshold may be ineffective. Theorem 6 in Appendix B.2 proves

(1.26) WAA≤4000⋅585⋅102400901−1/10000<1014=W∗.W_{\rm AA}\leq\frac{4000\cdot 585\cdot 10240090}{1-1/10000}<10^{14}=W_{*}.

The bound is uniform in the fixed mesh parameter and uses [Z1, § 2.4, (2.28)–(2.30)]. The row applications are in Section 6.2. First fix (1.3)–(1.6), all row domains and the classical input constants, including the finite AA37 constant CEC_{E}. Put gAA=0.00002853328g_{\rm AA}=0.00002853328. Choose a fixed σ>0\sigma>0 within the source, depth, HB and packing limits, with

(1.27) σ≤10−10,σ≤4⁢gAACE⁢W∗if ⁢CE>0.\sigma\leq 10^{-10},\qquad\sigma\leq\frac{4g_{\rm AA}}{C_{E}W_{*}}\quad\text{% if }C_{E}>0.

The bounds σ≤ηL/2500\sigma\leq\eta_{L}/2500 and σ<3−R\sigma<3^{-R} are automatic: ηL/2500=4⋅10−8\eta_{L}/2500=4\cdot 10^{-8} and the AA37 depth is R=1R=1 [Z1, Theorem 2.6]. If CE=0C_{E}=0, only σ≤10−10\sigma\leq 10^{-10} is needed. Set τ=τmesh=σ9\tau=\tau_{\rm mesh}=\sigma^{9}, ρ=1+τ\rho=1+\tau, and δ=30⁢σ\delta=30\sigma. The cost CE⁢σC_{E}\sigma enters gAAg_{\rm AA} once; the AA37 term oσ⁢(1)o_{\sigma}(1) vanishes separately.

Next fix the HB degrees and moment exponents. Take

cbdry=163,cLOG=164,Araw=3,Cb=334≥max⁡(Araw+cLOG+2,6)=169.\begin{gathered}c_{\rm bdry}=163,\quad c_{\rm LOG}=164,\quad A_{\rm raw}=3,\\ C_{b}=334\geq\max(A_{\rm raw}+c_{\rm LOG}+2,6)=169.\end{gathered}

With Cbox=Cb=334C_{\rm box}=C_{b}=334, the generic aggregate input introduced above is restricted to 0<A≤1510<A\leq 151 by Cbox≥⌈2⁢A+32⌉C_{\rm box}\geq\lceil 2A+32\rceil. The external count and local savings are

(1.28) K0=24⁢Cb+26=8042,A′=Araw+24⁢Cb+28=8047,Awork=A′+4=8051.K_{0}=24C_{b}+26=8042,\qquad A^{\prime}=A_{\rm raw}+24C_{b}+28=8047,\qquad A_{% \rm work}=A^{\prime}+4=8051.

Each local theorem includes all three slot-modulus dyadic splits. The O⁢((log⁡X)3)O((\log X)^{3}) slot-shell triples use AworkA_{\rm work}, and their sum gives A′A^{\prime} with one spare logarithm. The count K0K_{0} includes two redundant slot-shell factors. An external slot-1 convention would give KII=24⁢Cb+27=8043K_{\rm II}=24C_{b}+27=8043 instead. Only the K0K_{0} convention is used, and K0+2−A′=−3K_{0}+2-A^{\prime}=-3. Here Araw=3A_{\rm raw}=3 specifies the normalized target saving. Summing the arbitrary-precision local estimate of [Z1, Theorem 3.2, (3.13)], as in the first inequality of [Z1, (3.92)], gives a raw logarithmic error bounded by

N⁢LK0−A′=N⁢L8042−8047=N⁢L−5.NL^{K_{0}-A^{\prime}}=NL^{8042-8047}=NL^{-5}.

Division by Wnorm=4⁢(1−εA)⁢UC≫N/L2W_{\rm norm}=4(1-\varepsilon_{A})U_{C}\gg N/L^{2} gives L−3L^{-3} in (1.30). The local precision A′=8047A^{\prime}=8047 gives this bound. The aggregate theorem in [Z1] has its own calibration A′=A+24⁢Cbox+31A^{\prime}=A+24C_{\rm box}+31. Fix the actual Type-I count KIK_{\rm I}, then take A1,A2≥KI+4A_{1},A_{2}\geq K_{\rm I}+4. Let cprec_{\rm pre} be the coefficient loss preceding the exceptional cutoff. Choose, in order,

(1.29) AE≥2⁢Awork+2⁢Cb+cpre+2,C1≥AE+c1+3,CM≥max⁡{5⁢C1+AE+Cb+3,3⁢C1+Cb+AE+cdiag+1},A3≥AE+Cb+2,\begin{gathered}A_{E}\geq 2A_{\rm work}+2C_{b}+c_{\rm pre}+2,\quad C_{1}\geq A% _{E}+c_{1}+3,\\ C_{M}\geq\max\{5C_{1}+A_{E}+C_{b}+3,3C_{1}+C_{b}+A_{E}+c_{\rm diag}+1\},\\ A_{3}\geq A_{E}+C_{b}+2,\end{gathered}

Here c1c_{1} is the moment exponent in [Z1, (3.20)]. The symbol cdiagc_{\rm diag} denotes a fixed exponent that dominates the preliminary logarithmic loss in [Z1, (3.41)]. It is chosen before AE,C1,CMA_{E},C_{1},C_{M}, as in [Z1, §3.10]. One may use c1=2125+2126+2c_{1}=2^{125}+2^{126}+2. Then fix the BFI savings, the logarithmic powers of the moduli, the SW exponents and the derivative bounds. The later GR loss CGRC_{\rm GR} may depend on C1C_{1}; it differs from cprec_{\rm pre} in (1.29).

At these fixed parameters, Section 6 proves the Class-II estimate below, where CpowC_{\rm pow} is the fixed logarithmic exponent after the conversion X≥N/L31X\geq N/L^{31}.

(1.30) EIID⁢(N)≪LK0+2−A′+N−cσ⁢LK0+Cpow+2,cσ=ℓ0⁢σ24,ℓ0=2648972060000>0.\begin{gathered}E_{\rm II}^{D}(N)\ll L^{K_{0}+2-A^{\prime}}+N^{-c_{\sigma}}L^{% K_{0}+C_{\rm pow}+2},\\ c_{\sigma}=\frac{\ell_{0}\sigma^{2}}{4},\qquad\ell_{0}=\frac{264897}{2060000}>% 0.\end{gathered}

The first term is L−3L^{-3}. The second allows X≥N/L31X\geq N/L^{31}. The resulting fixed factor L31⁢cσL^{31c_{\sigma}} is absorbed in CpowC_{\rm pow}. Both terms tend to zero. Section 6.5 gives the fixed-parameter closure and all eventual thresholds. The endpoint enclosures of Appendix A and the persistent losses of Section 6.4 hold uniformly for 0<σ≤10−100<\sigma\leq 10^{-10}, 0≤τ≤10−900\leq\tau\leq 10^{-90}. The effect of τ\tau on the residual profile after (A.10a) is at most 5⋅10−865\cdot 10^{-86}. The selected residual slack absorbs it. The separate G1-3 PR peel is counted in (4.57) and (6.6). Thus the numerical DcertD_{\rm cert} is fixed before σ\sigma, and the choice (1.27) uses only CE<∞C_{E}<\infty.

Every fixed cost is normalized by 4⁢(1−εA)⁢UC4(1-\varepsilon_{A})U_{C}. A raw error (1−εA)⁢e⁢UC(1-\varepsilon_{A})eU_{C} contributes e/4e/4 to DD, and each normalized error enters once. The separate balanced-semiprime bound gives (1.22).

1.7. Distribution inputs

This subsection states the distribution estimates used by the rows. Row S1-0 uses the complete coefficient (W) with

u=1/500,Θ⁢(u)=19101/32000,θ=19101/32000−10−4,B=30,ε=10−4,a=N,Kscale=31.\begin{gathered}u=1/500,\quad\Theta(u)=19101/32000,\quad\theta=19101/32000-10^% {-4},\\ B=30,\quad\varepsilon=10^{-4},\quad a=N,\quad K_{\rm scale}=31.\end{gathered}

Here 0<σ≤10−100<\sigma\leq 10^{-10} satisfies both restrictions, and τ=σ9\tau=\sigma^{9}, Y=Nθ⁢σ2<Nu/2Y=N^{\theta\sigma^{2}}<N^{u/2}. We take Cbox≥⌈2⁢A+32⌉C_{\rm box}\geq\lceil 2A+32\rceil and keep the grid, distinctness masks and smooth-divisor term. Since (q,2⁢N)=1(q,2N)=1, the shift a=Na=N is admissible. Then [Z1, Theorems 1.1–1.2, Corollary 1.3] applies to the complete sum, and the corollary gives the same Li comparator. The remaining rows use the following local input.

Theorem A (Local dispersion estimate).

Let 0<σ≤10−100<\sigma\leq 10^{-10} and let NN be large and even. Put

τ=σ9,δ=30⁢σ,ϑsp=7/32,ηL=10−4,ℓ0=53412−ηL2=2648972060000,cσ=ℓ0⁢σ24,N/(log⁡N)31≤X≤N,L=log⁡X,a=N,z0=X1/(log⁡log⁡X)3,u0=Nℓ0⁢σ2.\begin{gathered}\tau=\sigma^{9},\quad\delta=30\sigma,\quad\vartheta_{\rm sp}=7% /32,\quad\eta_{L}=10^{-4},\\ \ell_{0}={53\over 412}-{\eta_{L}\over 2}={264897\over 2060000},\quad c_{\sigma% }={\ell_{0}\sigma^{2}\over 4},\\ N/(\log N)^{31}\leq X\leq N,\quad L=\log X,\quad a=N,\quad z_{0}=X^{1/(\log% \log X)^{3}},\quad u_{0}=N^{\ell_{0}\sigma^{2}}.\end{gathered}

For an interior Class-II Heath–Brown box BB, define

𝒮t⁢(q;a)=1t≡a⁢(q)−1(t,q)=1φ⁢(q),ΔB⁢(q;a)=∑𝐯∈Bw⁢(𝐯)⁢𝒮∏vi⁢(q;a),SBPSDT=∑qCb⁢(q)⁢ΔB⁢(q;N).\begin{gathered}\mathcal{S}_{t}(q;a)=1_{t\equiv a\ (q)}-{1_{(t,q)=1}\over% \varphi(q)},\quad\Delta_{B}(q;a)=\sum_{\mathbf{v}\in B}w(\mathbf{v})\mathcal{S% }_{\prod v_{i}}(q;a),\\ S_{B}^{\rm PSDT}=\sum_{q}C_{b}(q)\Delta_{B}(q;N).\end{gathered}

Assume the local conditions below. Then [Z1, Theorem 3.2, (3.13)] gives, for fixed A′>0A^{\prime}>0,

(1.31) |SBPSDT|≪σ,31,Cbox,A′,𝒞srcX⁢L−A′+X1−cσ⁢LC.|S_{B}^{\rm PSDT}|\ll_{\sigma,31,C_{\rm box},A^{\prime},\mathcal{C}_{\rm src}}% XL^{-A^{\prime}}+X^{1-c_{\sigma}}L^{C}.

Here C=C⁢(σ,Cbox,A′,31,𝒞src)C=C(\sigma,C_{\rm box},A^{\prime},31,\mathcal{C}_{\rm src}) is fixed, and the constants in 𝒞src\mathcal{C}_{\rm src} include Cctr,CslotC_{\rm ctr},C_{\rm slot}. The bound is uniform in boxes, even NN and the shift a=Na=N. The constant and threshold may be ineffective. First σ>0\sigma>0 is fixed, and then N→∞N\to\infty.

Application checklist.

Each application uses literal prime sets and the row’s own source. The correspondence with [Z1, §3] is

Condition Data checked below
H1 C1: exact unrestricted coefficient, repeats, (q,2⁢a)=1(q,2a)=1
H2 C2: labelled factors, last two u0u_{0}-rough
H3 C2–C3: packing, HB coefficients, majorant, doubled support, LEN
H4 C4: positive shift and its uniform size
H5 C5: selected window
H6 Full-source logarithmic and boundary estimates
H7 Full-family outer coefficient sum

C1. For fixed row, prefix cell, AA37 sign and tail vector bb we require

Cb⁢(q)=∑d,𝐩λd⁢1q=d⁢∏j∈Jpj,|λd|≤1,pj≥uL≥u0,uL=Lrelσ2,q≤X0.6,(q,2⁢N)=1.\begin{gathered}C_{b}(q)=\sum_{d,\mathbf{p}}\lambda_{d}1_{q=d\prod_{j\in J}p_{% j}},\quad|\lambda_{d}|\leq 1,\quad p_{j}\geq u_{L}\geq u_{0},\\ u_{L}=L_{\rm rel}^{\sigma^{2}},\quad q\leq X^{0.6},\quad(q,2N)=1.\end{gathered}

Here Lrel=Lc,Lb,DcL_{\rm rel}=L_{c},L_{b},D_{c} for DIRECT, S2, G1. The labelled primes vary independently over fixed literal sets. The divisor d∣P⁢(uL;N)d\mid P(u_{L};N) is squarefree, with the AA37 cap, where P⁢(y;N)=∏p<y,p∤2⁢NpP(y;N)=\prod_{p<y,\,p\nmid 2N}p. Selectors are constant on blocks. The equal-tail, prefix-diagonal, NC, cut and selector-transfer corrections are separated exactly, and each is estimated separately.

C2. Let J=J1⊔J2⊔J3J=J_{1}\sqcup J_{2}\sqcup J_{3} be a partition, with dd attached to slot 1. We require, including repeated-prime multiplicities,

Cb=Cslot⁢(γ1∗γ2∗γ3),Cslot=∏i=13|Ji|!=Oσ⁢(1),|γi|≤1.C_{b}=C_{\rm slot}(\gamma_{1}*\gamma_{2}*\gamma_{3}),\quad C_{\rm slot}=\prod_% {i=1}^{3}|J_{i}|!=O_{\sigma}(1),\quad|\gamma_{i}|\leq 1.

Slots 2 and 3 are u0u_{0}-rough. An empty rough slot is 1m=11_{m=1}. If J1=∅J_{1}=\varnothing, put γ1⁢(m)=∑dλd⁢1m=d\gamma_{1}(m)=\sum_{d}\lambda_{d}1_{m=d}. The dyadic scales (Q,R,S)(Q,R,S) belong to slots (1,3,2)(1,3,2). For the test scale T=TIIT=T_{\rm II} we require

Q<T⁢X−29⁢σ,Q⁢R⁢S<MI⁢X−89⁢σ,NI≥Q⁢Xσ/3,MI≥X1/2,Q<T⁢X−σ,T2⁢R2⁢S<X1−8⁢σ,A0=X1+σ/20,A0ϑsp⁢T⁢Q⁢R2⁢S5<X2−15⁢σ,(T⁢R/S)2⁢ϑsp⁢T⁢Q⁢R2⁢S5<X2−15⁢σ.\begin{gathered}Q<TX^{-29\sigma},\quad QRS<M_{I}X^{-89\sigma},\quad N_{I}\geq QX% ^{\sigma/3},\quad M_{I}\geq X^{1/2},\\ Q<TX^{-\sigma},\quad T^{2}R^{2}S<X^{1-8\sigma},\quad A_{0}=X^{1+\sigma/20},\\ A_{0}^{\vartheta_{\rm sp}}TQR^{2}S^{5}<X^{2-15\sigma},\quad(TR/S)^{2\vartheta_% {\rm sp}}TQR^{2}S^{5}<X^{2-15\sigma}.\end{gathered}

The labelled-tuple map proves the convolution identity.

C3. The source is either

1ℙ⁢(p)⁢1N/(log⁡N)30<p<(1−εA)⁢N,εA=10−4,1_{\mathbb{P}}(p)1_{N/(\log N)^{30}<p<(1-\varepsilon_{A})N},\quad\varepsilon_{% A}=10^{-4},

or the plain product measure

AGcut⁢(e)=∑r=34∑𝐩∈𝒟rwr⁢(𝐩)⁢1e=p1⁢⋯⁢pr⁢1εA⁢N<e≤N⁢{1−(log⁡N)1−Cbox}.A_{G}^{\rm cut}(e)=\sum_{r=3}^{4}\sum_{\mathbf{p}\in\mathcal{D}_{r}}w_{r}(% \mathbf{p})1_{e=p_{1}\cdots p_{r}}1_{\varepsilon_{A}N<e\leq N\{1-(\log N)^{1-C% _{\rm box}}\}}.

The ordered 𝒟r\mathcal{D}_{r} and bounded wrw_{r} are fixed. Each coordinate is at least N100/1149N^{100/1149}. All representation multiplicities are retained. The plain measure is used with its full source predicates. We apply Heath–Brown’s finite identity [12] with disjoint boxes of relative width L−CboxL^{-C_{\rm box}} and bound boundary boxes separately. The selected nn is the eligible variable with largest lower-endpoint exponent. Ties are broken by variable index, and mm is the complement. For ζ≥z0\zeta\geq z_{0} we require

αn∈{μ⁢(n),1,log⁡nL}⁢1P−⁢(n)≥ζ⁢1IN⁢(n),|αn|≤1,|βm|≪τ23⁢(m),IN⊂(T,2⁢T],NI≍T⁢L−Cbox,ψI⁢(m)=ϕ0⁢((m−m0)/MI),MI≍(X/T)⁢L−Cbox,|m0|≤Cctr⁢X/T,1≤|m⁢n−N|≤X3.\begin{gathered}\alpha_{n}\in\left\{\mu(n),1,{\log n\over L}\right\}1_{P^{-}(n% )\geq\zeta}1_{I_{N}}(n),\quad|\alpha_{n}|\leq 1,\quad|\beta_{m}|\ll\tau_{23}(m% ),\\ I_{N}\subset(T,2T],\quad N_{I}\asymp TL^{-C_{\rm box}},\\ \psi_{I}(m)=\phi_{0}((m-m_{0})/M_{I}),\quad M_{I}\asymp(X/T)L^{-C_{\rm box}},% \\ |m_{0}|\leq C_{\rm ctr}X/T,\qquad 1\leq|mn-N|\leq X^{3}.\end{gathered}

Fixed HB coefficients and tags may be exterior scalars. The function ϕ0∈Cc∞⁢([−1,1])\phi_{0}\in C_{c}^{\infty}([-1,1]) is fixed independently of all parameters, so its derivative seminorms are fixed and finite. We require 0≤ϕ0≤10\leq\phi_{0}\leq 1 and ϕ0=1\phi_{0}=1 on [−1/2,1/2][-1/2,1/2]. The complementary interval is majorized by ψI\psi_{I} on its doubled support. The shift gap holds throughout the doubled support. The same integer interval is used, with

LEN:NI≥(2⁢T)1−2−126.\textbf{LEN:}\qquad N_{I}\geq(2T)^{1-2^{-126}}.

Tagged comparisons and removed faces have separate estimates.

C4–C5. Every original modulus is coprime to a=Na=N, and

0<a≤X⁢(log⁡N)31≤A0,N60⁢σ≤T≤N1/3+14⁢σ,X60⁢σ≤T≤X1/3+15⁢σ.0<a\leq X(\log N)^{31}\leq A_{0},\qquad N^{60\sigma}\leq T\leq N^{1/3+14\sigma% },\qquad X^{60\sigma}\leq T\leq X^{1/3+15\sigma}.

For G1, C1–C5 and LEN are checked on the plain AGcutA_{G}^{\rm cut}. This is G1-LOCAL. Source faces are removed before interior boxes are selected. The check covers exact HB coefficients, ambient intervals and the fixed majorant. Lemma 2.2 gives the direct-source verification, and Section 4 gives the product-source verification.

Local mechanism.

The argument is [Z1, (3.26)–(3.90)]. A first dispersion separates the diagonal and off-diagonal terms. A second square and Poisson summation give moving-frequency Kloosterman sums. The spectral estimate and C2 give (1.31). The Kloosterman and spectral inputs follow the Deshouillers–Iwaniec framework and Drappeau’s dispersion estimate [7, 9]; the spectral-gap input is Kim–Sarnak [13]. The BFI and Siegel–Walfisz inputs in [Z1] are cited at their sources [8, 18, 19, 14]. For S2 the local Mellin data are kept:

q≍Q,ri≍R,si≍S,n1,n2≍T,f=(n1−n2)/q≠0,η=σ/1000,H∗=40⁢Q⁢R2⁢S2⁢Xη/MI.\begin{gathered}q\asymp Q,\quad r_{i}\asymp R,\quad s_{i}\asymp S,\quad n_{1},% n_{2}\asymp T,\\ f=(n_{1}-n_{2})/q\neq 0,\quad\eta=\sigma/1000,\quad H_{*}=40QR^{2}S^{2}X^{\eta% }/M_{I}.\end{gathered}

On H0<|h|≤min⁡(2⁢H0,H∗)H_{0}<|h|\leq\min(2H_{0},H_{*}), put ςh=sgn⁡(h)\varsigma_{h}=\operatorname{sgn}(h) and v=|h|⁢S/(H0⁢s1)v=|h|S/(H_{0}s_{1}). Let ww be smooth, supported in (1/4,4)(1/4,4) and equal to 1 on [1/2,2][1/2,2]. Then

(1.32) WY⁢(v)=w⁢(v)⁢ϕ^0⁢(Y2⁢v)⁢e⁢(Y1⁢v),Y1=ςh⁢H0⁢(a/n1−m0)S⁢q⁢r1⁢r2⁢s2,Y2=ςh⁢H0⁢MIS⁢q⁢r1⁢r2⁢s2,|Y1|+|Y2|≪LCbox+31Xη=:Losc,∫ℝsupY|W~Y(it)|dt≪Losc.\begin{gathered}W_{Y}(v)=w(v)\widehat{\phi}_{0}(Y_{2}v)e(Y_{1}v),\quad Y_{1}={% \varsigma_{h}H_{0}(a/n_{1}-m_{0})\over Sqr_{1}r_{2}s_{2}},\quad Y_{2}={% \varsigma_{h}H_{0}M_{I}\over Sqr_{1}r_{2}s_{2}},\\ |Y_{1}|+|Y_{2}|\ll L^{C_{\rm box}+31}X^{\eta}=:L_{\rm osc},\qquad\int_{\mathbb% {R}}\sup_{Y}|\widetilde{W}_{Y}(it)|\,dt\ll L_{\rm osc}.\end{gathered}

Both nonmodular phases remain in WYW_{Y}. Put m⁢(t)=supY|W~Y⁢(i⁢t)|m(t)=\sup_{Y}|\widetilde{W}_{Y}(it)|. We normalize by m⁢(t)>0m(t)>0 and restore it before integration; for m⁢(t)=0m(t)=0 the integrand vanishes. The details are in [Z1, (3.56)–(3.65)] and §3.2.

Type I uses [Z1, Lemmas 3.3–3.5, §3.11] only after preparation. Lemma 2.2 verifies its source and scale hypotheses. The product source has only Class-II interior boxes (Section 4). The respective choices are

Df=X1/20,V≥q⁢X1/10;Df=X7.5⁢σ/2.D_{f}=X^{1/20},\quad V\geq qX^{1/10};\qquad D_{f}=X^{7.5\sigma/2}.

At these prepared scales [Z1, (3.102)–(3.115)] applies.

Global conditions.

The two global conditions bound the outer coefficients and the logarithmic and boundary errors. For H7 we sum every outer coefficient:

∑j|cj|≪σ,Cbox,𝒞src(log⁡N)K0,K0≤24⁢Cbox+26,A′=A+24⁢Cbox+31.\begin{gathered}\sum_{j}|c_{j}|\ll_{\sigma,C_{\rm box},\mathcal{C}_{\rm src}}(% \log N)^{K_{0}},\\ K_{0}\leq 24C_{\rm box}+26,\qquad A^{\prime}=A+24C_{\rm box}+31.\end{gathered}

Then [Z1, (3.92)] gives

EII≪N⁢LK0−A′+N1−cσ⁢LK0+C.E_{\rm II}\ll NL^{K_{0}-A^{\prime}}+N^{1-c_{\sigma}}L^{K_{0}+C}.

Since K0−A′≤−A−5K_{0}-A^{\prime}\leq-A-5, the first term is ≪N⁢L−A−5\ll NL^{-A-5}. For fixed σ>0\sigma>0, the second is also O⁢(N⁢L−A−5)O(NL^{-A-5}). The numerical application uses the per-box precision in (1.28). For H6 we sum all labels, shells, boxes and representation multiplicities. We require fixed clog,cRc_{\log},c_{R} with

Elog≪N⁢(log⁡N)clog−Cbox,Ebdry≪N⁢(log⁡N)cR−Cbox/2,Cbox≥max⁡{A+clog,2⁢(A+cR)}.\begin{gathered}E_{\rm log}\ll N(\log N)^{c_{\log}-C_{\rm box}},\quad E_{\rm bdry% }\ll N(\log N)^{c_{R}-C_{\rm box}/2},\\ C_{\rm box}\geq\max\{A+c_{\log},2(A+c_{R})\}.\end{gathered}

For the prime source, (clog,cR)=(18,16)(c_{\log},c_{R})=(18,16) [Z1, §3 and Appendix B]. Section 4 verifies the product-source values separately. Together these give the aggregate O⁢(N⁢(log⁡N)−A)O(N(\log N)^{-A}) error.

The next lemma checks packing on these rows.

Lemma 1.2 (Packing on the actual row domains).

Consider a row in the table below, including the three empty prefixes. Let cc be its retained cell, at Θc=infcH~\Theta_{c}=\inf_{c}\widetilde{H}, with its literal source domain and block selector. For a nonempty prefix, let t1≥⋯≥trt_{1}\geq\cdots\geq t_{r}, 1≤r≤31\leq r\leq 3. For either AA37 sign ν\nu, let 𝐃∈𝒟ν⁢(Lc)\mathbf{D}\in\mathcal{D}^{\nu}(L_{c}) be any finite tail of length k≥0k\geq 0. Put

ℓc=Θc−ηL−∑i≤rti≥ℓ0,Lc=Nℓc,z≤Lc⁢(upper),z2≤Lc⁢(lower),ρ=1+σ9,δ=30⁢σ,ϑsp=7/32,n∈[60⁢σ,1/3+14⁢σ],T=NII=Nn,h=ρ⁢(Θc−ηL)+2⁢δ,g=n−δ,Amax=X1+σ/20.\begin{gathered}\ell_{c}=\Theta_{c}-\eta_{L}-\sum_{i\leq r}t_{i}\geq\ell_{0},% \quad L_{c}=N^{\ell_{c}},\quad z\leq L_{c}\ (\text{upper}),\quad z^{2}\leq L_{% c}\ (\text{lower}),\\ \rho=1+\sigma^{9},\quad\delta=30\sigma,\quad\vartheta_{\rm sp}=7/32,\quad n\in% [60\sigma,1/3+14\sigma],\\ T=N_{\rm II}=N^{n},\quad h=\rho(\Theta_{c}-\eta_{L})+2\delta,\quad g=n-\delta,% \quad A_{\max}=X^{1+\sigma/20}.\end{gathered}

Sort the endpoint exponents as e1≥⋯≥eme_{1}\geq\cdots\geq e_{m}, m=r+km=r+k. Repeats are kept as distinct labelled atoms, and the list is padded with zeros. Assume the DIRECT or plain G1 intervals satisfy

(P6) NI≫T⁢(log⁡X)−Cbox,logN⁡MI≥2/3−14.02⁢σ,MI≥X1/2.N_{I}\gg T(\log X)^{-C_{\rm box}},\qquad\log_{N}M_{I}\geq 2/3-14.02\sigma,% \qquad M_{I}\geq X^{1/2}.

These bounds are uniform in row labels and boxes. Then a deterministic labelled partition satisfies C2 at the same Θc\Theta_{c}. It attaches dA⁢Ad_{AA} to slot 1 and allows unit slots. After dyadic and base transfer, the four spectral surpluses are at least

(7271256, 52−1100,952211280−150,22407256−150)⁢σ>(28,51,74,87)⁢σ.\left({7271\over 256},\ 52-{1\over 100},\ {95221\over 1280}-{1\over 50},\ {224% 07\over 256}-{1\over 50}\right)\sigma>(28,51,74,87)\sigma.

All four lower-scale conditions hold, with Δ⁢DPACK=0\Delta D_{\rm PACK}=0. For G1-3 the cutoff is z=Nt3z=N^{t_{3}} after the PR peel.

Proof.

Put

u=1/500,α=100/1149,β=50/309,μ=25/128,λ=93/400,t∗=7109/28000,tdd=25/[32⁢(1+3⁢ρ)],H¯=153/256,T0=509/1000−ηL.\begin{gathered}u=1/500,\quad\alpha=100/1149,\quad\beta=50/309,\quad\mu=25/128% ,\quad\lambda=93/400,\\ t_{*}=7109/28000,\quad t_{\rm dd}=25/[32(1+3\rho)],\quad\overline{H}=153/256,% \quad T_{0}=509/1000-\eta_{L}.\end{gathered}

Here v,w,H,H~v,w,H,\widetilde{H} are as in (2.17d). Each interval [Nti,Nρ⁢ti)[N^{t_{i}},N^{\rho t_{i}}) is clipped to its row domain and keeps its label. Missing coordinates lie in [0,wz][0,w_{z}], where z=Nwzz=N^{w_{z}}. For f1≥⋯≥fm≥0f_{1}\geq\cdots\geq f_{m}\geq 0, write

(P1) WF(y):∑i<jfi+2fj≤y(1≤j≤m).\mathrm{WF}(y):\quad\sum_{i<j}f_{i}+2f_{j}\leq y\quad(1\leq j\leq m).

The proof follows [Z1, Theorem 4.1, (4.1)–(4.5)], with auxiliary identities [Z1, Lemmas 4.2–4.4] and two-bin step [Z1, Lemma 4.5]. The two-bin rule retains labels, repeats and zero padding. Put d∗=h−2⁢δd_{*}=h-2\delta and Σs=∑i∈Jsei\Sigma_{s}=\sum_{i\in J_{s}}e_{i}. We verify the hypotheses of that theorem on these actual rows.

By [Z1, Lemma 4.2], vv is concave and H~≤H¯\widetilde{H}\leq\overline{H}. For x1∈[1/10,ρ⁢t∗]x_{1}\in[1/10,\rho t_{*}],

v⁢(x1)≥min⁡{v⁢(1/10),v⁢(127/500)}>509/1000.v(x_{1})\geq\min\{v(1/10),v(127/500)\}>509/1000.

For x1<1/10x_{1}<1/10, the active ww branch gives

min⁡{(132−68⁢x3)/214,(153−96⁢x3)/256,1−2⁢x2}≥717/1280≥11/20≥(1+x1)/2.\min\{(132-68x_{3})/214,(153-96x_{3})/256,1-2x_{2}\}\geq 717/1280\geq 11/20% \geq(1+x_{1})/2.

Hence

(P5) 509/1000≤Θc≤H¯,Θc≥m⁢(t1):=min⁡{(1+t1)/2,57/64−3⁢ρ⁢t1/2}.509/1000\leq\Theta_{c}\leq\overline{H},\qquad\Theta_{c}\geq m(t_{1}):=\min\{(1% +t_{1})/2,57/64-3\rho t_{1}/2\}.

The first branch is smaller for t1≤tddt_{1}\leq t_{\rm dd}. At rank 1, 2⁢t1<2⁢t∗=7109/14000<T02t_{1}<2t_{*}=7109/14000<T_{0}. The remaining prefix checks are

(P4) ∑i<jti+2⁢tj<Θc−ηL(1≤j≤r).\sum_{i<j}t_{i}+2t_{j}<\Theta_{c}-\eta_{L}\quad(1\leq j\leq r).

For S1, S2, G1 the cutoff is z=Nuz=N^{u} at r≤2r\leq 2. At r=3r=3 it is z=Nt3z=N^{t_{3}}, after PR for G1. The other rows use z=Nαz=N^{\alpha}.

Rows and literal domains Prefix checks and selectors
S1-1, S1-2, S1-3; [u,α)[u,\alpha) (j+1)⁢t1≤4⁢α=400/1149<T0(j+1)t_{1}\leq 4\alpha=400/1149<T_{0}.
S2-1, S2-2, S2-3; [u,β)[u,\beta) Rank 2: t1+2⁢t2≤3⁢β=150/309<T0t_{1}+2t_{2}\leq 3\beta=150/309<T_{0}. Rank 3: t1<β<tddt_{1}<\beta<t_{\rm dd} and the whole-KK selector t1+2⁢t2+(4+2⁢τ)⁢t3≤249/250+2⁢τ⁢βt_{1}+2t_{2}+(4+2\tau)t_{3}\leq 249/250+2\tau\beta. Thus t1+2⁢t2+4⁢t3<1−2⁢ηLt_{1}+2t_{2}+4t_{3}<1-2\eta_{L}; 1−2⁢ηL−249/250=19/5000>2⁢τ⁢β1-2\eta_{L}-249/250=19/5000>2\tau\beta.
G1-1, G1-2, G1-3; [u,μ)[u,\mu) Rank 2: t1+2⁢t2≤3⁢t1t_{1}+2t_{2}\leq 3t_{1}, μ<(1−2⁢ηL)/5\mu<(1-2\eta_{L})/5, and 3/256−ηL−(3/2)⁢τ⁢μ>03/256-\eta_{L}-(3/2)\tau\mu>0. Rank 3 requires Θc−ηL−t1−t2−(3+2⁢τ)⁢t3≥0\Theta_{c}-\eta_{L}-t_{1}-t_{2}-(3+2\tau)t_{3}\geq 0. Then t1+t2+2⁢t3≤Θc−ηL−(1+2⁢τ)⁢t3t_{1}+t_{2}+2t_{3}\leq\Theta_{c}-\eta_{L}-(1+2\tau)t_{3}, t3≥u/ρ>0t_{3}\geq u/\rho>0.
S3-A: [α,μ)[\alpha,\mu); S4: [μ,1/4)[\mu,1/4); S5-low: [1/4,t∗)[1/4,t_{*}); S7: [μ,λ)[\mu,\lambda) One prefix each; 2⁢t1<2⁢t∗<T02t_{1}<2t_{*}<T_{0}.
S8-A: α≤t2<t1<β\alpha\leq t_{2}<t_{1}<\beta t1+2⁢t2≤3⁢β=150/309<T0t_{1}+2t_{2}\leq 3\beta=150/309<T_{0}.
S9-A: β≤t1<μ\beta\leq t_{1}<\mu, α≤t2<β\alpha\leq t_{2}<\beta t1<1−4⁢β−2⁢ηLt_{1}<1-4\beta-2\eta_{L} for the first branch; 3886931/49440000−(3/2)⁢τ⁢μ>03886931/49440000-(3/2)\tau\mu>0 for the second.
S10-Ret (the retained S10 row): μ≤t1<λ\mu\leq t_{1}<\lambda, α≤t2<β\alpha\leq t_{2}<\beta t2≤sel⁡(t1)t_{2}\leq\operatorname{sel}(t_{1}), C0=57/64−u−(11/5)⁢αC_{0}=57/64-u-(11/5)\alpha, sel⁡(t)≤Bτ⁢(t)≤max⁡{α,C0−(5/2+3⁢τ/2)⁢t}\operatorname{sel}(t)\leq B_{\tau}(t)\leq\max\{\alpha,C_{0}-(5/2+3\tau/2)t\}. For Θc−u−t1−t2≥(11/5)⁢α\Theta_{c}-u-t_{1}-t_{2}\geq(11/5)\alpha, the second branch in (P5) is active, since t1≥μ≥tddt_{1}\geq\mu\geq t_{\rm dd}. Its affine alternative gives equality; the α\alpha alternative gives 265391/9192000−(3/2)⁢τ⁢λ>0265391/9192000-(3/2)\tau\lambda>0. Thus t1+2⁢t2≤Θc−u−(11/5)⁢α+t2<Θc−ηLt_{1}+2t_{2}\leq\Theta_{c}-u-(11/5)\alpha+t_{2}<\Theta_{c}-\eta_{L}, with binding prefix-mask gap u+(11/5)⁢α−ηL−β=12449531/394490000>0.03155u+(11/5)\alpha-\eta_{L}-\beta=12449531/394490000>0.03155.
S1-0, S2-0, G1-0; empty prefix Θ=H⁢(u,u,u)=19101/32000\Theta=H(u,u,u)=19101/32000; tail endpoints ≤u\leq u. The active ww branch gives H~⁢(e¯1,e¯2,e¯3)≥min⁡{(132−68⁢u)/214,(153−96⁢u)/256,1−2⁢u}=19101/32000\widetilde{H}(\bar{e}_{1},\bar{e}_{2},\bar{e}_{3})\geq\min\{(132-68u)/214,(153% -96u)/256,1-2u\}=19101/32000.

A prefix endpoint lies in [ti,ρ⁢ti][t_{i},\rho t_{i}]. A tail endpoint satisfies ϵj′≤min⁡{ρ⁢sj,wz}\epsilon^{\prime}_{j}\leq\min\{\rho s_{j},w_{z}\}, from [Nsj,min⁡{Nρ⁢sj,z})[N^{s_{j}},\min\{N^{\rho s_{j}},z\}). Every prefix prime is at least zz. The AA37 masks give

∑j≤2⁢lsj+3⁢s2⁢l+1<ℓc⁢(ν=+),∑j≤2⁢l−1sj+3⁢s2⁢l<ℓc⁢(ν=−),2⁢s1<ℓc.\sum_{j\leq 2l}s_{j}+3s_{2l+1}<\ell_{c}\ (\nu=+),\quad\sum_{j\leq 2l-1}s_{j}+3% s_{2l}<\ell_{c}\ (\nu=-),\quad 2s_{1}<\ell_{c}.

We drop one copy at cubic ranks and use sj−1≥sjs_{j-1}\geq s_{j} between them. Then ∑i<jsi+2⁢sj<ℓc\sum_{i<j}s_{i}+2s_{j}<\ell_{c} at every tail rank. The prefix sum is then added at these ranks. If s1,…,sqs_{1},\ldots,s_{q} precede tit_{i}, then ti≤sqt_{i}\leq s_{q} and

∑a<ita+∑b≤qsb+2⁢ti≤∑a≤ita+(∑b<qsb+2⁢sq)<Θc−ηL.\sum_{a<i}t_{a}+\sum_{b\leq q}s_{b}+2t_{i}\leq\sum_{a\leq i}t_{a}+\left(\sum_{% b<q}s_{b}+2s_{q}\right)<\Theta_{c}-\eta_{L}.

Endpoint inflation by ρ\rho gives WF⁢(d∗)\mathrm{WF}(d_{*}). The first rr sorted endpoints lie in [tj,ρ⁢tj][t_{j},\rho t_{j}]. The rest are tails or zero pads in [0,wz][0,w_{z}]. Their first three entries therefore lie in the closed parent box. Hence

Θc≤H~⁢(e¯1,e¯2,e¯3),Θc−h=ηL−τ⁢(Θc−ηL)−60⁢σ>0.97⁢ηL,1/2<h≤H¯,0<δ≤3⋅10−9,g=n−δ∈[δ,1/3−δ/2].\begin{gathered}\Theta_{c}\leq\widetilde{H}(\bar{e}_{1},\bar{e}_{2},\bar{e}_{3% }),\quad\Theta_{c}-h=\eta_{L}-\tau(\Theta_{c}-\eta_{L})-60\sigma>0.97\eta_{L},% \\ 1/2<h\leq\overline{H},\quad 0<\delta\leq 3\cdot 10^{-9},\quad g=n-\delta\in[% \delta,1/3-\delta/2].\end{gathered}

These verify [Z1, Theorem 4.1, (4.2)] for every finite tail. The mixed-prefix checks above verify [Z1, Theorem 4.1] directly. The pure-tail result [Z1, Lemma 4.7] is not used. For the empty prefixes, the table gives the same hypotheses.

We attach dA⁢A<Lcσ=Nσ⁢ℓcd_{AA}<L_{c}^{\sigma}=N^{\sigma\ell_{c}} to slot 1. Then

logN⁡Q≤Σ1+σ⁢H¯,logN⁡S≤Σ2,logN⁡R≤Σ3,n=g+δ,logN⁡Amax≤1+σ/20.\begin{gathered}\log_{N}Q\leq\Sigma_{1}+\sigma\overline{H},\quad\log_{N}S\leq% \Sigma_{2},\quad\log_{N}R\leq\Sigma_{3},\\ n=g+\delta,\quad\log_{N}A_{\max}\leq 1+\sigma/20.\end{gathered}

By [Z1, (4.3)], the four excess exponents are

−(30−H¯)⁢σ\displaystyle-(30-\overline{H})\sigma =−(1+7271/256)⁢σ,−2⁢δ=−60⁢σ,\displaystyle=-(1+7271/256)\sigma,\qquad-2\delta=-60\sigma,
−3⁢δ+(ϑsp/20+H¯)⁢σ\displaystyle-3\delta+(\vartheta_{\rm sp}/20+\overline{H})\sigma =−(15+95221/1280)⁢σ,\displaystyle=-(15+95221/1280)\sigma,
−(3+2⁢ϑsp)⁢δ+H¯⁢σ\displaystyle-(3+2\vartheta_{\rm sp})\delta+\overline{H}\sigma =−(15+22407/256)⁢σ.\displaystyle=-(15+22407/256)\sigma.

Dyadic representatives within a factor two cost 24⁢log⁡2/log⁡N<σ/100024\log 2/\log N<\sigma/1000. For kX=logX⁡N=1/(1−ω)k_{X}=\log_{X}N=1/(1-\omega), ω=logN⁡(N/X)\omega=\log_{N}(N/X), 0≤kX−1<0.01⁢σ0\leq k_{X}-1<0.01\sigma. The first exponent improves. The second costs at most 0.01⁢σ0.01\sigma, and the last two cost at most 0.02⁢σ0.02\sigma. These give the stated spectral margins.

The factorization follows [Z1, Lemma 4.8, (4.12)–(4.13)]. The small-prime divisor is unique in slot 1. Each labelled slot has at most |Js|!|J_{s}|! multiset orderings. Thus its finite-sum identity holds for these literal sets, including repeats. Normalization gives |γs|≤1|\gamma_{s}|\leq 1; C2 covers empty slots. Lemma 4.8 bounds tail-collision support only; source corrections remain separate. Also,

Lcσ2≥u0,pprefix≥Nu,sj≥σ2⁢ℓc,∑jsj<ℓc,k<σ−2,Cslot=Oσ⁢(1).L_{c}^{\sigma^{2}}\geq u_{0},\quad p_{\rm prefix}\geq N^{u},\quad s_{j}\geq% \sigma^{2}\ell_{c},\quad\sum_{j}s_{j}<\ell_{c},\quad k<\sigma^{-2},\quad C_{% \rm slot}=O_{\sigma}(1).

Hence slots 2 and 3 are u0u_{0}-rough.

Condition (P6) is verified separately for DIRECT and plain G1. The first margin gives Q<T⁢X−29⁢σQ<TX^{-29\sigma}, so

NIQ⁢Xσ/3≫(log⁡X)−Cbox⁢X(29−1/3)⁢σ⟶∞.{N_{I}\over QX^{\sigma/3}}\gg(\log X)^{-C_{\rm box}}X^{(29-1/3)\sigma}% \longrightarrow\infty.

The last WF mask gives ∑sΣs≤d∗<H¯\sum_{s}\Sigma_{s}\leq d_{*}<\overline{H}. Thus

logN⁡(Q⁢R⁢S)≤153/256+σ,logN⁡MI−logN⁡(Q⁢R⁢S)≥2/3−153/256−15.02⁢σ=53/768−15.02⁢σ>89⁢σ.\begin{gathered}\log_{N}(QRS)\leq 153/256+\sigma,\\ \log_{N}M_{I}-\log_{N}(QRS)\geq 2/3-153/256-15.02\sigma=53/768-15.02\sigma>89% \sigma.\end{gathered}

Since σ≤10−10\sigma\leq 10^{-10}, Q⁢R⁢S<MI⁢X−89⁢σQRS<M_{I}X^{-89\sigma}. Condition (P6) also gives MI≥X1/2M_{I}\geq X^{1/2}. The same rule covers zero pads and unit slots. For G1-3, the comparison Nρ⁢t3→Nt3N^{\rho t_{3}}\to N^{t_{3}} is proved separately. Packing uses the latter cutoff at the original Θc\Theta_{c}, so its level loss is zero. ∎

Sections 2–3 verify direct-row source conditions; Section 4 verifies plain G1. Each source comparison and removed boundary term has its separate estimate.

2. The sieve rows S1–S10 on the actual source

This section treats the direct sieve rows on the actual source. Put ρ=1+τ\rho=1+\tau, μ=25/128\mu=25/128. The rows are grouped as

DIRECTS1⁢-⁢0⁢–⁢S1⁢-⁢3,S3⁢-⁢A,S4,S5⁢-⁢low,S7,S8⁢-⁢A,S9⁢-⁢A,S10⁢-⁢RetS2S2⁢-⁢0⁢–⁢S2⁢-⁢3(whole-K at depth three)BVS5⁢-⁢top,S6.\begin{array}[]{c|l}\mathrm{DIRECT}&\mathrm{S1\hbox{-}0\hbox{--}S1\hbox{-}3,S3% \hbox{-}A,S4,S5\hbox{-}low,S7,S8\hbox{-}A,S9\hbox{-}A,S10\hbox{-}Ret}\\ \mathrm{S2}&\mathrm{S2\hbox{-}0\hbox{--}S2\hbox{-}3}\quad\text{(whole-$K$ at % depth three)}\\ \mathrm{BV}&\mathrm{S5\hbox{-}top,S6}.\end{array}

Sections 3 and 5 treat S2 and BV. Conditions C1–C5 are those of Theorem A. The internal Lemma 1.2 gives the slots.

2.1. Source replacement and the exact signed coefficient

This subsection replaces the literal source by the plain one.

Lemma 2.1 (Source replacement and coefficients).

Let 𝒫N={p>2:p∤N}\mathcal{P}_{N}=\{p>2:p\nmid N\} and

AD⁢(v)=𝟏ℙ⁢(v)⁢𝟏N/log30⁡N<v<(1−ϵA)⁢N.A_{D}(v)=\mathbf{1}_{\mathbb{P}}(v)\mathbf{1}_{N/\log^{30}N<v<(1-\epsilon_{A})% N}.

For a squarefree prefix bb from 𝒫N\mathcal{P}_{N}, set

𝒜b\displaystyle\mathcal{A}_{b} ={v∈ℙ:v⁢<(1−ϵA)⁢N,v∤N,b∣⁢N−v,p2∤N−v⁢(p∣b)},\displaystyle=\{v\in\mathbb{P}:v<(1-\epsilon_{A})N,\ v\nmid N,\ b\mid N-v,\ p^% {2}\nmid N-v\ (p\mid b)\},
𝒜bpl\displaystyle\mathcal{A}_{b}^{\rm pl} ={v:AD⁢(v)=1,b∣N−v}.\displaystyle=\{v:A_{D}(v)=1,\ b\mid N-v\}.

For A⊆𝒜b∪𝒜bplA\subseteq\mathcal{A}_{b}\cup\mathcal{A}_{b}^{\rm pl}, the notation S⁢(A,𝒫N,z)S(A,\mathcal{P}_{N},z) means

#⁢{v∈A:(N−vb,PN⁢(z))=1}.\#\left\{v\in A:\left(\frac{N-v}{b},P_{N}(z)\right)=1\right\}.

Thus this sieve tests the cofactor, not the prime vv or the integer N−vN-v. If every prefix prime is ≥z\geq z, the literal sieve is S⁢(𝒜b,𝒫N,z)S(\mathcal{A}_{b},\mathcal{P}_{N},z). Its source comparison is

(2.17a) S⁢(𝒜b,𝒫N,z)−S⁢(𝒜bpl,𝒫N,z)=S⁢(𝒜b∖𝒜bpl,𝒫N,z)−S⁢(𝒜bpl∖𝒜b,𝒫N,z).S(\mathcal{A}_{b},\mathcal{P}_{N},z)-S(\mathcal{A}_{b}^{\rm pl},\mathcal{P}_{N% },z)=S(\mathcal{A}_{b}\setminus\mathcal{A}_{b}^{\rm pl},\mathcal{P}_{N},z)-S(% \mathcal{A}_{b}^{\rm pl}\setminus\mathcal{A}_{b},\mathcal{P}_{N},z).

The normalized unsifted bounds, in Section 6 units, are

v≤N/log30⁡NOu⁢(LN−28)v∣NOu⁢(LN3/N)p2∣N−v⁢ for a prefix primeOu⁢(N−u/(1+τ)⁢LN3).\begin{array}[]{c|c}v\leq N/\log^{30}N&O_{u}(L_{N}^{-28})\\ v\mid N&O_{u}(L_{N}^{3}/N)\\ p^{2}\mid N-v\text{ for a prefix prime}&O_{u}(N^{-u/(1+\tau)}L_{N}^{3}).\end{array}

Fix an AA37 sign ν\nu, a row cell and tail labels. All literal clipped sets and the smooth divisor are kept. Put

Cc⁢(q)=∑d,(pj)λd⁢𝟏q=d⁢∏jpj,|λd|≤1.C_{c}(q)=\sum_{d,(p_{j})}\lambda_{d}\mathbf{1}_{q=d\prod_{j}p_{j}},\qquad|% \lambda_{d}|\leq 1.

Let KTK_{T} be the equal-label tail mask, and let KPK_{P} impose complete equal-label prefix distinctness. For a complete permutation-invariant block, let McM_{c} be its prefix orbit factorial. Then

(2.17b) Oc⁢(q)=Cc⁢(q)Mc−ΞU,c⁢(q),ΞU,c=1Mc⁢∑fullλd⁢(1−KT⁢KP)⁢𝟏q=d⁢∏jpj.O_{c}(q)=\frac{C_{c}(q)}{M_{c}}-\Xi_{U,c}(q),\qquad\Xi_{U,c}=\frac{1}{M_{c}}% \sum_{\rm full}\lambda_{d}(1-K_{T}K_{P})\mathbf{1}_{q=d\prod_{j}p_{j}}.

With γc=Cc/Cslot\gamma_{c}=C_{c}/C_{\rm slot}, the full remainder is

(2.17c) RAA,c=CslotMc⁢∑qγc⁢(q)⁢ΔP⁢(q)−∑qΞU,c⁢(q)⁢ΔP⁢(q),γc=Cc/Cslot.R_{{\rm AA},c}=\frac{C_{\rm slot}}{M_{c}}\sum_{q}\gamma_{c}(q)\Delta_{P}(q)-% \sum_{q}\Xi_{U,c}(q)\Delta_{P}(q),\qquad\gamma_{c}=C_{c}/C_{\rm slot}.

The external multiplier c⁢νc\nu acts on both terms. This includes the four S2 children and the whole-KK last child. The same identity holds for nonnegative occurrence weights. On the common occurrence space, ar,bra_{r},b_{r} are the original and plain weights. The prefix and sifting data are fixed, and the weights are extended by zero. Put

hr=min⁡(ar,br),er+=(ar−br)+,er−=(br−ar)+.h_{r}=\min(a_{r},b_{r}),\qquad e_{r}^{+}=(a_{r}-b_{r})_{+},\qquad e_{r}^{-}=(b% _{r}-a_{r})_{+}.

Then ar=hr+er+a_{r}=h_{r}+e_{r}^{+}, br=hr+er−b_{r}=h_{r}+e_{r}^{-} and er+⁢er−=0e_{r}^{+}e_{r}^{-}=0. Linearity gives Sz⁢(ar)=Sz⁢(br)+Sz⁢(er+)−Sz⁢(er−)S_{z}(a_{r})=S_{z}(b_{r})+S_{z}(e_{r}^{+})-S_{z}(e_{r}^{-}), including the G1 representation multiplicities.

Proof.

For m=(N−v)/bm=(N-v)/b, reduction modulo a common prime gives

(m,N)=1⇔v∤N,(m,b)=1⇔p2∤N−v(p∣b).(m,N)=1\iff v\nmid N,\qquad(m,b)=1\iff p^{2}\nmid N-v\quad(p\mid b).

Here v∤bv\nmid b, since otherwise v∣Nv\mid N. These conditions concern the ambient source; cofactor sieving is separate. Additivity proves (2.17a). The two differences have the three stated exceptional conditions. Each point is assigned to the first true condition, and the resulting unsifted masses are bounded. These source terms are removed before HB. A common source point removed by sieving creates no source error. All later Buchstab and distribution calculations use ADA_{D}.

For (2.17b) we use 1=KT⁢KP+KT⁢(1−KP)+(1−KT)1=K_{T}K_{P}+K_{T}(1-K_{P})+(1-K_{T}). Overlapping repetitions are assigned to the first forbidden-tail condition. Each modulus of ΞU,c\Xi_{U,c} repeats a prime ≥Lcσ2\geq L_{c}^{\sigma^{2}}. Theorem 5 bounds the complete nineteen-row union, including prefix multiplicities, once. The smooth divisor lies wholly in slot 1. Then the finite slot convolution is Cc/CslotC_{c}/C_{\rm slot} on every modulus, repeats included. Empty rough slots are unit atoms, and each realization and factorial occurs once.

Put CA⁢(q)=∑v≡N⁢(q)AD⁢(v)C_{A}(q)=\sum_{v\equiv N\,(q)}A_{D}(v), XA=∑vAD⁢(v)X_{A}=\sum_{v}A_{D}(v), YA⁢(q)=∑(v,q)=1AD⁢(v)Y_{A}(q)=\sum_{(v,q)=1}A_{D}(v) and

Δ0=CA−XA/φ⁢(q),ΔP=CA−YA/φ⁢(q).\Delta_{0}=C_{A}-X_{A}/\varphi(q),\qquad\Delta_{P}=C_{A}-Y_{A}/\varphi(q).

Prefixes are ≥z\geq z and tails are <z<z. Totient multiplicativity converts the relative AA37 comparator into Δ0\Delta_{0}. Theorem 5 gives q<N3/5q<N^{3/5} on the full labelled support. Eventually v>N/LN30>N3/5v>N/L_{N}^{30}>N^{3/5}. Thus YA=XAY_{A}=X_{A}, so Δ0=ΔP\Delta_{0}=\Delta_{P} before HB. This proves (2.17c). ∎

For the actual levels put

(2.17d) v⁢(t)\displaystyle v(t) =min⁡{(1+t)/2,(32−34⁢t)/39,57/64−3⁢t/2},\displaystyle=\min\{(1+t)/2,(32-34t)/39,57/64-3t/2\},
ψ⁢(x,y)\displaystyle\psi(x,y) =x⁢𝟏x≥y,\displaystyle=x\mathbf{1}_{x\geq y},
w⁢(a,b,c)\displaystyle w(a,b,c) =ψ⁢(min⁡{(132−68⁢c)/214,(153−96⁢c)/256,1−2⁢b},(1+a)/2),\displaystyle=\psi\!\left(\min\{(132-68c)/214,(153-96c)/256,1-2b\},(1+a)/2% \right),
H⁢(a,b,c)\displaystyle H(a,b,c) =max{v(a),v(b),v(a+b),v(a+b+c),\displaystyle=\max\{v(a),v(b),v(a+b),v(a+b+c),
w⁢(a,b,c),w⁢(a,c,b),\displaystyle w(a,b,c),w(a,c,b),
ψ⁢(v⁢(a+c),a+2⁢b+c),\displaystyle\psi(v(a+c),a+2b+c),
ψ(v(b+c),2a+b+c)}.\displaystyle\psi(v(b+c),2a+b+c)\}.

Let H~=H\widetilde{H}=H when the largest coordinate is ≤μ\leq\mu, and above μ\mu let H~⁢(a,b,c)=v⁢(a)\widetilde{H}(a,b,c)=v(a). A parent label tit_{i} retains [Nti,Nρ⁢ti)[N^{t_{i}},N^{\rho t_{i}}), clipped by its row. At depth r<3r<3, complete the ordered triple in [0,wz][0,w_{z}], where z=Nwzz=N^{w_{z}}. Let Θc\Theta_{c} be the infimum on this closed ordered parent domain. At depth three the infimum is taken on the three parent intervals. This infimum is taken before any branch is selected, including crossings at μ\mu. At depth zero, with z=Nuz=N^{u}, Θc=H⁢(u,u,u)=19101/32000\Theta_{c}=H(u,u,u)=19101/32000. Then

(2.17e) Lc=Nℓc,ℓc=Θc−ηL−∑i≤rti,Dc=NΘc−ηL.L_{c}=N^{\ell_{c}},\qquad\ell_{c}=\Theta_{c}-\eta_{L}-\sum_{i\leq r}t_{i},% \qquad D_{c}=N^{\Theta_{c}-\eta_{L}}.

For nonempty DIRECT rows, t1<t∗=7109/28000t_{1}<t_{*}=7109/28000 and 509/1000≤Θc≤153/256509/1000\leq\Theta_{c}\leq 153/256. Also

(2.17f) Θc≥m⁢(t1):=min⁡{(1+t1)/2,57/64−3⁢ρ⁢t1/2}.\Theta_{c}\geq m(t_{1}):=\min\{(1+t_{1})/2,57/64-3\rho t_{1}/2\}.

The first branch is active through tdd=25/[32⁢(1+3⁢ρ)]t_{\rm dd}=25/[32(1+3\rho)]. The required prefix masks are

(2.17g) t1+⋯+tj−1+2⁢tj<Θc−ηL(1≤j≤r).t_{1}+\cdots+t_{j-1}+2t_{j}<\Theta_{c}-\eta_{L}\qquad(1\leq j\leq r).

Their row checks are

rank one2⁢t1<2⁢t∗=7109/14000<509/1000−ηLS1⁢-⁢2,S1⁢-⁢3ti<α,4⁢α<509/1000−ηLS2⁢-⁢2,S2⁢-⁢3⁢(j=2),S8⁢-⁢A3⁢β<509/1000−ηLS2⁢-⁢3⁢(j=3)t1<β<tddt1+2⁢t2+(4+2⁢τ)⁢t3≤249/250+2⁢τ⁢β<1−2⁢ηLS9⁢-⁢At1<μ,t2<β:t1+2t2<m(t1)−ηLS10⁢-⁢RetΘc−u−t1−t2≥(11/5)⁢αt2<β<u+(11/5)⁢α−ηL.\begin{array}[]{c|l}\text{rank one}&2t_{1}<2t_{*}=7109/14000<509/1000-\eta_{L}% \\ \mathrm{S1\hbox{-}2,S1\hbox{-}3}&t_{i}<\alpha,\quad 4\alpha<509/1000-\eta_{L}% \\ \mathrm{S2\hbox{-}2,S2\hbox{-}3}\ (j=2),\ \mathrm{S8\hbox{-}A}&3\beta<509/1000% -\eta_{L}\\ \mathrm{S2\hbox{-}3}\ (j=3)&t_{1}<\beta<t_{\rm dd}\\ &t_{1}+2t_{2}+(4+2\tau)t_{3}\leq 249/250+2\tau\beta<1-2\eta_{L}\\ \mathrm{S9\hbox{-}A}&t_{1}<\mu,\ t_{2}<\beta:\quad t_{1}+2t_{2}<m(t_{1})-\eta_% {L}\\ \mathrm{S10\hbox{-}Ret}&\Theta_{c}-u-t_{1}-t_{2}\geq(11/5)\alpha\\ &t_{2}<\beta<u+(11/5)\alpha-\eta_{L}.\end{array}

S2 at rank three uses the first branch of (2.17f). S9 substitutes in both branches. For S10 we use §2.5; its binding prefix-mask gap is

u+(11/5)⁢α−ηL−β=12449531394490000>0.03155.u+(11/5)\alpha-\eta_{L}-\beta=\frac{12449531}{394490000}>0.03155.

These checks include clipped cells and weak selection endpoints. AA37 tail labels Dj=NsjD_{j}=N^{s_{j}} satisfy ∑i<jsi+2⁢sj<ℓc\sum_{i<j}s_{i}+2s_{j}<\ell_{c}. Together with (2.17g), prefix/tail separation gives ∑i<jλi+2⁢λj<Θc−ηL\sum_{i<j}\lambda_{i}+2\lambda_{j}<\Theta_{c}-\eta_{L} for merged sorted labels. Sorted upper endpoints are at most ρ\rho times their labels, and their mask is strictly below ρ⁢(Θc−ηL)\rho(\Theta_{c}-\eta_{L}). This proves packing geometry, including empty prefixes. The tested-source and boundary hypotheses are proved below.

For the Section 4.1 representation domains let RjR_{j} count ordered representations. In RjtagR_{j}^{\rm tag} the coordinates are prime to NN and e/(p1⁢p2)e/(p_{1}p_{2}) is prime to p1⁢p2p_{1}p_{2}. Put

AG\displaystyle A_{G} =(2⁢R11+R12+R13)⁢𝟏ϵA⁢N<e<N,\displaystyle=(2R_{11}+R_{12}+R_{13})\mathbf{1}_{\epsilon_{A}N<e<N},
wtag\displaystyle w_{\rm tag} =(2⁢R11tag+R12tag+R13tag)⁢𝟏ϵA⁢N<e<N,\displaystyle=(2R_{11}^{\rm tag}+R_{12}^{\rm tag}+R_{13}^{\rm tag})\mathbf{1}_% {\epsilon_{A}N<e<N},
wpl\displaystyle w_{\rm pl} =AGcut=AG⁢𝟏e≤Ncut,Ncut=N⁢(1−(log⁡N)1−Cb),Cb=334,\displaystyle=A_{G}^{\rm cut}=A_{G}\mathbf{1}_{e\leq N_{\rm cut}},\quad N_{\rm cut% }=N(1-(\log N)^{1-C_{b}}),\quad C_{b}=334,
UG\displaystyle U_{G} =wtag⁢𝟏e>Ncut,EG=(AG−wtag)⁢𝟏e≤Ncut.\displaystyle=w_{\rm tag}\mathbf{1}_{e>N_{\rm cut}},\quad E_{G}=(A_{G}-w_{\rm tag% })\mathbf{1}_{e\leq N_{\rm cut}}.

Thus UG,EG≥0U_{G},E_{G}\geq 0 and wtag−wpl=UG−EGw_{\rm tag}-w_{\rm pl}=U_{G}-E_{G}. For χb,z⁢(e)=𝟏b∣N−e⁢𝟏(N−e,PN⁢(z))=1\chi_{b,z}(e)=\mathbf{1}_{b\mid N-e}\mathbf{1}_{(N-e,P_{N}(z))=1},

∑ewtag⁢χb,z=∑ewpl⁢χb,z+ΔG⁢(b,z),|ΔG⁢(b,z)|≤∑e(UG+EG).\sum_{e}w_{\rm tag}\chi_{b,z}=\sum_{e}w_{\rm pl}\chi_{b,z}+\Delta_{G}(b,z),% \qquad|\Delta_{G}(b,z)|\leq\sum_{e}(U_{G}+E_{G}).

Here UGU_{G} is the upper cut; EGE_{G} counts coordinate divisibility and repetitions. Section 4 bounds their unsifted masses and local hypotheses. The source is replaced before Buchstab, and the signed parent correction is retained. C1–C5 test the untagged discrepancy Δ⁢[AGcut]\Delta[A_{G}^{\rm cut}] on interior boxes. Fixing two coordinates at a prime pp leaves at most two positive coordinates. The elementary divisor bound, over all pairs and four source forms, gives

O⁢(∑p≥NαNp2⁢(1+log⁡N)2)=O⁢(N1−α⁢(1+log⁡N)2).O\!\left(\sum_{p\geq N^{\alpha}}\frac{N}{p^{2}}(1+\log N)^{2}\right)=O(N^{1-% \alpha}(1+\log N)^{2}).

Division by 𝒲≫N/(log⁡N)2\mathcal{W}\gg N/(\log N)^{2} gives O⁢(N−α⁢(log⁡N)4)O(N^{-\alpha}(\log N)^{4}). This is within the Section 6 source-restoration allowance.

We use the classical BFI hypothesis (A2), [8]. We fix 𝒢\mathscr{G} and Bγ>0B_{\gamma}>0. For every A>0A>0 it asks for a uniform CAC_{A} such that

|∑n≡ℓ⁢(k)(n,d)=1γn−1φ⁢(k)⁢∑(n,d⁢k)=1γn|≤CA⁢‖γ‖2⁢T1/2⁢τ⁢(d)Bγ⁢(log⁡(2⁢T))−A.\left|\sum_{\begin{subarray}{c}n\equiv\ell\ (k)\\ (n,d)=1\end{subarray}}\gamma_{n}-\frac{1}{\varphi(k)}\sum_{(n,dk)=1}\gamma_{n}% \right|\leq C_{A}\|\gamma\|_{2}T^{1/2}\tau(d)^{B_{\gamma}}(\log(2T))^{-A}.

Here γ∈𝒢\gamma\in\mathscr{G}, supp⁡γ⊆[1,T]\operatorname{supp}\gamma\subseteq[1,T], T≥2T\geq 2, d,k≥1d,k\geq 1, ℓ≠0\ell\neq 0, (ℓ,k)=1(\ell,k)=1. The constant is uniform in the sequence, subinterval and auxiliary coprimality divisor. For Class II we use the selected elementary factor and exchange factor names as in the classical theorem. Theorem A requires this ℓ2\ell^{2} normalization. The complementary convolution has its separate norm bound.

2.2. Common direct preparation

This subsection verifies the local and global hypotheses for the direct families.

Lemma 2.2 (Common preparation).

Let 0<σ≤10−100<\sigma\leq 10^{-10}, τ=σ9\tau=\sigma^{9}, Cb=334C_{b}=334. Then Cb≥⌈2⁢A+32⌉C_{b}\geq\lceil 2A+32\rceil for 0<A≤(334−32)/20<A\leq(334-32)/2. The per-box precision A′A^{\prime} is arbitrary; it is distinct from the prime-source target AA in the condition Cb≥⌈2⁢A+32⌉C_{b}\geq\lceil 2A+32\rceil. Each DIRECT and S2 family satisfies H1–H5 and LEN of [Z1, Theorem 3.2] on retained Class-II boxes. For each family ℱ\mathscr{F}, separately, H6 and H7 hold with

Elog,ℱ≪σN⁢LN18−Cb,Ebdry,ℱ≪σN⁢LN16−Cb/2,LN=log⁡N,∑j∈𝒥ℱ|cj|≪σ,CbLNK∗,K∗=6⁢(Cb+1)+2=2012<24⁢Cb+26=8042.\begin{gathered}E_{\rm log,\mathscr{F}}\ll_{\sigma}NL_{N}^{18-C_{b}},\quad E_{% \rm bdry,\mathscr{F}}\ll_{\sigma}NL_{N}^{16-C_{b}/2},\quad L_{N}=\log N,\\ \sum_{j\in\mathcal{J}_{\mathscr{F}}}|c_{j}|\ll_{\sigma,C_{b}}L_{N}^{K_{*}},% \qquad K_{*}=6(C_{b}+1)+2=2012<24C_{b}+26=8042.\end{gathered}

Every other nonboundary box is Class I-1 or I-2. For fixed AI>0A_{I}>0, its signed discrepancy before external coefficients is Oσ,AI⁢(X⁢(log⁡X)−AI)O_{\sigma,A_{I}}(X(\log X)^{-A_{I}}). The entire S2 Class-I error is o⁢(WN)o(W_{N}), with (3.1) defining WNW_{N}. Section 3 treats the strict BV complement separately. DIRECT and S2 are each counted once.

Proof.

Put L=log⁡NL=\log N, H=N/L30H=N/L^{30}, Γk=Ck/Mk\Gamma_{k}=C_{k}/M_{k}, P=∑i≤rtiP=\sum_{i\leq r}t_{i}, ℓ=Θc−ηL−P≥ℓ0\ell=\Theta_{c}-\eta_{L}-P\geq\ell_{0}. The source is AD⁢(v)=𝟏ℙ⁢(v)⁢𝟏H<v<(1−ϵA)⁢NA_{D}(v)=\mathbf{1}_{\mathbb{P}}(v)\mathbf{1}_{H<v<(1-\epsilon_{A})N}. Source exceptions have been removed. All prefix, sieve and whole-cell conditions are modulus-side. The row masks and AA37 bound ∑sj<ℓ\sum s_{j}<\ell give

q<Nρ⁢P+(ρ+σ)⁢ℓ≤N(1+τ+σ)⁢(153/256−ηL)<NeD,eD=153/256−ηL/2<153/256.\begin{gathered}q<N^{\rho P+(\rho+\sigma)\ell}\leq N^{(1+\tau+\sigma)(153/256-% \eta_{L})}<N^{e_{D}},\\ e_{D}=153/256-\eta_{L}/2<153/256.\end{gathered}

For the dyadic XX-shell covering v>Hv>H, one has X>H/2X>H/2; eventually q≤X3/5q\leq X^{3/5} and q<Hq<H. All factors avoid 2⁢N2N. The tested prime exceeds qq, so its comparators agree before HB. Let uc=Lcσ2≥Nℓ0⁢σ2u_{c}=L_{c}^{\sigma^{2}}\geq N^{\ell_{0}\sigma^{2}}. Primes below ucu_{c} determine the smooth divisor uniquely. Labelled primes are ≥uc\geq u_{c}, since uc<Nuu_{c}<N^{u}. Thus ucm≤q<N3/5u_{c}^{m}\leq q<N^{3/5} gives

|Γk⁢(q)|≤m!/Mk≤Cσ,m≤⌈35⁢ℓ0⁢σ2⌉.|\Gamma_{k}(q)|\leq m!/M_{k}\leq C_{\sigma},\qquad m\leq\left\lceil\frac{3}{5% \ell_{0}\sigma^{2}}\right\rceil.

This includes repeated primes and each numerical realization once. Three prefixes, k<σ−2k<\sigma^{-2} tails and two signs give Oσ⁢(1)O_{\sigma}(1) blocks. Whole-cell conditions remove blocks, and smooth divisors remain inside coefficients.

We apply [Z1, (B.7)–(B.13)] with B=30B=30, ε=ϵA\varepsilon=\epsilon_{A}, a=N≠va=N\neq v. For j≤3j\leq 3 we take s=2⁢j≤6s=2j\leq 6, n∈[X,2⁢X)n\in[X,2X), mi≤2⁢X1/3m_{i}\leq 2X^{1/3}. Factors are z0⁢(X)z_{0}(X)-rough, including the unit atom. Put

δX=(log⁡X)−Cb,JX=⌈log⁡2/log⁡(1+δX)⌉,rX=21/JX,ΔX=rX−1,δX/3≤δX⁢(1−2⁢δX)≤ΔX≤δX.\begin{gathered}\delta_{X}=(\log X)^{-C_{b}},\quad J_{X}=\lceil\log 2/\log(1+% \delta_{X})\rceil,\quad r_{X}=2^{1/J_{X}},\quad\Delta_{X}=r_{X}-1,\\ \delta_{X}/3\leq\delta_{X}(1-2\delta_{X})\leq\Delta_{X}\leq\delta_{X}.\end{gathered}

The complete tested-side faces are

n=H,n=(1−ϵA)⁢N,n=X,2⁢X;mi=2⁢X1/3(1≤i≤j).n=H,\quad n=(1-\epsilon_{A})N,\quad n=X,2X;\qquad m_{i}=2X^{1/3}\quad(1\leq i% \leq j).

Crossing boxes are removed. Roughness stays in the coefficients, and whole-KK stays modulus-side. The bound 2⁢X⁢(1+δX)6<3⁢X2X(1+\delta_{X})^{6}<3X makes n≤8⁢Xn\leq 8X redundant. The cited construction uses these data and the proved coefficient bound, so it permits prefixed moduli. Proper powers contribute Oσ⁢(N1/2+o⁢(1))O_{\sigma}(N^{1/2+o(1)}): O⁢(N1/2⁢log⁡N)O(N^{1/2}\log N) terms, each No⁢(1)N^{o(1)}. The signed HB coefficient is

cj⁢(𝐯)=(−1)j−1⁢(3j)⁢∏i≤jμz0⁢(mi)⁢log⁡n1,|cj⁢(𝐯)|≤3⁢L.c_{j}(\mathbf{v})=(-1)^{j-1}\binom{3}{j}\prod_{i\leq j}\mu_{z_{0}}(m_{i})\log n% _{1},\qquad|c_{j}(\mathbf{v})|\leq 3L.

For H6 put F⁢(n)=d⁢(N−n)+2⁢(1+L)F(n)=d(N-n)+2(1+L). Divisor counting and ∑q≤N3/51/φ⁢(q)≪1+L\sum_{q\leq N^{3/5}}1/\varphi(q)\ll 1+L give |∑qΓk⁢(q)⁢𝒮n⁢(q;N)|≪σF⁢(n)|\sum_{q}\Gamma_{k}(q)\mathcal{S}_{n}(q;N)|\ll_{\sigma}F(n). Each product fixes its shell by [Z1, (B.11)]. We use ∑n≤yτh⁢(n)≤y⁢(1+log⁡y)h−1\sum_{n\leq y}\tau_{h}(n)\leq y(1+\log y)^{h-1}, τ62≤τ36\tau_{6}^{2}\leq\tau_{36} and d4≤τ16d^{4}\leq\tau_{16}. Cauchy–Schwarz gives (35+15)/2=25(35+15)/2=25, (5+25)/2=15(5+25)/2=15, and

∑n<Nτ6⁢(n)≪N⁢L5,∑n<Nτ6⁢(n)⁢F⁢(n)2≪N⁢L25,∑n<Nτ6⁢(n)⁢F⁢(n)≪N⁢L15.\sum_{n<N}\tau_{6}(n)\ll NL^{5},\quad\sum_{n<N}\tau_{6}(n)F(n)^{2}\ll NL^{25},% \quad\sum_{n<N}\tau_{6}(n)F(n)\ll NL^{15}.

For λB=∑ilog⁡Vi\lambda_{B}=\sum_{i}\log V_{i}, we have log⁡n,λB≍L\log n,\lambda_{B}\asymp L, 0≤log⁡n−λB≤6⁢δX0\leq\log n-\lambda_{B}\leq 6\delta_{X}, log⁡X=L+O⁢(log⁡L)\log X=L+O(\log L). Hence

|Elog,ℱ|≪σL−Cb−1⁢∑n<Nτ6⁢(n)⁢F⁢(n)≪σN⁢L14−Cb.|E_{\rm log,\mathscr{F}}|\ll_{\sigma}L^{-C_{b}-1}\sum_{n<N}\tau_{6}(n)F(n)\ll_% {\sigma}NL^{14-C_{b}}.

This is stronger than stated. Each tuple has one shell and one box. For faces we use [Z1, Lemma B.2, (B.14)–(B.16)], with 2≤s≤62\leq s\leq 6, Y0=N1/7Y_{0}=N^{1/7}, ηdist≪L−Cb\eta_{\rm dist}\ll L^{-C_{b}}. Source faces are singletons, and the lattices are (log⁡2)⁢ℤ(\log 2)\mathbb{Z} and log⁡2+(log⁡2/3)⁢ℤ\log 2+(\log 2/3)\mathbb{Z}. Active product coordinates exceed (H/2)1/6(H/2)^{1/6}. At caps, mi≍X1/3m_{i}\asymp X^{1/3} and X>H/2X>H/2. Both exceed Y0Y_{0} eventually. Thus

#⁢𝒰≪N⁢L5−Cb+N6/7⁢L5≪N⁢L5−Cb,|Ebdry,ℱ|≪σL⁢(#⁢𝒰)1/2⁢(N⁢L25)1/2≪σN⁢L16−Cb/2.\begin{gathered}\#\mathcal{U}\ll NL^{5-C_{b}}+N^{6/7}L^{5}\ll NL^{5-C_{b}},\\ |E_{\rm bdry,\mathscr{F}}|\ll_{\sigma}L(\#\mathcal{U})^{1/2}(NL^{25})^{1/2}\ll% _{\sigma}NL^{16-C_{b}/2}.\end{gathered}

Here |cj|/λB≪L|c_{j}|/\lambda_{B}\ll L. Finite faces and unique shells introduce no box count. Three patterns and Oσ⁢(1)O_{\sigma}(1) blocks alter only constants. This proves H6 separately for both families.

The classification uses [Z1, (B.20)–(B.24), (B.27)–(B.28), (B.30)]. We choose N0⁢(σ)N_{0}(\sigma) so that

ω=logN⁡(N/X),κ=(log⁡2+6⁢log⁡rX)/L,ω,κ≤σ/202,σ⁢L≥2130⁢(Cb+1)⁢(log⁡L+1).\begin{gathered}\omega=\log_{N}(N/X),\quad\kappa=(\log 2+6\log r_{X})/L,\\ \omega,\kappa\leq\sigma/202,\quad\sigma L\geq 2^{130}(C_{b}+1)(\log L+1).\end{gathered}

The product and Möbius caps are exactly (B.21). The selected variable has the largest eligible lower exponent in [60⁢σ,1/3+14⁢σ][60\sigma,1/3+14\sigma], with ties broken by index. The exclusions are 14⁢σ>κ14\sigma>\kappa, 360⁢σ<1−ω−κ360\sigma<1-\omega-\kappa, 1+42⁢σ>1−ω+κ1+42\sigma>1-\omega+\kappa. Every other box has one or two large smooth variables. For the selected Class-II cell [T,rX⁢T)[T,r_{X}T) put

IT=(T,rX⁢T],NI=⌊rX⁢T⌋−⌊T⌋,MI=M⁢(rXr−1),m0=M⁢(1+rXr)/2.I_{T}=(T,r_{X}T],\quad N_{I}=\lfloor r_{X}T\rfloor-\lfloor T\rfloor,\quad M_{I% }=M(r_{X}^{r}-1),\quad m_{0}=M(1+r_{X}^{r})/2.

Here MM is the complementary lower product, T⁢M≍XTM\asymp X. Its nonunit-cell count satisfies 1≤r≤51\leq r\leq 5, since eventually n>H>N1/3+15⁢σn>H>N^{1/3+15\sigma}. By [Z1, Lemma B.3, (B.22)–(B.24)], internal endpoints are irrational. Rough coefficients vanish at powers of two. Both integer counts differ from T⁢ΔXT\Delta_{X} by less than one. The threshold gives T⁢ΔX>2T\Delta_{X}>2 and T2−126≥12⁢(log⁡X)CbT^{2^{-126}}\geq 12(\log X)^{C_{b}}. Consequently

T6⁢(log⁡X)Cb≤NI≤2⁢T⁢(log⁡X)−Cb,MI≍(X/T)⁢(log⁡X)−Cb,NI≥(2⁢T)1−2−126,X60⁢σ≤T≤X1/3+15⁢σ,logN⁡MI≥2/3−(14+1/202)⁢σ−o⁢(1)≥2/3−14.02⁢σ,MI≫X2/3−15⁢σ⁢(log⁡X)−Cb≥X1/2.\begin{gathered}\frac{T}{6(\log X)^{C_{b}}}\leq N_{I}\leq 2T(\log X)^{-C_{b}},% \qquad M_{I}\asymp(X/T)(\log X)^{-C_{b}},\\ N_{I}\geq(2T)^{1-2^{-126}},\quad X^{60\sigma}\leq T\leq X^{1/3+15\sigma},\\ \log_{N}M_{I}\geq 2/3-(14+1/202)\sigma-o(1)\geq 2/3-14.02\sigma,\\ M_{I}\gg X^{2/3-15\sigma}(\log X)^{-C_{b}}\geq X^{1/2}.\end{gathered}

The majorant in [Z1, Appendix B, immediately before (B.27)] equals one on [M,M⁢rXr][M,Mr_{X}^{r}], with support [M−MI/2,M⁢rXr+MI/2][M-M_{I}/2,Mr_{X}^{r}+M_{I}/2]. For a source point n0n_{0}, enlarged products satisfy

n0⁢rX⁢[1+32⁢(rXr−1)]≤n0⁢(1+11⁢δX)<(1−ϵA/2)⁢N.n_{0}r_{X}[1+\tfrac{3}{2}(r_{X}^{r}-1)]\leq n_{0}(1+11\delta_{X})<(1-\epsilon_% {A}/2)N.

Thus N−m⁢n≥ϵA⁢N/2N-mn\geq\epsilon_{A}N/2, |m⁢n−N|≤X3|mn-N|\leq X^{3}, |m0|≪X/T|m_{0}|\ll X/T. Eventually N≤X⁢L31≤X1+σ/20N\leq XL^{31}\leq X^{1+\sigma/20}. The row masks and Lemma 1.2 give exact repeated-prime slots, including S1-0 and S2-0, and all spectral inequalities. In particular,

Q<T⁢X−29⁢σ,Q⁢R⁢S<MI⁢X−89⁢σ,NIQ⁢Xσ/3≥X(29−1/3)⁢σ6⁢(log⁡X)Cb⟶∞.Q<TX^{-29\sigma},\quad QRS<M_{I}X^{-89\sigma},\qquad\frac{N_{I}}{QX^{\sigma/3}% }\geq\frac{X^{(29-1/3)\sigma}}{6(\log X)^{C_{b}}}\longrightarrow\infty.

For rough Möbius, unit and normalized-log factors we use [Z1, (3.25), (3.47)–(3.48)]. The complement is bounded by τ5\tau_{5}. This proves H1–H5 and LEN separately from H6/H7.

For Class I we apply [Z1, Lemmas 3.3 and 3.5, §3.11, (B.30)]. Here k<σ−2k<\sigma^{-2}, |Γk|≤Cσ|\Gamma_{k}|\leq C_{\sigma}, complement ≤τ5\leq\tau_{5}. The nonnegative weights 1,log⁡v/L1,\log v/L have bounded variation and supremum. Predicates are constant and factors are z0⁢(X)z_{0}(X)-rough. The discrepancy remains 𝒮∏vi⁢(q;N)\mathcal{S}_{\prod v_{i}}(q;N). Assign proper powers, LOG, boundary, II, I-1, I-2 in order. The classification gives

e∗−eD−(1−ω)/10≥0.9−eD−0.9⁢ω−κ−300⁢σ>0.3023,e_{*}-e_{D}-(1-\omega)/10\geq 0.9-e_{D}-0.9\omega-\kappa-300\sigma>0.3023,

so V≥q⁢X1/10V\geq qX^{1/10}. For I-2 we order N1≥N2N_{1}\geq N_{2}. Then

M≤X(240⁢σ+κ)/(1−ω)≤X2.401⋅10−8,N2≥X1/3,N1⁢N2⁢M≤230⁢X,q<X0.5977.\begin{gathered}M\leq X^{(240\sigma+\kappa)/(1-\omega)}\leq X^{2.401\cdot 10^{% -8}},\\ N_{2}\geq X^{1/3},\quad N_{1}N_{2}M\leq 2^{30}X,\quad q<X^{0.5977}.\end{gathered}

Larger N0N_{0} absorbs fixed dyadic factors into κ\kappa. Thus [Z1, (3.100)–(3.101)] hold, and (3.105) and (3.111) apply. For H7, at most six coordinates and three patterns have O⁢(log⁡log⁡N)≤O⁢(L)O(\log\log N)\leq O(L) shells. Each coordinate has O⁢(L)O(L) dyadic intervals and JX=O⁢(LCb)J_{X}=O(L^{C_{b}}) cells. Labels, signs, binomial factors and slot factorials cost Oσ⁢(1)O_{\sigma}(1). The sole logarithmic scalar is L/λB=O⁢(1)L/\lambda_{B}=O(1). Hence

∑j∈𝒥ℱ|cj|≪σ,CbL6⁢(Cb+1)+1≤Cσ,Cb⁢LK∗.\sum_{j\in\mathcal{J}_{\mathscr{F}}}|c_{j}|\ll_{\sigma,C_{b}}L^{6(C_{b}+1)+1}% \leq C_{\sigma,C_{b}}L^{K_{*}}.

The extra unit covers the I-2 small-product split. Realizations and smooth divisors remain inside coefficients. PF and the selected boundary region form one family. With AI=K∗+6A_{I}=K_{*}+6, the Class-I total is Oσ⁢(N⁢L−6)O_{\sigma}(NL^{-6}). Since WN≫N⁢L−2W_{N}\gg NL^{-2}, its normalized bound is Oσ⁢(L−4)O_{\sigma}(L^{-4}). Normalized LOG and boundary errors are Oσ⁢(L20−Cb+L18−Cb/2)=o⁢(1)O_{\sigma}(L^{20-C_{b}}+L^{18-C_{b}/2})=o(1). ∎

2.3. Four-term Buchstab and the S1 comparison

This subsection proves the Buchstab chains and bounds the cutoff comparison.

Lemma 2.3 (Four-term chains).

Set Spl⁢(b,z)=S⁢(𝒜bpl,𝒫N,z)S_{\rm pl}(b,z)=S(\mathcal{A}_{b}^{\rm pl},\mathcal{P}_{N},z). The plain-source identity is

(2.19) 3⁢Spl⁢(1,Nα)=\displaystyle 3S_{\rm pl}(1,N^{\alpha})={} 3⁢Spl⁢(1,Nu)−3⁢∑u≤r1<αSpl⁢(p1,Nu)\displaystyle 3S_{\rm pl}(1,N^{u})-3\sum_{u\leq r_{1}<\alpha}S_{\rm pl}(p_{1},% N^{u})
+3⁢∑u≤r2<r1<αSpl⁢(p1⁢p2,Nu)−3⁢∑u≤r3<r2<r1<αSpl⁢(p1⁢p2⁢p3,p3).\displaystyle+3\sum_{u\leq r_{2}<r_{1}<\alpha}S_{\rm pl}(p_{1}p_{2},N^{u})-3% \sum_{u\leq r_{3}<r_{2}<r_{1}<\alpha}S_{\rm pl}(p_{1}p_{2}p_{3},p_{3}).

Here ri=log⁡pi/log⁡Nr_{i}=\log p_{i}/\log N and all pi∈𝒫Np_{i}\in\mathcal{P}_{N}. The S2 identity (3.2) replaces α\alpha by β\beta and divides by 33. Both use Lc=NΘc−ηL−PL_{c}=N^{\Theta_{c}-\eta_{L}-P}, P=∑i≤rtiP=\sum_{i\leq r}t_{i}, AR=c/2A_{R}=c/2. Their parameters are

Row cc; direction Cutoff Floor for ℓc\ell_{c} McM_{c}
S1-0 33; lower ff NuN^{u} 19101/32000−ηL19101/32000-\eta_{L} 11
S1-1 −3-3; upper FF NuN^{u} 5243851/114900005243851/11490000 11
S1-2 33; lower ff NuN^{u} 1414617/38300001414617/3830000 1,21,2
S1-3 −3-3; upper FF E3=Nt3E_{3}=N^{t_{3}} 3743851/114900003743851/11490000 1,2,61,2,6
S2-0 11; lower ff NuN^{u} 95489/16000095489/160000 11
S2-1 −1-1; upper FF NuN^{u} 1294691/30900001294691/3090000 11
S2-2 11; lower ff NuN^{u} 264897/1030000264897/1030000 1,21,2
S2-3 −1-1; upper FF E3=Nt3E_{3}=N^{t_{3}} whole-KK: §3.2 1,2,61,2,6

The S1 functional has signs +,−,+,−+,-,+,- and densities f/u,−F/u,+f/u,−Φf/u,-F/u,+f/u,-\Phi. Appendix A.2 gives

12.9020516<𝒮1<12.9023390,34⁢𝒮1>9.6765387.12.9020516<\mathcal{S}_{1}<12.9023390,\qquad\tfrac{3}{4}\mathcal{S}_{1}>9.6765% 387.

Its cutoff allowance is 62500⁢τ⁢D62500\tau D. The directed prefix comparison costs zero and has multiplicity one. The true one-prefix conversion error is zero. The alternative −f-f repair costs less than 10−390⁢D10^{-390}D.

Proof.

For S1, (2.17a) gives 3⁢S1=3⁢S⁢(𝒜1pl,𝒫N,Nα)+3⁢Δ1src3S_{1}=3S(\mathcal{A}_{1}^{\rm pl},\mathcal{P}_{N},N^{\alpha})+3\Delta_{1}^{% \rm src}. For S2 we use Section 3.1: S2,raw=S⁢(𝒜2,1,𝒫N,Nβ)S_{2,\rm raw}=S(\mathcal{A}_{2,1},\mathcal{P}_{N},N^{\beta}). Both parents have prefix 11, v<(1−ϵA)⁢Nv<(1-\epsilon_{A})N, v∤Nv\nmid N. The corrections are low-prime mass minus exceptional v∣Nv\mid N mass. Prefix-square restoration is empty, and its nonnegative allowance Ou⁢(N−u/(1+τ)⁢LN3)O_{u}(N^{-u/(1+\tau)}L_{N}^{3}) is retained. These unsifted bounds are included once. Descendants use only AD⁢(v)A_{D}(v), b∣N−vb\mid N-v and cofactor sieving. Buchstab’s identity holds for every sequence, without squarefree or coprime restrictions [21]. Three iterations give (2.19). The coefficients are (3,−3,3,−3)(3,-3,3,-3) and (1,−1,1,−1)(1,-1,1,-1). In subsequent sieve calculations we write S=SplS=S_{\rm pl}. We apply [11, Theorem 4] in the order lower, upper, lower, upper. For S1-0, ℓ−2⁢u=94849/160000>0\ell-2u=94849/160000>0. For S1-1 and S1-2, respectively, s>228.19s>228.19 and s>184.67s>184.67. Equal-label pairs retain [Nu,Nα)[N^{u},N^{\alpha}) or [Nu,Nβ)[N^{u},N^{\beta}). The full summand, including LcL_{c}, depends on unordered products and labels. Thus (2.17b) gives Mc=2M_{c}=2 there, and 11 otherwise. Its diagonal is assigned to prefix squares.

We fix E3E_{3} before the structured sieve. Since p3≥E3p_{3}\geq E_{3},

(2.20) −3⁢S⁢(p1⁢p2⁢p3,p3)≥−3⁢S⁢(p1⁢p2⁢p3,E3).-3S(p_{1}p_{2}p_{3},p_{3})\geq-3S(p_{1}p_{2}p_{3},E_{3}).

For S1-3, ℓ−t3≥2743851/11490000>0\ell-t_{3}\geq 2743851/11490000>0; the upper sieve is legal. Fixing E3E_{3} makes the complete tail domain permutation-invariant. The factorials are 1,2,61,2,6. Formula (2.17c) has scalar −3⁢ν⁢Cslot/Mc-3\nu C_{\rm slot}/M_{c}. Using actual p3p_{3} before this comparison would lose invariance. All four terms have fixed modulus-side labels. Lemma 2.2 supplies their boxes. The equal-prefix terms have disjoint prefix diagonals. Theorem 5 bounds their union; Theorem 6 bounds the AA37 main error.

For the S1-3 comparison put

Θ3saved(a,b,c)=max{\displaystyle\Theta_{3}^{\rm saved}(a,b,c)=\max\{ v⁢(a)−u,v⁢(b)−u,v⁢(a+b)−u,v⁢(a+b+c)−u,\displaystyle v(a)-u,v(b)-u,v(a+b)-u,v(a+b+c)-u,
ψ(v(a+c)−u,a+2b+c),ψ(v(b+c)−u,2a+b+c)}.\displaystyle\psi(v(a+c)-u,a+2b+c),\psi(v(b+c)-u,2a+b+c)\}.

Here both ww branches are deleted. Every retained vv is reduced by uu, including the guarded first inputs. Let Θ3saved⁢[τ⁢-bin⁢(r)]\Theta_{3}^{\rm saved}[\tau\text{-bin}(r)] be its infimum on the full ordered comparison box [r,ρ⁢r][r,\rho r]. This box differs from the inherited source cell. Put

Gℓ⁢(w)=F⁢(ℓ/w)/w,ℓp⁢(r)=Θ3saved⁢(r)−r1−r2−r3,Φ⁢(r)=F⁢(Θ3saved⁢[τ⁢-bin⁢(r)]−∑riρ⁢r3)/r3.\begin{gathered}G_{\ell}(w)=F(\ell/w)/w,\quad\ell_{p}(r)=\Theta_{3}^{\rm saved% }(r)-r_{1}-r_{2}-r_{3},\\ \Phi(r)=F\!\left(\frac{\Theta_{3}^{\rm saved}[\tau\text{-bin}(r)]-\sum r_{i}}{% \rho r_{3}}\right)/r_{3}.\end{gathered}

On the full parent, u≤a,b,c≤ρ⁢αu\leq a,b,c\leq\rho\alpha and 2⁢ρ⁢α<25/1282\rho\alpha<25/128. Thus v⁢(a+c),v⁢(b+c)≥1/2v(a+c),v(b+c)\geq 1/2. Both thresholds are ≤4⁢ρ⁢α<1/2−u\leq 4\rho\alpha<1/2-u. The original and saved guards are active throughout. Adding uu restores six corresponding HH branches, each with slopes of absolute value ≤3/2\leq 3/2. Their maximum is 3/23/2-Lipschitz in coordinate ℓ1\ell^{1} distance. For x∈[r,ρ⁢r]x\in[r,\rho r], ∑i|xi−ri|≤τ⁢∑iri≤3⁢α⁢τ\sum_{i}|x_{i}-r_{i}|\leq\tau\sum_{i}r_{i}\leq 3\alpha\tau. Therefore

Θ3saved+u≤H,Θc≥Θ3saved⁢(r)+u−(9/2)⁢α⁢τ>Θ3saved⁢(r)+ηL.\Theta_{3}^{\rm saved}+u\leq H,\qquad\Theta_{c}\geq\Theta_{3}^{\rm saved}(r)+u% -(9/2)\alpha\tau>\Theta_{3}^{\rm saved}(r)+\eta_{L}.

Branchwise, (v−u)⁢(∑i∈Ari)−∑iri(v-u)(\sum_{i\in A}r_{i})-\sum_{i}r_{i} is coordinatewise nonincreasing. The inherited lower labels give the same residual comparison ℓp⁢(r)≤ℓc\ell_{p}(r)\leq\ell_{c}. The comparison-bin infimum is at most its point value. Decreasing FF gives F⁢(ℓp⁢(r)/(ρ⁢r3))/r3≤Φ⁢(r)F(\ell_{p}(r)/(\rho r_{3}))/r_{3}\leq\Phi(r). For HF⁢(s)=s⁢F⁢(s)H_{F}(s)=sF(s), the delay equations give HF′=0H_{F}^{\prime}=0 on [1,3][1,3] and HF′=f⁢(s−1)∈[0,1]H_{F}^{\prime}=f(s-1)\in[0,1] above 33. Hence

(2.21) Gℓc⁢(t3)≤Gℓc⁢(r3)+τ/r3≤(1+τ)⁢Gℓc⁢(r3)≤(1+τ)⁢Φ⁢(r).G_{\ell_{c}}(t_{3})\leq G_{\ell_{c}}(r_{3})+\tau/r_{3}\leq(1+\tau)G_{\ell_{c}}% (r_{3})\leq(1+\tau)\Phi(r).

For S1-3, ti<αt_{i}<\alpha. On the full parent, a+c≤2⁢ρ⁢α<tdd<25/128a+c\leq 2\rho\alpha<t_{\rm dd}<25/128, so v⁢(a+c)=(1+a+c)/2v(a+c)=(1+a+c)/2. Also a+2⁢b+c≤4⁢ρ⁢α<1/2a+2b+c\leq 4\rho\alpha<1/2, so its ψ\psi branch is active. Since a≥t1a\geq t_{1} and c≥t3c\geq t_{3},

Θc≥12+t1+t32,ℓc≥12−t2−t1+t32−ηL≥12−2⁢α−ηL.\Theta_{c}\geq\frac{1}{2}+\frac{t_{1}+t_{3}}{2},\qquad\ell_{c}\geq\frac{1}{2}-% t_{2}-\frac{t_{1}+t_{3}}{2}-\eta_{L}\geq\frac{1}{2}-2\alpha-\eta_{L}.

Since ηL<u\eta_{L}<u and r3≤ρ⁢αr_{3}\leq\rho\alpha, differentiation is legal: ℓc/r3>(1/2−u−2⁢α)/(ρ⁢α)=186101/(50000⁢ρ)>1\ell_{c}/r_{3}>(1/2-u-2\alpha)/(\rho\alpha)=186101/(50000\rho)>1. The comparison-box guards also remain active. Its numerator loses at most (9/2)⁢α⁢τ(9/2)\alpha\tau, and the argument stays >3.7>3.7. Thus both monotonicities apply, using the actual bin infimum. Integration over the same literal clipped partition gives

(2.22) Ecut≤34⁢(2/eγ)⁢τ⁢I∗<1821.2⁢τ⁢D≤62500⁢τ⁢D.E_{\rm cut}\leq\tfrac{3}{4}(2/e^{\gamma})\tau I^{*}<1821.2\tau\,D\leq 62500% \tau\,D.

Here Appendix A.2 proves I∗≤I0+BJ<2161.074150710003I^{*}\leq I_{0}+B_{J}<2161.074150710003, uniformly for 0≤τ≤10−900\leq\tau\leq 10^{-90}. Reproduction requires the interval-arithmetic source, dependencies and directed output; see Appendix A’s data-availability statement. The allowance 62500⁢τ⁢D62500\tau D includes (2.22), and Section 6.3.5(c) includes the prefix comparison once.

The one-prefix profile is −F-F, already used by the comparison functional. For the alternative −f-f we write −F=−f−(F−f)-F=-f-(F-f). The delay equations give s⁢(F−f)=2⁢eγ⁢ϱ⁢(s−1)s(F-f)=2e^{\gamma}\varrho(s-1), where ϱ\varrho is Dickman’s function. Here s≥s∗=64441/309s\geq s_{*}=64441/309, v∗=s∗−1v_{*}=s_{*}-1. We iterate ϱ⁢(v)≤ϱ⁢(v−1)/v\varrho(v)\leq\varrho(v-1)/v exactly 207207 times; the factor is 4/u=20004/u=2000. Since log⁡(α/u)≤4\log(\alpha/u)\leq 4, log⁡(β/u)≤5\log(\beta/u)\leq 5,

(2.23) Ef→F≤2000⁢(34⋅4+14⋅5)s∗⁢∏j=0206(v∗−j)<10−390.77<10−390.E_{f\to F}\leq\frac{2000(\tfrac{3}{4}\cdot 4+\tfrac{1}{4}\cdot 5)}{s_{*}\prod_% {j=0}^{206}(v_{*}-j)}<10^{-390.77}<10^{-390}.

The S2 part belongs to its atomic endpoint. Section 6 subtracts the residual 10−390⁢D10^{-390}D once. These are the true functions f,Ff,F. Equations (2.19)–(2.23) prove the source/profile comparison. Section 6.3.5(b) uses the single joint S1 bound.

The S2 last child retains the invariant condition (3.3), h≤Kh\leq K. This includes PF and all remaining selected blocks. Here E3E_{3} is fixed before C1, and the scalar is −ν⁢Cslot/Mc-\nu C_{\rm slot}/M_{c}. The actual-p3p_{3} comparison is kept separate. The strict complement uses actual p3p_{3} and BV. A PF-only coefficient would omit selected source blocks. Since 1−2⁢ηL−249/250=19/50001-2\eta_{L}-249/250=19/5000, K<1−2⁢ηLK<1-2\eta_{L}. Lemma 1.2 uses the literal whole-KK infimum. Section 3 checks the local source hypotheses and Class I. The X1−cσX^{1-c_{\sigma}} term of Theorem A is kept. The strict BV complement has no prepared Class-II family. Sections 3.2–3.5 prove dT⁢8d_{T8}. They retain whole-KK norms, spectral parameters, BV coefficients and the eight-branch functional. Retain 275009680⁢τ⁢D275009680\tau D, one structured-sieve error share and tail allowance D/20000D/20000. Its true one-prefix profile is −F-F. Section 6.3.5(b) subtracts these errors once. ∎

2.4. Signed fixed-cutoff profiles

This subsection treats the fixed-cutoff rows.

Lemma 2.4 (Fixed-cutoff rows).

The six fixed-cutoff rows and S10-Ret have the following data. In all tables P=∑i≤rtiP=\sum_{i\leq r}t_{i}, Lc=NΘc−ηL−PL_{c}=N^{\Theta_{c}-\eta_{L}-P}. The source is ADA_{D}, with shift NN. Write ℰ\mathcal{E} for the common errors listed below. Let Uj,LjU_{j},L_{j} be the selected raw-profile upper and lower endpoints of Appendix A.3, respectively. Their directed DD contributions appear in the last table. The relative AA37 parameter is AR=c/2A_{R}=c/2. Each full remainder is (2.17c), with scalar c⁢ν⁢Cslot/Mcc\nu C_{\rm slot}/M_{c}.

Row Exact exponent domain Parent/anatomy/selection; depth
S3-A α≤r1<μ\alpha\leq r_{1}<\mu Inherited A/B at tddt_{\rm dd}; 11
S4 μ≤r1<1/4\mu\leq r_{1}<1/4 Inherited A/B at tddt_{\rm dd}; 11
S5-low 1/4≤r1<t∗1/4\leq r_{1}<t_{*} B, clipped at Nt∗N^{t_{*}}; 11
S7 μ≤r1<λ\mu\leq r_{1}<\lambda Inherited A/B at tddt_{\rm dd}; 11
S8-A α≤r2<r1<β\alpha\leq r_{2}<r_{1}<\beta Small-coordinate anatomy; 22
S9-A β≤r1<μ\beta\leq r_{1}<\mu, α≤r2<β\alpha\leq r_{2}<\beta Inherited A/B; 22
S10-Ret μ≤r1<λ\mu\leq r_{1}<\lambda,
α≤r2<β\alpha\leq r_{2}<\beta,
r2<B0⁢(r1)r_{2}<B_{0}(r_{1})
Whole parent cells, t2≤sel⁡(t1)t_{2}\leq\operatorname{sel}(t_{1}); 22
Row cc; DD multiplier Direction Cutoff Relative level
S3-A −2-2; −1/2-1/2 upper FF NαN^{\alpha} LcL_{c}
S4 −1-1; −1/4-1/4 upper FF NαN^{\alpha} LcL_{c}
S5-low −1-1; −1/4-1/4 upper FF NαN^{\alpha} LcL_{c}
S7 −1-1; −1/4-1/4 upper FF NαN^{\alpha} LcL_{c}
S8-A 11; 1/41/4 lower ff NαN^{\alpha} LcL_{c}
S9-A 11; 1/41/4 lower ff NαN^{\alpha} LcL_{c}
S10-Ret 11; 1/41/4 lower ff NαN^{\alpha} LcL_{c}
Table 2.1. Direct floors, cutoff gaps and prefix orbits.
Row Lower floor for ℓc\ell_{c} Cutoff gap; ratio ss McM_{c}
S3-A 64359/16000064359/160000 (A), >0.402243>0.402243 (B) ℓ−α>0.315211\ell-\alpha>0.315211; s>4.6217s>4.6217 11
S4 64359/16000064359/160000 (A), ≥0.265524\geq 0.265524 (B) ℓ−α>0.178492\ell-\alpha>0.178492; s>3.0508s>3.0508 11
S5-low >0.255792>0.255792 ℓ−α>0.168760\ell-\alpha>0.168760; s>2.9390s>2.9390 11
S7 64359/16000064359/160000 (A), >0.309274>0.309274 (B) ℓ−α>0.222242\ell-\alpha>0.222242; s>3.5535s>3.5535 11
S8-A 264897/1030000264897/1030000 ℓ−2⁢α≥98366653/1183470000\ell-2\alpha\geq 98366653/1183470000; s>2.9550s>2.9550 1,21,2
S9-A 11886931/4944000011886931/49440000 (A), >0.240430>0.240430 (B) ℓ−2⁢α>0.066366\ell-2\alpha>0.066366; s>2.7625s>2.7625 11
S10-Ret 11886931/4944000011886931/49440000 (A), 2221831/114900002221831/11490000 (B) ℓ−2⁢α≥221831/11490000\ell-2\alpha\geq 221831/11490000; s>2.2218s>2.2218 11
Row Saved profile; directed comparison cost Selected output; estimates outside that endpoint
S3-A −ℐ3,A/2-\mathcal{I}_{3,A}/2; zero −U3,A/2-U_{3,A}/2; ℰ\mathcal{E}
S4 −ℐ4/4-\mathcal{I}_{4}/4; zero −U4/4-U_{4}/4; ℰ\mathcal{E}
S5-low −ℐ5,low/4-\mathcal{I}_{5,\rm low}/4; zero −U5,low/4-U_{5,\rm low}/4; ℰ\mathcal{E}
S7 −ℐ7/4-\mathcal{I}_{7}/4; zero −U7/4-U_{7}/4; ℰ\mathcal{E}
S8-A ℐ8,A/4\mathcal{I}_{8,A}/4; zero L8,A/4L_{8,A}/4; ℰ\mathcal{E}, prefix and tail squares
S9-A ℐ9,A/4\mathcal{I}_{9,A}/4; zero L9,A/4L_{9,A}/4; ℰ\mathcal{E}, tail squares only
S10-Ret ℐ10/4\mathcal{I}_{10}/4; 7.160⁢τ7.160\tau L10/4L_{10}/4; ℰ\mathcal{E}, tail squares only. Selected raw interval: [0.858847455777940,0.867486588163666]\left[\begin{gathered}0.858847455777940,\\ 0.867486588163666\end{gathered}\right]

S8-A and S9-A have zero cell-selection cost. S10 has zero profile and S2-tail error.

Proof.

The proof applies [11, Theorem 4] and [Z1, Theorem 2.6, (2.30)–(2.33b)]. Table 2.1 gives ℓc≥ℓ0\ell_{c}\geq\ell_{0}, z≤Lcz\leq L_{c} for negative rows and z2≤Lcz^{2}\leq L_{c} for positive rows. Prefixes are ≥z\geq z and tails are <z<z. Every predicate is modulus-label dependent. Lemma 1.2 and Lemma 2.2 give the slots and local/complementary bounds. Section 6 includes each of the following errors once:

source restoration, low cut, repeated primes, logarithm freezing, boundary,Class I, Class II, roughness, structured sieve, prime mass.\begin{array}[]{c}\text{source restoration, low cut, repeated primes, % logarithm freezing, boundary,}\\ \text{Class I, Class II, roughness, structured sieve, prime mass}.\end{array}

These form ℰ\mathcal{E}; its squareful terms have the stated row restrictions.

For one uniform comparison put

g3⁢(r)=v⁢(r)−u,g8⁢(r1,r2)=max⁡{v⁢(r1),v⁢(r2),v⁢(r1+r2)},g9⁢(r)=v⁢(r1),g⁢(r)=57/64−u−(5/2)⁢r,u=1/500.\begin{gathered}g_{3}(r)=v(r)-u,\quad g_{8}(r_{1},r_{2})=\max\{v(r_{1}),v(r_{2% }),v(r_{1}+r_{2})\},\quad g_{9}(r)=v(r_{1}),\\ g(r)=57/64-u-(5/2)r,\qquad u=1/500.\end{gathered}

We call the absolute S3-A/S8-A/S9-A profiles Option-A. Every missing completion contains the corresponding unthresholded branches. Lipschitz control gives

ℓc≥g3⁢(r)−r+19/10000−3⁢τ,ℓc−[g8⁢(r)−u−r1−r2]≥19/10000−3⁢τ>0.\ell_{c}\geq g_{3}(r)-r+19/10000-3\tau,\qquad\ell_{c}-[g_{8}(r)-u-r_{1}-r_{2}]% \geq 19/10000-3\tau>0.

The S4/S7 A/B levels give the same buffer. For S5-low we use Θc≥57/64−3⁢ρ⁢t1/2\Theta_{c}\geq 57/64-3\rho t_{1}/2 in B. On S9-A, 4⁢β+3⁢α>25/324\beta+3\alpha>25/32 gives g8=g9g_{8}=g_{9}. Decreasing FF and increasing ff give all six signed lower comparisons. Inherited labels are kept through clipping and before branch selection. For S3, S4, S7 we split at tddt_{\rm dd}. For S9 we split the inherited anatomy. Retain both literal two-prefix infima. S4’s clipping at μ\mu retains both A/B bounds. Section 6.3 sums its two remainder children once. S4 and S7 overlap in the initial signed inequality; their HB partitions remain separate and disjoint for each term.

Put 𝒲=4⁢(1−εA)⁢UC\mathcal{W}=4(1-\varepsilon_{A})U_{C}. In the displays below, DjD_{j} is the signed source contribution divided by 𝒲\mathcal{W}, and ℰj\mathcal{E}_{j} is that row’s allocated share of the common error ℰ\mathcal{E}. Section 6 charges these shares once. The signed sources and their normalized bounds are

(2.24) 𝒲⁢D3,A:=−2⁢∑α≤r1<μS⁢(p1,Nα).\displaystyle\mathcal{W}D_{3,A}:=-2\sum_{\alpha\leq r_{1}<\mu}S(p_{1},N^{% \alpha}).
(2.25) D3,A≥−12⁢ℐ3,A−ℰ3,A−oσ⁢(1),ℐ3,A=2eγ⁢α⁢∫αμF⁢(v⁢(r)−u−rα)⁢d⁢rr.\displaystyle D_{3,A}\geq-\frac{1}{2}\mathcal{I}_{3,A}-\mathcal{E}_{3,A}-o_{% \sigma}(1),\qquad\mathcal{I}_{3,A}=\frac{2}{e^{\gamma}\alpha}\int_{\alpha}^{% \mu}F\!\left(\frac{v(r)-u-r}{\alpha}\right)\frac{dr}{r}.
(2.26) 𝒲⁢D4:=−∑μ≤r1<1/4S⁢(p1,Nα).\displaystyle\mathcal{W}D_{4}:=-\sum_{\mu\leq r_{1}<1/4}S(p_{1},N^{\alpha}).
(2.27) D4≥−14⁢ℐ4−ℰ4−oσ⁢(1),ℐ4=2eγ⁢α⁢∫μ1/4F⁢(57/64−u−(5/2)⁢rα)⁢d⁢rr.\displaystyle D_{4}\geq-\tfrac{1}{4}\mathcal{I}_{4}-\mathcal{E}_{4}-o_{\sigma}% (1),\qquad\mathcal{I}_{4}=\frac{2}{e^{\gamma}\alpha}\int_{\mu}^{1/4}F\!\left(% \frac{57/64-u-(5/2)r}{\alpha}\right)\frac{dr}{r}.

For S5 set t∗=7109/28000t_{*}=7109/28000, τS=57/224\tau_{S}=57/224. Before the structured sieve or HB we split

(2.28) −∑1/4≤r1<τSS⁢(p1,Nα)=−∑1/4≤r1<t∗S⁢(p1,Nα)−∑t∗≤r1<τSS⁢(p1,Nα).-\sum_{1/4\leq r_{1}<\tau_{S}}S(p_{1},N^{\alpha})=-\sum_{1/4\leq r_{1}<t_{*}}S% (p_{1},N^{\alpha})-\sum_{t_{*}\leq r_{1}<\tau_{S}}S(p_{1},N^{\alpha}).

The first term is S5-low and the second is S5-top. The endpoint t∗t_{*} belongs to BV. Clipping at Nt∗N^{t_{*}} retains parent labels. S5-low uses B and

𝒲⁢D5,low:=−∑1/4≤r1<t∗S⁢(p1,Nα),\displaystyle\mathcal{W}D_{5,\rm low}:=-\sum_{1/4\leq r_{1}<t_{*}}S(p_{1},N^{% \alpha}),
D5,low≥−14⁢ℐ5,low−ℰ5,low−oσ⁢(1),\displaystyle D_{5,\rm low}\geq-\tfrac{1}{4}\mathcal{I}_{5,\rm low}-\mathcal{E% }_{5,\rm low}-o_{\sigma}(1),
(2.29) ℐ5,low=2eγ⁢α⁢∫1/4t∗F⁢(57/64−u−(5/2)⁢rα)⁢d⁢rr.\displaystyle\mathcal{I}_{5,\rm low}=\frac{2}{e^{\gamma}\alpha}\int_{1/4}^{t_{% *}}F\!\left(\frac{57/64-u-(5/2)r}{\alpha}\right)\frac{dr}{r}.

For S7,

(2.30) 𝒲⁢D7:=−∑μ≤r1<λS⁢(p1,Nα).\displaystyle\mathcal{W}D_{7}:=-\sum_{\mu\leq r_{1}<\lambda}S(p_{1},N^{\alpha}).
(2.31) D7≥−14⁢ℐ7−ℰ7−oσ⁢(1),ℐ7=2eγ⁢α⁢∫μλF⁢(57/64−u−(5/2)⁢rα)⁢d⁢rr.\displaystyle D_{7}\geq-\tfrac{1}{4}\mathcal{I}_{7}-\mathcal{E}_{7}-o_{\sigma}% (1),\qquad\mathcal{I}_{7}=\frac{2}{e^{\gamma}\alpha}\int_{\mu}^{\lambda}F\!% \left(\frac{57/64-u-(5/2)r}{\alpha}\right)\frac{dr}{r}.

Its profile loss is zero. Appendix A.3 proves its outward upper endpoint, which Section 6.4 uses at the fixed positive parameter. Equation (6.5b) uses the S3 comparison.

For the two-prefix rows,

(2.32) 𝒲⁢D8,A:=+∑α≤r2<r1<βS⁢(p1⁢p2,Nα).\displaystyle\mathcal{W}D_{8,A}:=+\sum_{\alpha\leq r_{2}<r_{1}<\beta}S(p_{1}p_% {2},N^{\alpha}).
D8,A≥14⁢ℐ8,A−ℰ8,A−oσ⁢(1),\displaystyle D_{8,A}\geq\tfrac{1}{4}\mathcal{I}_{8,A}-\mathcal{E}_{8,A}-o_{% \sigma}(1),
(2.33) ℐ8,A=2eγ⁢α⁢∬α≤r2<r1<βf⁢(g8⁢(r)−u−r1−r2α)×d⁢r1⁢d⁢r2r1⁢r2.\displaystyle\begin{aligned} \mathcal{I}_{8,A}&=\frac{2}{e^{\gamma}\alpha}% \iint_{\alpha\leq r_{2}<r_{1}<\beta}f\!\left(\frac{g_{8}(r)-u-r_{1}-r_{2}}{% \alpha}\right)\\ &\qquad\qquad\times\frac{dr_{1}dr_{2}}{r_{1}r_{2}}.\end{aligned}
(2.34) 𝒲⁢D9:=+∑β≤r1<μα≤r2<βS⁢(p1⁢p2,Nα).\displaystyle\mathcal{W}D_{9}:=+\sum_{\beta\leq r_{1}<\mu\atop\alpha\leq r_{2}% <\beta}S(p_{1}p_{2},N^{\alpha}).
(2.35) D9≥14⁢ℐ9,A−ℰ9−oσ⁢(1),ℐ9,A=2eγ⁢α⁢∫βμ∫αβf⁢(v⁢(r1)−u−r1−r2α)⁢d⁢r2⁢d⁢r1r1⁢r2.\displaystyle D_{9}\geq\tfrac{1}{4}\mathcal{I}_{9,A}-\mathcal{E}_{9}-o_{\sigma% }(1),\qquad\mathcal{I}_{9,A}=\frac{2}{e^{\gamma}\alpha}\int_{\beta}^{\mu}\int_% {\alpha}^{\beta}f\!\left(\frac{v(r_{1})-u-r_{1}-r_{2}}{\alpha}\right)\frac{dr_% {2}dr_{1}}{r_{1}r_{2}}.

Only S8-A has equal-set prefix orbits. Its equal-label sets are identically clipped to [Nα,Nβ)[N^{\alpha},N^{\beta}). The full summand and level are symmetric before slotting. Thus Mc=2M_{c}=2 there and 11 elsewhere. Formula (2.17b) removes strict triangular ordering. Its prefix-square part is disjoint from the forbidden-tail union. The range lies in the small-coordinate anatomy, and both squareful errors are included. Its outward lower endpoint enters (6.4) once, with coefficient +1/4+1/4. S9’s literal prefix sets are disjoint, including NβN^{\beta}. Hence Mc=1M_{c}=1, the prefix diagonal is empty, and both normalization differences vanish by (2.17c). Only its tail-squareful error occurs. Its lower endpoint has coefficient +1/4+1/4 and multiplicity one; see Sections 6.3.3 and 6.4.

S5-top and S6 use BV separately. For S5-top the total level is N1/2⁢LN−BN^{1/2}L_{N}^{-B}, with relative level obtained by dividing by the actual prefix. Here κ=κBV=0\kappa=\kappa_{\rm BV}=0, cutoff NαN^{\alpha}, profile −F-F. Section 5 proves its full coefficient and error estimate. Its prepared Class-II, packing and Class-I contributions are zero, and its main term enters separately. Section 6.3 includes S5-low errors once.

∎

The separate BV row S6

This subsection bounds the separate BV row. Its exact source is

(2.36) 𝒲⁢D6:=−∑τS≤r1<1/3S⁢(p1,Nα),τS=57/224,c=−1,AR=−1/2.\mathcal{W}D_{6}:=-\sum_{\tau_{S}\leq r_{1}<1/3}S(p_{1},N^{\alpha}),\qquad\tau% _{S}=57/224,\quad c=-1,\quad A_{R}=-1/2.

Section 5.3 takes κBV=10−6<61/766=1/6−α\kappa_{\rm BV}=10^{-6}<61/766=1/6-\alpha. The margin (1/6−10−6−α)/α(1/6-10^{-6}-\alpha)/\alpha absorbs the logarithmic loss uniformly. Put QBV=N1/2−κBV⁢LN−BQ_{\rm BV}=N^{1/2-\kappa_{\rm BV}}L_{N}^{-B}, Dp=QBV/pD_{p}=Q_{\rm BV}/p, with cutoff NαN^{\alpha}. Then

log⁡Dpα⁢log⁡N=1/2−κBV−r1α−B⁢log⁡log⁡Nα⁢log⁡N>1\frac{\log D_{p}}{\alpha\log N}=\frac{1/2-\kappa_{\rm BV}-r_{1}}{\alpha}-\frac% {B\log\log N}{\alpha\log N}>1

eventually, uniformly for r1<1/3r_{1}<1/3. Thus the upper sieve FF is legal, and

(2.37) ℐ6⁢(κBV)=2eγ⁢α⁢∫τS1/3F⁢(1/2−κBV−rα)⁢d⁢rr,D6≥−ℐ6⁢(κBV)/4−o⁢(1).\mathcal{I}_{6}(\kappa_{\rm BV})=\frac{2}{e^{\gamma}\alpha}\int_{\tau_{S}}^{1/% 3}F\!\left(\frac{1/2-\kappa_{\rm BV}-r}{\alpha}\right)\frac{dr}{r},\qquad D_{6% }\geq-\mathcal{I}_{6}(\kappa_{\rm BV})/4-o(1).

The BV error includes comparison with the 1/21/2-level profile. Section 5 gives the full weighted BV remainder, prefix multiplicities and endpoint direction. This row uses the classical proof, without structured slot normalization or C1–C5. Its BV error is subtracted once, together with its main term.

2.5. The retained curved S10 row

This subsection bounds the retained curved row.

Lemma 2.5 (Retained curved profile).

Put

C0\displaystyle C_{0} =57/64−u−(11/5)⁢α,B0⁢(r)=min⁡{β,max⁡{α,C0−5⁢r/2}},\displaystyle=57/64-u-(11/5)\alpha,\quad B_{0}(r)=\min\{\beta,\max\{\alpha,C_{% 0}-5r/2\}\},
Bτ⁢(t)\displaystyle B_{\tau}(t) =min⁡{β,max⁡{α,C0−(5/2+3⁢τ/2)⁢t}},\displaystyle=\min\{\beta,\max\{\alpha,C_{0}-(5/2+3\tau/2)t\}\},
R⁢(t)\displaystyle R(t) =min⁡{ρ⁢t,λ},sel⁡(t)=min⁡{Bτ⁢(t),B0⁢(R⁢(t))/ρ}.\displaystyle=\min\{\rho t,\lambda\},\qquad\operatorname{sel}(t)=\min\{B_{\tau% }(t),B_{0}(R(t))/\rho\}.

The actual source is

(2.38) 𝒲⁢D10:=+∑μ≤r1<λα≤r2<β,r2<B0⁢(r1)S⁢(p1⁢p2,Nα).\mathcal{W}D_{10}:=+\sum_{\mu\leq r_{1}<\lambda\atop\alpha\leq r_{2}<\beta,\ r% _{2}<B_{0}(r_{1})}S(p_{1}p_{2},N^{\alpha}).

Ret consists of whole parent-label cells with t2≤sel⁡(t1)t_{2}\leq\operatorname{sel}(t_{1}). For the curved source-trimmed target

(2.39) ℐ10=2eγ⁢α⁢∫μλ∫αB0⁢(r1)f⁢(57/64−u−(5/2)⁢r1−r2α)⁢d⁢r2⁢d⁢r1r1⁢r2.\mathcal{I}_{10}=\frac{2}{e^{\gamma}\alpha}\int_{\mu}^{\lambda}\int_{\alpha}^{% B_{0}(r_{1})}f\!\left(\frac{57/64-u-(5/2)r_{1}-r_{2}}{\alpha}\right)\frac{dr_{% 2}dr_{1}}{r_{1}r_{2}}.

we have

(2.40) D10≥ℐ10/4−7.160⁢τ−ℰ10−oσ⁢(1).D_{10}\geq\mathcal{I}_{10}/4-7.160\tau-\mathcal{E}_{10}-o_{\sigma}(1).

The profile and S2-tail errors are zero.

Proof.

On clipped support, r2<ρ⁢t2≤B0⁢(R⁢(t1))≤B0⁢(r1)r_{2}<\rho t_{2}\leq B_{0}(R(t_{1}))\leq B_{0}(r_{1}). Thus Src=Ret⊔Drop\mathrm{Src}=\mathrm{Ret}\sqcup\mathrm{Drop} at finite NN. The coefficient +1+1 permits discarding Drop before estimating Ret. The literal prefixes [Nμ,Nλ)[N^{\mu},N^{\lambda}), [Nα,Nβ)[N^{\alpha},N^{\beta}) are disjoint. Hence Mc=1M_{c}=1 and the prefix diagonal is empty. Selection is constant on whole labels. For anatomy A, t2≤βt_{2}\leq\beta gives residual 13475869/473388000>013475869/473388000>0. Table 2.1 verifies the lower cutoff, including the crossing band. The tested source stays ADA_{D}, with shift NN. On Ret,

α⁢(slive−ssaved)≥(u−ηL)−τ⁢((5/2)⁢λ+β)>0.\alpha(s_{\rm live}-s_{\rm saved})\geq(u-\eta_{L})-\tau((5/2)\lambda+\beta)>0.

Increasing ff gives the favorable direction. For every discarded actual point,

t2>sel⁡(t1),r2≥t2,r2<B0⁢(r1)≤B0⁢(t1).t_{2}>\operatorname{sel}(t_{1}),\quad r_{2}\geq t_{2},\quad r_{2}<B_{0}(r_{1})% \leq B_{0}(t_{1}).

The larger of the two selection deficits bounds the strip. The projection PP onto [α,β][\alpha,\beta] is 11-Lipschitz, so B0B_{0} is 5/25/2-Lipschitz. The two deficits satisfy

B0⁢(t)−Bτ⁢(t)\displaystyle B_{0}(t)-B_{\tau}(t) ≤(3/2)⁢t⁢τ,\displaystyle\leq(3/2)t\tau,
B0⁢(t)−B0⁢(R⁢(t))/ρ\displaystyle B_{0}(t)-B_{0}(R(t))/\rho ≤(5/2)⁢(R⁢(t)−t)+β⁢(1−1/ρ)\displaystyle\leq(5/2)(R(t)-t)+\beta(1-1/\rho)
≤(5⁢λ/2+β)⁢τ.\displaystyle\leq(5\lambda/2+\beta)\tau.

The projection estimate covers the β\beta cap, affine middle and α\alpha floor. The two displayed inequalities cover both branches of the minimum. Also R⁢(t)−t≤τ⁢λR(t)-t\leq\tau\lambda, including the clipped case R⁢(t)=λR(t)=\lambda, and 1−1/(1+τ)≤τ1-1/(1+\tau)\leq\tau. Therefore

width≤(5⁢λ/2+β)⁢τ=3673749440⁢τ.\operatorname{width}\leq(5\lambda/2+\beta)\tau=\frac{36737}{49440}\tau.

This includes endpoint cells: t1≤r1<λt_{1}\leq r_{1}<\lambda, t2≤r2t_{2}\leq r_{2}. The inherited labels at μ,λ\mu,\lambda are retained. On the whole canonical source, 11/5≤s<11519839/3200000<411/5\leq s<11519839/3200000<4. Here f⁢(s)=2⁢eγ⁢log⁡(s−1)/sf(s)=2e^{\gamma}\log(s-1)/s increases on [2,4][2,4]. The DD-density is at most log⁡(3)/(4⁢α⁢r1⁢r2)\log(3)/(4\alpha r_{1}r_{2}). Hence

Δ⁢D≤log⁡34⁢α2⁢(5⁢λ/2+β)⁢λ−μμ⁢τ<5.137⁢τ.\Delta D\leq\frac{\log 3}{4\alpha^{2}}(5\lambda/2+\beta)\frac{\lambda-\mu}{\mu% }\tau<5.137\tau.

For an exact rational check, use log⁡3<10987/10000\log 3<10987/10000.

∑k=08(10987/10000)kk!>3.\sum_{k=0}^{8}\frac{(10987/10000)^{k}}{k!}>3.

Substitution of α,β,μ,λ\alpha,\beta,\mu,\lambda gives the strict 5.137⁢τ5.137\tau bound. The independent Appendix A.3 bound uses f≤1f\leq 1 on this same strip:

Δ⁢D≤e−γ2⁢α2⁢(52⁢λ+β)⁢log⁡λμ⁢τ<4.82⁢τ<5.137⁢τ.\Delta D\leq\frac{e^{-\gamma}}{2\alpha^{2}}\left(\frac{5}{2}\lambda+\beta% \right)\log\frac{\lambda}{\mu}\,\tau<4.82\tau<5.137\tau.

These are two bounds for the same loss. The error account retains and subtracts only the single conservative allowance 7.160⁢τ7.160\tau; the allocated common error ℰ10\mathcal{E}_{10} is charged once in Section 6. Section 6.3 assembles the endpoint and common errors. Lemma 2.2 supplies preparation, with KD=K∗=6⁢(Cb+1)+2=2012≤24⁢Cb+26K_{D}=K_{*}=6(C_{b}+1)+2=2012\leq 24C_{b}+26. The coefficient identities and masks apply with the stated signed row coefficient. ∎

3. The S2 group: a joint three-piece estimate

This section bounds the four S2 rows jointly from below. These rows are {S2-0,S2-1,S2-2,S2-3(K/PF)}.\{\text{S2-0},\text{S2-1},\text{S2-2},\text{S2-3(K/PF)}\}. Their signed lower functional is S2-T8/4.

3.1. Source partition and four rows

Lemma 3.1.

The plain S2 source satisfies (3.2), with the disjoint partition (3.4). The selected third row has level and cutoff (3.5).

Proof.

Fix

u=1500,β=50309,ϵA=ηL=110000,0<σ≤10−10,τ=σ9,ρ=1+τ,u=\frac{1}{500},\quad\beta=\frac{50}{309},\quad\epsilon_{A}=\eta_{L}=\frac{1}{% 10000},\quad 0<\sigma\leq 10^{-10},\quad\tau=\sigma^{9},\quad\rho=1+\tau,

where σ\sigma is sufficiently small for the AA37 constant and is fixed before NN. Then NN tends to infinity through even integers. Put

𝒜D⁢(v)=𝟏{v⁢prime}⁢𝟏{N/log30⁡N<v<(1−ϵA)⁢N},𝒜0={N−v:𝒜D⁢(v)=1}.\mathcal{A}_{D}(v)=\mathbf{1}_{\{v\ {\rm prime}\}}\mathbf{1}_{\{N/\log^{30}N<v% <(1-\epsilon_{A})N\}},\qquad\mathcal{A}_{0}=\{N-v:\mathcal{A}_{D}(v)=1\}.

Sections 3–5 use this endpoint, with the normalization

(3.1) C⁢(N)=∏p>2(1−1(p−1)2)⁢∏p∣Np>2p−1p−2,UC=C⁢(N)⁢Nlog2⁡N,WN=4⁢(1−ϵA)⁢UC.C(N)=\prod_{p>2}\left(1-\frac{1}{(p-1)^{2}}\right)\prod_{\begin{subarray}{c}p% \mid N\\ p>2\end{subarray}}\frac{p-1}{p-2},\quad U_{C}=C(N)\frac{N}{\log^{2}N},\quad W_% {N}=4(1-\epsilon_{A})U_{C}.

The first product is positive, and the second is at least one. Thus WN≫N/log2⁡NW_{N}\gg N/\log^{2}N uniformly in even NN.

The unsifted AA37 input is 𝒜2,1pl=𝒜0\mathcal{A}^{\rm pl}_{2,1}=\mathcal{A}_{0}. By (1.7), S2,raw=S⁢(𝒜0,𝒫N,Nβ)+Δ2srcS_{2,\rm raw}=S(\mathcal{A}_{0},\mathcal{P}_{N},N^{\beta})+\Delta^{\rm src}_{2}, where Δ2src\Delta^{\rm src}_{2} contains low-tested-prime and exceptional v∣Nv\mid N cells. Source-square restoration is empty at b=1b=1. For a Buchstab prefix bb over 𝒫N\mathcal{P}_{N}, put

Spl⁢(b,z)=S⁢(𝒜2,bpl,𝒫N,z),𝒜2,bpl={N−v:𝒜D⁢(v)=1,b∣N−v},S_{\rm pl}(b,z)=S(\mathcal{A}^{\rm pl}_{2,b},\mathcal{P}_{N},z),\qquad\mathcal% {A}^{\rm pl}_{2,b}=\{N-v:\mathcal{A}_{D}(v)=1,\ b\mid N-v\},

where N−vN-v is sieved with the empty cofactor allowed. Then

(3.2) T0=Spl⁢(1,Nu),T1=∑Nu≤p1<NβSpl⁢(p1,Nu),T2=∑Nu≤p2<p1<NβSpl⁢(p1⁢p2,Nu),T3=∑Nu≤p3<p2<p1<NβSpl⁢(p1⁢p2⁢p3,p3),Spl⁢(1,Nβ)=T0−T1+T2−T3.\begin{split}T_{0}&=S_{\rm pl}(1,N^{u}),\\ T_{1}&=\sum_{N^{u}\leq p_{1}<N^{\beta}}S_{\rm pl}(p_{1},N^{u}),\\ T_{2}&=\sum_{N^{u}\leq p_{2}<p_{1}<N^{\beta}}S_{\rm pl}(p_{1}p_{2},N^{u}),\\ T_{3}&=\sum_{N^{u}\leq p_{3}<p_{2}<p_{1}<N^{\beta}}S_{\rm pl}(p_{1}p_{2}p_{3},% p_{3}),\\ S_{\rm pl}(1,N^{\beta})&=T_{0}-T_{1}+T_{2}-T_{3}.\end{split}

This follows by applying Spl⁢(b,z2)=Spl⁢(b,z1)−∑z1≤p<z2Spl⁢(b⁢p,p)S_{\rm pl}(b,z_{2})=S_{\rm pl}(b,z_{1})-\sum_{z_{1}\leq p<z_{2}}S_{\rm pl}(bp,p) twice, with repeated factors of N−vN-v still allowed. The final cutoff is p3p_{3}. Modulus-one coefficients give (f,F,f,F)(f,F,f,F), and the cutoff factors (500,−500,500,−1)(500,-500,500,-1) come from 1/u1/u and p3p_{3}.

Let ri=logN⁡pir_{i}=\log_{N}p_{i}. Put Δ={u≤r3<r2<r1<β},g⁢(r)=r1+2⁢r2+4⁢r3,H=249250.\Delta=\{u\leq r_{3}<r_{2}<r_{1}<\beta\},\quad g(r)=r_{1}+2r_{2}+4r_{3},\quad H% =\frac{249}{250}. Set P⁢F=Δ∩{g≤H}PF=\Delta\cap\{g\leq H\} and R⁢1=Δ∩{g>H}R1=\Delta\cap\{g>H\}. The cells carry the inherited global half-open labels ti≤ri<ρ⁢ti,𝒫⁢(ti)={p∤2⁢N:Nmax⁡(ti,u)≤p<Nmin⁡(ρ⁢ti,β)}.t_{i}\leq r_{i}<\rho t_{i},\qquad\mathcal{P}(t_{i})=\{p\nmid 2N:N^{\max(t_{i},% u)}\leq p<N^{\min(\rho t_{i},\beta)}\}. Clipping at uu or β\beta preserves each label. A whole cell is selected when

(3.3) h⁢(t)=t1+2⁢t2+(4+2⁢τ)⁢t3≤K,K=H+2⁢τ⁢β.h(t)=t_{1}+2t_{2}+(4+2\tau)t_{3}\leq K,\qquad K=H+2\tau\beta.

Let ℱ\mathcal{F} be the selected union in Δ\Delta. Its strict complement ℬ\mathcal{B} has h>Kh>K. For g≤Hg\leq H, h≤g+2⁢τ⁢t3≤Kh\leq g+2\tau t_{3}\leq K, and on ℱ\mathcal{F}, g<ρ⁢(t1+2⁢t2+4⁢t3)≤ρ⁢Kg<\rho(t_{1}+2t_{2}+4t_{3})\leq\rho K. Hence

(3.4) P⁢F⊆ℱ,ℬ⊆R⁢1,Δ=P⁢F⁢∪˙⁢(ℱ∩R⁢1)⁢∪˙⁢ℬ,ℱ∩R⁢1⊆{H<g<ρ⁢K}.PF\subseteq\mathcal{F},\quad\mathcal{B}\subseteq R1,\quad\Delta=PF\ \dot{\cup}% \ (\mathcal{F}\cap R1)\ \dot{\cup}\ \mathcal{B},\quad\mathcal{F}\cap R1% \subseteq\{H<g<\rho K\}.

Equality belongs to PF or the selected label. All three pieces retain the negative sign of T3T_{3}. The coupled cut g=Hg=H is compared with one whole-KK product-block estimate.

On a selected prefix block, put

(3.5) Lb=NΘb−ηL−∑ti,z=Nu(r=0,1,2),z=E3=Nt3(r=3),L_{b}=N^{\Theta_{b}-\eta_{L}-\sum t_{i}},\qquad z=N^{u}\quad(r=0,1,2),\qquad z% =E_{3}=N^{t_{3}}\quad(r=3),

where Θb\Theta_{b} is the actual analytic cell infimum. Since E3≤p3E_{3}\leq p_{3}, Spl⁢(b,p3)≤Spl⁢(b,E3)S_{\rm pl}(b,p_{3})\leq S_{\rm pl}(b,E_{3}), the required upper bound for the negative row. Its sieve argument exceeds 1.01171.0117. The whole-KK cells satisfy the admission envelope h≤1−2⁢ηLh\leq 1-2\eta_{L}. Here K<1−2⁢ηL,(1−2⁢ηL)−H=19/5000.K<1-2\eta_{L},\qquad(1-2\eta_{L})-H=19/5000. The boundary estimate retains the sharper condition (3.3). ∎

3.2. Coefficients and prepared hypotheses

Lemma 3.2.

The four signed rows satisfy H1–H7 of Theorem A. Their coefficients are (3.6)–(3.8), with both masks (3.11).

Proof.

Fix a complete symmetric prefix/tail block kk with its AA37 signs, and put Ck⁢(q)=∑dA⁢A,(pj)λdA⁢A⁢𝟏{q=dA⁢A⁢∏jpj}.C_{k}(q)=\sum_{d_{AA},(p_{j})}\lambda_{d_{AA}}\mathbf{1}_{\{q=d_{AA}\prod_{j}p% _{j}\}}. The smooth support is dA⁢A<Lbσd_{AA}<L_{b}^{\sigma}, dA⁢A∣PN⁢(Lbσ2)d_{AA}\mid P_{N}(L_{b}^{\sigma^{2}}). It is squarefree, with primes avoiding 2⁢N2N. The empty tail is included once. Before unequal-coordinate dissection, complete equal-bin prefixes are divided by Mk=∏G|G|!M_{k}=\prod_{G}|G|!. Packing puts dA⁢Ad_{AA} wholly in slot 1, and the labelled convolution of slot ss is divided by |Js|!|J_{s}|!. Thus

(3.6) CkMk=CslotMk⁢(γ1∗γ2∗γ3),Cslot=∏s=13|Js|!,|γs|≤1.\frac{C_{k}}{M_{k}}=\frac{C_{\rm slot}}{M_{k}}(\gamma_{1}*\gamma_{2}*\gamma_{3% }),\quad C_{\rm slot}=\prod_{s=1}^{3}|J_{s}|!,\quad|\gamma_{s}|\leq 1.

The prefix and slot factorials have distinct roles. The signed remainder and its external scalar are

(3.7) Rj=∑q(γ1∗γ2∗γ3)⁢(q)⁢Δj⁢(q;N),cj=wk⁢cH⁢B,box⁢CslotMk.R_{j}=\sum_{q}(\gamma_{1}*\gamma_{2}*\gamma_{3})(q)\Delta_{j}(q;N),\qquad c_{j% }=w_{k}c_{{HB},{\rm box}}\frac{C_{\rm slot}}{M_{k}}.

Prime realizations and smooth divisors stay inside the convolution. Absolute values are taken after the signed qq-sum.

The local density is ωb⁢(pa)=p/(p−1)\omega_{b}(p^{a})=p/(p-1) for every a≥1a\geq 1, with higher-power constant 3. Put Uk=Ck/MkU_{k}=C_{k}/M_{k}. Let Ξunion\Xi_{\rm union} be the disjoint forbidden tail/prefix correction and Ξallowed\Xi_{\rm allowed} the allowed-repeat correction. Let WkW_{k} be the retained squarefree coefficient. Then Ok=Uk−Ξunion=Wk+Ξallowed.O_{k}=U_{k}-\Xi_{\rm union}=W_{k}+\Xi_{\rm allowed}. With mA=∑v𝒜D⁢(v)m_{A}=\sum_{v}\mathcal{A}_{D}(v), define

Δ0⁢(q)=∑v≡N⁢(q)𝒜D⁢(v)−mAφ⁢(q),ΔP⁢(q)=∑v≡N⁢(q)𝒜D⁢(v)−∑(v,q)=1𝒜D⁢(v)φ⁢(q).\Delta_{0}(q)=\sum_{v\equiv N(q)}\mathcal{A}_{D}(v)-\frac{m_{A}}{\varphi(q)},% \quad\Delta_{P}(q)=\sum_{v\equiv N(q)}\mathcal{A}_{D}(v)-\frac{\sum_{(v,q)=1}% \mathcal{A}_{D}(v)}{\varphi(q)}.

Substitution before HB gives

(3.8) RA⁢A=Sslot+N⁢Cs⁢f−∑k,qwk⁢Ξunion⁢(q)⁢ΔP⁢(q)+∑k,qwk⁢Ξallowed⁢(q)⁢(Δ0−ΔP)⁢(q).R_{AA}=S_{\rm slot}+NC_{sf}-\sum_{k,q}w_{k}\Xi_{\rm union}(q)\Delta_{P}(q)+% \sum_{k,q}w_{k}\Xi_{\rm allowed}(q)(\Delta_{0}-\Delta_{P})(q).

Every source modulus is eventually below N0.6N^{0.6}. Tested primes exceed N/log30⁡NN/\log^{30}N, so Δ0=ΔP\Delta_{0}=\Delta_{P} on the original source. Its squarefree NC and grouped allowed-repeat difference vanish before HB. For XL⁢i=Li⁡(Y1)−Li⁡(Y0)X_{Li}=\operatorname{Li}(Y_{1})-\operatorname{Li}(Y_{0}), the term (mA−XL⁢i)/φ⁢(q)(m_{A}-X_{Li})/\varphi(q) is kept as the mass-conversion error. The fixed logarithmic coefficient envelope and ∑q≤Qφ⁢(q)−1≪log⁡Q\sum_{q\leq Q}\varphi(q)^{-1}\ll\log Q reduce it to PNT. A sufficiently large fixed logarithmic saving gives o⁢(UC)o(U_{C}).

Choose a tested-prime shell [X,2⁢X)[X,2X), with N/log31⁡N≤X≤NN/\log^{31}N\leq X\leq N; on it HB has cap 2⁢X1/32X^{1/3}. In each interior rectangle we choose the largest eligible elementary rough factor, breaking ties by first index. Its coefficient is rough Möbius, rough unit, or normalized rough logarithm, of modulus at most one. The complement has at most five factors and is bounded by τ5⁢(m)\tau_{5}(m). With ν=NI⁢I\nu=N_{II}, the full doubled support satisfies

(3.9) X60⁢σ≤ν≤X1/3+15⁢σ,M⁢ν≍X,N≤X1+σ/20,|m⁢n−N|≥ϵA⁢N/2X^{60\sigma}\leq\nu\leq X^{1/3+15\sigma},\quad M\nu\asymp X,\quad N\leq X^{1+% \sigma/20},\quad|mn-N|\geq\epsilon_{A}N/2

This uses the original window [N60⁢σ,N1/3+14⁢σ][N^{60\sigma},N^{1/3+14\sigma}] and logN⁡(N/X)≤σ/1000\log_{N}(N/X)\leq\sigma/1000 eventually. The shift stays NN.

Lemma 2.2 supplies the equal-ratio mesh and integer endpoints. For all four rows, including whole-KK, it gives NI≥(2⁢ν)1−2−126N_{I}\geq(2\nu)^{1-2^{-126}}, NI≥Q⁢Xσ/3N_{I}\geq QX^{\sigma/3} and MI≥X1/2M_{I}\geq X^{1/2}. It also gives H6, H7 and Class I. The internal packing Lemma 1.2 applies at the literal Θb\Theta_{b}, and since t1<β<tddt_{1}<\beta<t_{\rm dd}, (2.17f) gives Θb≥(1+t1)/2\Theta_{b}\geq(1+t_{1})/2. Put T=t1+2⁢t2≤3⁢βT=t_{1}+2t_{2}\leq 3\beta. By (3.3), t3≤(K−T)/(4+2⁢τ)t_{3}\leq(K-T)/(4+2\tau), so

ℓc=Θb−ηL−t1−t2−t3\displaystyle\ell_{c}=\Theta_{b}-\eta_{L}-t_{1}-t_{2}-t_{3} ≥12−ηL−T2−K−T4+2⁢τ\displaystyle\geq\frac{1}{2}-\eta_{L}-\frac{T}{2}-\frac{K-T}{4+2\tau}
≥12−ηL−3⁢β2−K−3⁢β4+2⁢τ>0.12953>ℓ0=53412−ηL2.\displaystyle\geq\frac{1}{2}-\eta_{L}-\frac{3\beta}{2}-\frac{K-3\beta}{4+2\tau% }>0.12953>\ell_{0}=\frac{53}{412}-\frac{\eta_{L}}{2}.

Here 1/2−1/(4+2⁢τ)>01/2-1/(4+2\tau)>0 and 0<τ=σ9≤10−900<\tau=\sigma^{9}\leq 10^{-90}. Every selected S2-3 cell therefore has Lbσ2≥Nℓ0⁢σ2L_{b}^{\sigma^{2}}\geq N^{\ell_{0}\sigma^{2}}. Including slot-1 smooth inflation gives

(3.10) Q1<ν⁢X−σ,ν2⁢Q2⁢Q32<X1−8⁢σ,Amaxθ⁢ν⁢Q1⁢Q25⁢Q32<X2−15⁢σ,(ν⁢Q3/Q2)2⁢θ⁢ν⁢Q1⁢Q25⁢Q32<X2−15⁢σ,θ=7/32,Amax=X1+σ/20.\begin{split}Q_{1}&<\nu X^{-\sigma},\\ \nu^{2}Q_{2}Q_{3}^{2}&<X^{1-8\sigma},\\ A_{\max}^{\theta}\nu Q_{1}Q_{2}^{5}Q_{3}^{2}&<X^{2-15\sigma},\\ (\nu Q_{3}/Q_{2})^{2\theta}\nu Q_{1}Q_{2}^{5}Q_{3}^{2}&<X^{2-15\sigma},\qquad% \theta=7/32,\quad A_{\max}=X^{1+\sigma/20}.\end{split}

The ambient margins are (7271/256,52,95221/1280,22407/256)⁢σ(7271/256,52,95221/1280,22407/256)\sigma. After scale transfer, dyadic constants and endpoint localization, they exceed (28,51,74,87)⁢σ(28,51,74,87)\sigma eventually. PF and the boundary region retain these margins and Θb\Theta_{b}.

The dispersion argument is the one in the distribution-input subsection, with [Z1, Theorem 2.8, (3.17)–(3.20), (3.25)–(3.27), (3.57)–(3.60), (3.70)–(3.73)]. Its S2 parameters are as follows.

Step Data
First dispersion ∑m∈IM|βm|2≪MI⁢logc⁡X\sum_{m\in I_{M}}|\beta_{m}|^{2}\ll M_{I}\log^{c}X. For α(r)=α⁢𝟏(n,r)=1\alpha^{(r)}=\alpha\mathbf{1}_{(n,r)=1}, split at ‖α(r)‖22=νI⁢log−A3−1⁡X\|\alpha^{(r)}\|_{2}^{2}=\nu_{I}\log^{-A_{3}-1}X.
SW precision Below: trivial BDH. Above: ‖α(r)‖2⁢(2⁢ν)1/2≫ν⁢log−(334+A3+1)/2⁡X\|\alpha^{(r)}\|_{2}(2\nu)^{1/2}\gg\nu\log^{-(334+A_{3}+1)/2}X. Request this extra saving before norm-normalized BFI.
Frequencies η0=σ/1000\eta_{0}=\sigma/1000, H2=Q⁢R2⁢S2⁢Xη0/MIH_{2}=QR^{2}S^{2}X^{\eta_{0}}/M_{I}, H∗=40⁢H2H_{*}=40H_{2}; H0<|h|≤min⁡(2⁢H0,H∗)H_{0}<|h|\leq\min(2H_{0},H_{*}).
Mellin weight In (1.32), set a=Na=N. Take w=1w=1 on [1/2,2][1/2,2], supported in (1/4,4)(1/4,4). For U⁢(t)=m⁢(t)U(t)=m(t) and Losc=(log⁡X)365⁢Xη0L_{\rm osc}=(\log X)^{365}X^{\eta_{0}}, U⁢(t)≪min⁡{1,Losc2/(1+|t|)2}U(t)\ll\min\{1,L_{\rm osc}^{2}/(1+|t|)^{2}\} and ∫ℝU⁢(t)⁢𝑑t≪Losc≪σX3⁢σ/40\int_{\mathbb{R}}U(t)\,dt\ll L_{\rm osc}\ll_{\sigma}X^{3\sigma/40}. Here N/X≤(log⁡N)31N/X\leq(\log N)^{31}.
Coloring ddisp=1d_{\rm disp}=1, ℓ0=53/412−1/20000\ell_{0}=53/412-1/20000, u0=Nℓ0⁢σ2u_{0}=N^{\ell_{0}\sigma^{2}}, 𝒫X=[u0,X3]∩ℙ\mathcal{P}_{X}=[u_{0},X^{3}]\cap\mathbb{P}. Normalized cost: 2Ks+KJ=Oσ⁢(1)2^{K_{s}+K_{J}}=O_{\sigma}(1).
Derivatives ϵ0=σ/2000>0\epsilon_{0}=\sigma/2000>0.

Both norm cases give ≪νI⁢ν⁢log−A3⁡X\ll\nu_{I}\nu\log^{-A_{3}}X. The second dispersion retains

(3.11) (s1,N⁢c)=1,(s1,qdisp⁢n2)=1.(s_{1},Nc)=1,\qquad(s_{1},q_{\rm disp}n_{2})=1.

Representations are normalized by U⁢(t)>0U(t)>0, which is then restored. At U⁢(t)=0U(t)=0 the integrand vanishes. Both nonmodular Mellin phases of (1.32) are kept, and coloring precedes aggregation. Fiber multiplicity is at most τ⁢(b)⁢τ3⁢(c)\tau(b)\tau_{3}(c). Hence

(3.12) |Aω⁢(t)|≪σU⁢(t)Q⁢R2⁢S2,∑b,c,f|Ab,c,fχ⁢(t)|2≪σU⁢(t)2⁢Xo⁢(1)⁢ν2Q2⁢R2⁢S3.|A_{\omega}(t)|\ll_{\sigma}\frac{U(t)}{QR^{2}S^{2}},\qquad\sum_{b,c,f}|A^{\chi% }_{b,c,f}(t)|^{2}\ll_{\sigma}U(t)^{2}X^{o(1)}\frac{\nu^{2}}{Q^{2}R^{2}S^{3}}.

The spectral coefficient has the weighted norm

(3.13) ∑n′′∣N∞(n′′)θ⁢‖β♭⁢(n′′)‖22≪Xo⁢(1)⁢(H2⁢S)2⁢F,F≪ν/Q.\sum_{n^{\prime\prime}\mid N^{\infty}}(n^{\prime\prime})^{\theta}\|\beta^{% \flat}(n^{\prime\prime})\|_{2}^{2}\ll X^{o(1)}(H_{2}S)^{2}F,\qquad F\ll\nu/Q.

For y=f⁢(h1⁢s1′−h2⁢s1)≠0y=f(h_{1}s^{\prime}_{1}-h_{2}s_{1})\neq 0, specialize to

(r,s,d,c,n)=(z,p0,b,c,p0⁢|y|),aT=sgn⁡(y)⁢N,(z⁢b,p0⁢c)=1,(Rs⁢p,Ss⁢p,Ds⁢p,Cs⁢p,Ns⁢p)=(Z,max⁡(p0,3)/2,B,C,8⁢p0⁢Y),Z∈{S2,2⁢S2},B≪ν⁢R,C≪ν⁢R⁢S,Y≪H2⁢S⁢F.\begin{gathered}(r,s,d,c,n)=(z,p_{0},b,c,p_{0}|y|),\quad a_{T}=\operatorname{% sgn}(y)N,\quad(zb,p_{0}c)=1,\\ (R_{sp},S_{sp},D_{sp},C_{sp},N_{sp})=(Z,\max(p_{0},3)/2,B,C,8p_{0}Y),\\ Z\in\{S^{2},2S^{2}\},\quad B\ll\nu R,\quad C\ll\nu RS,\quad Y\ll H_{2}SF.\end{gathered}

with the least prime p0∤Np_{0}\nmid N. Then p0≪log⁡N<z0⁢(X)p_{0}\ll\log N<z_{0}(X) and p0∤aTp_{0}\nmid a_{T}, and (3.13) gives the required weighted norm. Here p0∣cp_{0}\mid c remains allowed.

For unit slot 2, its atom s=1s=1 has S=1/2S=1/2. By (3.10), H2≪X−9⁢σ+η0+o⁢(1)H_{2}\ll X^{-9\sigma+\eta_{0}+o(1)}, so H∗<1H_{*}<1 eventually and the frequency sum is empty. Every other nonempty spectral scale is at least one. For general SS, H2/S≤X−9⁢σ+η0+o⁢(1)<1H_{2}/S\leq X^{-9\sigma+\eta_{0}+o(1)}<1, hence 1≤H∗≤S1\leq H_{*}\leq S eventually on nonempty frequency blocks. Also F≥1/2F\geq 1/2, as required at the weighted-norm endpoints. Finally, Amax⁢Cs⁢p⁢Ds⁢p⁢Ns⁢p⁢Rs⁢p⁢Ss⁢p≪Xσ/20+η0+o⁢(1)⁢ν4⁢R4⁢S6<X10.01.A_{\max}C_{sp}D_{sp}N_{sp}R_{sp}S_{sp}\ll X^{\sigma/20+\eta_{0}+o(1)}\nu^{4}R^% {4}S^{6}<X^{10.01}. By [Z1, (3.89)], the positive-epsilon prefactor is eventually at most X0.19019⁢σX^{0.19019\sigma}. Equations (3.10)–(3.13) give the signed spectral bound.

Put Cbox=Cb=334C_{\rm box}=C_{b}=334 and Kscale=31K_{\rm scale}=31. Lemma 2.2 gives the complete support

q<NeD,eD=153/256−ηL/2<0.6,q≤X0.6(N/log31⁡N≤X≤N).q<N^{e_{D}},\qquad e_{D}=153/256-\eta_{L}/2<0.6,\qquad q\leq X^{0.6}\quad(N/% \log^{31}N\leq X\leq N).

This support includes repeated-prime moduli and every smooth divisor. The full hypothesis check is as follows.

Condition S2 data
H1 Coefficient (3.6), with primes avoiding 2⁢N2N; corrections exactly (3.8).
H2 dA⁢Ad_{AA} lies in slot 1; slots 2 and 3 are u0u_{0}-rough. Keep repeated primes and empty slots.
H3 and LEN (3.9)–(3.13), the full support above and Lemma 2.2. Majorant: m0=M⁢(1+rXr)/2m_{0}=M(1+r_{X}^{r})/2, 1≤r≤51\leq r\leq 5, |m0|≤2⁢M≪X/ν|m_{0}|\leq 2M\ll X/\nu. Ambient length: NI≥(2⁢ν)1−2−126N_{I}\geq(2\nu)^{1-2^{-126}}.
H4 a=Na=N, (q,N)=1(q,N)=1; 0<N≤X⁢log31⁡N≤X1+σ/200<N\leq X\log^{31}N\leq X^{1+\sigma/20}.
H5 N60⁢σ≤ν≤N1/3+14⁢σN^{60\sigma}\leq\nu\leq N^{1/3+14\sigma} and (3.9), with Lemma 2.2’s endpoints.
H6 Elog≪σN⁢(log⁡N)18−CbE_{\log}\ll_{\sigma}N(\log N)^{18-C_{b}}; Ebdry≪σN⁢(log⁡N)16−Cb/2E_{\rm bdry}\ll_{\sigma}N(\log N)^{16-C_{b}/2}.
H7 (3.16), using external coefficients only.

Theorem A, or [Z1, Theorem 3.2, (3.13)], therefore applies. The complete-weight prime-source theorem has a different coefficient family. ∎

3.3. Shiu’s estimate and the three dispersion terms

Lemma 3.3.

Let ℱ\mathscr{F} be a prepared family of interior Class-II boxes satisfying the local scale, roughness, support and coprimality hypotheses of Theorem A and (3.9)–(3.11), with uniform fixed source constants. Assume the coefficient and scale bounds (3.16), with 𝒥\mathcal{J} replaced by ℱ\mathscr{F} and K0=8042K_{0}=8042. Then (3.15) holds with a fixed exponent CℱC_{\mathscr{F}} in place of CS⁢2C_{S2}, and the normalized sum satisfies (3.17).

Proof.

We first bound the deletion of fgcd=(m,r2)>z0f_{\rm gcd}=(m,r_{2})>z_{0}. The restoration formula in [Z1, §3.5, (3.45)] retains (m,r2)=1(m,r_{2})=1 by the exact Möbius expansion.

Let M⁢N≍xMN\asymp x and L=log⁡xL=\log x, with local shift aa. Assume fixed 0<δ<10<\delta<1, 0<ε<1/20<\varepsilon<1/2, and

x2⁢δ≤N≤x1/3+δ/2,|IN|=NI≍N⁢L−Cb,|I~M|=2⁢MI≍M⁢L−Cb,x^{2\delta}\leq N\leq x^{1/3+\delta/2},\quad|I_{N}|=N_{I}\asymp NL^{-C_{b}},% \quad|\widetilde{I}_{M}|=2M_{I}\asymp ML^{-C_{b}},

with IN⊂[N,2⁢N]I_{N}\subset[N,2N] and I~M⊂[M/4,3⁢M]\widetilde{I}_{M}\subset[M/4,3M]. On the doubled box assume |m⁢n−a|≥x⁢L−Cb≥1|mn-a|\geq xL^{-C_{b}}\geq 1, and finally assume 0<|a|≤x1+ε0<|a|\leq x^{1+\varepsilon} and 1≤fgcd≤M⁢x−δ1\leq f_{\rm gcd}\leq Mx^{-\delta}. For fixed nonnegative BiB_{i},

(3.14) ∑n∈INτ⁢(n)B1⁢∑m∈I~Mfgcd∣mτ⁢(m)B2⁢τ⁢(|m⁢n−a|)B3≪MI⁢NIfgcd⁢(τ⁢(fgcd)⁢L)OBi⁢(1).\sum_{n\in I_{N}}\tau(n)^{B_{1}}\sum_{\begin{subarray}{c}m\in\widetilde{I}_{M}% \\ f_{\rm gcd}\mid m\end{subarray}}\tau(m)^{B_{2}}\tau(|mn-a|)^{B_{3}}\ll\frac{M_% {I}N_{I}}{f_{\rm gcd}}(\tau(f_{\rm gcd})L)^{O_{B_{i}}(1)}.

To prove this, write m=fgcd⁢m′m=f_{\rm gcd}m^{\prime}, so the interval length is H′=2⁢MI/fgcd≫xδ/2H^{\prime}=2M_{I}/f_{\rm gcd}\gg x^{\delta/2}. For fixed nn, put g=(fgcd⁢n,|a|)g=(f_{\rm gcd}n,|a|), v=fgcd⁢n/gv=f_{\rm gcd}n/g and a′=a/ga^{\prime}=a/g. Then (v,a′)=1(v,a^{\prime})=1, |m⁢n−a|=g⁢|v⁢m′−a′||mn-a|=g|vm^{\prime}-a^{\prime}|. Put ℓ⁢(m′)=fgcd⁢n⁢m′−a\ell(m^{\prime})=f_{\rm gcd}nm^{\prime}-a; consecutive values differ by fgcd⁢n≤(M⁢x−δ)⁢(2⁢N)≪x1−δf_{\rm gcd}n\leq(Mx^{-\delta})(2N)\ll x^{1-\delta}. Opposite signs would imply |ℓ⁢(m′)|+|ℓ⁢(m′+1)|=fgcd⁢n≥2⁢x⁢L−Cb|\ell(m^{\prime})|+|\ell(m^{\prime}+1)|=f_{\rm gcd}n\geq 2xL^{-C_{b}}, a contradiction, so the sign stays constant. The values |v⁢m′−a′||vm^{\prime}-a^{\prime}| lie in one reduced class modulo vv. Their interval has length Y=v⁢H′Y=vH^{\prime} and endpoint Z≪x1+εZ\ll x^{1+\varepsilon}. Choose fixed 0<b<min⁡(1/4,δ/[8⁢(1+ε)],δ/8)0<b<\min(1/4,\delta/[8(1+\varepsilon)],\delta/8). Since v≪x1+o⁢(1)v\ll x^{1+o(1)} and H′≫xδ/2H^{\prime}\gg x^{\delta/2}, Y≥ZbY\geq Z^{b} and v≤Y1−bv\leq Y^{1-b} eventually. Shiu’s reduced-progression bound [15] gives ∑m′τ⁢(|v⁢m′−a′|)C≪Yφ⁢(v)⁢L2C−1≪H′⁢LOC⁢(1).\sum_{m^{\prime}}\tau(|vm^{\prime}-a^{\prime}|)^{C}\ll\frac{Y}{\varphi(v)}L^{2% ^{C}-1}\ll H^{\prime}L^{O_{C}(1)}. For modulus one, ∑m′τ⁢(fgcd⁢m′)C≪τ⁢(fgcd)C⁢H′⁢LOC⁢(1).\sum_{m^{\prime}}\tau(f_{\rm gcd}m^{\prime})^{C}\ll\tau(f_{\rm gcd})^{C}H^{% \prime}L^{O_{C}(1)}. We use Cauchy–Schwarz and τ⁢(g)≤τ⁢(fgcd)⁢τ⁢(n)\tau(g)\leq\tau(f_{\rm gcd})\tau(n), then the localized divisor moment. This proves (3.14), including signed shifts. The modulus condition uses Y=v⁢H′Y=vH^{\prime} and Y/v=H′Y/v=H^{\prime}.

Take x=Xx=X, Nlocal=νN_{\rm local}=\nu, δ=30⁢σ\delta=30\sigma, ε=σ/20\varepsilon=\sigma/20 and a=Nambienta=N_{\rm ambient}. By [Z1, (3.6)] and (3.9)–(3.10), fgcd=(m,r2)≤r2≪MI⁢X−89⁢σ≪M⁢X−30⁢σ,f_{\rm gcd}=(m,r_{2})\leq r_{2}\ll M_{I}X^{-89\sigma}\ll MX^{-30\sigma}, where MI≪M⁢(log⁡X)−334M_{I}\ll M(\log X)^{-334} and σ>0\sigma>0 is fixed. Thus (3.14) applies.

In the following divisor sum, r2r_{2} is the second two-rough-slot product of [Z1, (3.28)–(3.31)]. Its primes are at least u0=Nℓ0⁢σ2u_{0}=N^{\ell_{0}\sigma^{2}} and r2≤X0.6r_{2}\leq X^{0.6}. Counting repeats gives Ω⁢(r2)≤0.6ℓ0⁢σ2,τ⁢(r2)≤2Ω⁢(r2)≪σ1.\Omega(r_{2})\leq\frac{0.6}{\ell_{0}\sigma^{2}},\qquad\tau(r_{2})\leq 2^{% \Omega(r_{2})}\ll_{\sigma}1. This includes r2=1r_{2}=1. Every nontrivial fgcd∣r2f_{\rm gcd}\mid r_{2} satisfies fgcd≥u0>z0⁢(X)f_{\rm gcd}\geq u_{0}>z_{0}(X) eventually. For fixed B≥0B\geq 0, ∑fgcd∣r2fgcd>z0⁢(X)τ⁢(fgcd)Bfgcd≤τ⁢(r2)B+1u0≪σ,B1u0.\sum_{\begin{subarray}{c}f_{\rm gcd}\mid r_{2}\\ f_{\rm gcd}>z_{0}(X)\end{subarray}}\frac{\tau(f_{\rm gcd})^{B}}{f_{\rm gcd}}% \leq\frac{\tau(r_{2})^{B+1}}{u_{0}}\ll_{\sigma,B}\frac{1}{u_{0}}. We partition by the exact value fgcd=(m,r2)f_{\rm gcd}=(m,r_{2}). Dropping the remaining gcd condition and summing (3.14) gives

∑n∈Iντ⁢(n)B1⁢∑m∈I~M(m,r2)>1τ⁢(m)B2⁢τ⁢(|m⁢n−a|)B3≪σMI⁢νIu0⁢(log⁡X)C,|Iν|=νI.\sum_{n\in I_{\nu}}\tau(n)^{B_{1}}\sum_{\begin{subarray}{c}m\in\widetilde{I}_{% M}\\ (m,r_{2})>1\end{subarray}}\tau(m)^{B_{2}}\tau(|mn-a|)^{B_{3}}\ll_{\sigma}\frac% {M_{I}\nu_{I}}{u_{0}}(\log X)^{C},\qquad|I_{\nu}|=\nu_{I}.

The divisor weights fix CC independently of r2r_{2}.

The mixed term keeps q⁢r1∣m⁢n1−aqr_{1}\mid mn_{1}-a. For fixed (m,n1)(m,n_{1}), the number of admissible pairs (q,r1)(q,r_{1}) is at most τ⁢(|m⁢n1−a|)2\tau(|mn_{1}-a|)^{2}. Also φ⁢(q⁢r2)−1≪(log⁡X)C/(Q⁢r2)\varphi(qr_{2})^{-1}\ll(\log X)^{C}/(Qr_{2}), |λri|≪σ1|\lambda_{r_{i}}|\ll_{\sigma}1 and ∑n21≤νI\sum_{n_{2}}1\leq\nu_{I}. Increasing B3B_{3} by two and using ∑r2≍R⁢Sr2−1≪1\sum_{r_{2}\asymp RS}r_{2}^{-1}\ll 1, we find the positive deletion error Egcd≪σMI⁢νI2Q⁢u0⁢(log⁡X)C.E_{\rm gcd}\ll_{\sigma}\frac{M_{I}\nu_{I}^{2}}{Qu_{0}}(\log X)^{C}. For pure density, ∑q≍Qφ⁢(q)−2⁢∑r1≍R⁢Sφ⁢(r1)−1≪(log⁡X)C/Q\sum_{q\asymp Q}\varphi(q)^{-2}\sum_{r_{1}\asymp RS}\varphi(r_{1})^{-1}\ll(% \log X)^{C}/Q. This gives the same bound. Copy symmetry gives the first-copy deletion bound. For two congruences, q⁢r2∣m⁢n2−aqr_{2}\mid mn_{2}-a and (q⁢r2,a)=1(qr_{2},a)=1 imply (m,r2)=1(m,r_{2})=1, so its deleted contribution is empty. These three bounds include unit rough slots, and both masks (3.11) remain in force.

The first Cauchy–Schwarz inequality is |S|2≪Q⁢MI⁢(log⁡X)C⁢S′|S|^{2}\ll QM_{I}(\log X)^{C}S^{\prime}. Its full divisor-deletion contribution is at most

(Q⁢MI⁢(log⁡X)C⁢Egcd)1/2≪σMI⁢νI⁢(log⁡X)C⁢u0−1/2≪σX1−ℓ0⁢σ2/2⁢(log⁡X)C.(QM_{I}(\log X)^{C}E_{\rm gcd})^{1/2}\ll_{\sigma}M_{I}\nu_{I}(\log X)^{C}u_{0}% ^{-1/2}\ll_{\sigma}X^{1-\ell_{0}\sigma^{2}/2}(\log X)^{C}.

Since ℓ0⁢σ2/2=2⁢cσ>cσ\ell_{0}\sigma^{2}/2=2c_{\sigma}>c_{\sigma}, this term is absorbed by the power-saving term established below in (3.15). The exact mixed term retains (m,r2)=1(m,r_{2})=1 via [Z1, §3.5, (3.45)], and the divisor sum above gives its full alternative bound. Restoration and near-diagonal/BDH recombination follow [Z1, (3.34)–(3.47), (3.49)–(3.53)], with both masks and all three dispersion terms kept.

Theorem A is applied at Awork=A′+4A_{\rm work}=A^{\prime}+4. Its local terms are Xj⁢log−Awork⁡XjX_{j}\log^{-A_{\rm work}}X_{j} and Xj1−cσ⁢logCZ⁢1⁡XjX_{j}^{1-c_{\sigma}}\log^{C_{Z1}}X_{j}, where cσ=14⁢(53412−120000)⁢σ2>0c_{\sigma}=\frac{1}{4}(\frac{53}{412}-\frac{1}{20000})\sigma^{2}>0. The latter includes GR restoration and first-CS deletion. Here ℓ0=53/412−1/20000\ell_{0}=53/412-1/20000, ℓ0⁢σ2/2=2⁢cσ\ell_{0}\sigma^{2}/2=2c_{\sigma}. Three internal modulus-slot shells cost at most log3⁡Xj\log^{3}X_{j}, so the first term is at most Xj⁢log−A′−1⁡Xj≤Xj⁢log−A′⁡XjX_{j}\log^{-A^{\prime}-1}X_{j}\leq X_{j}\log^{-A^{\prime}}X_{j}. With shell and source-specific GR logarithms absorbed into CS⁢2C_{S2},

(3.15) |Rj|≪σXj⁢log−A′⁡Xj+Xj1−cσ⁢logCS⁢2⁡Xj.|R_{j}|\ll_{\sigma}X_{j}\log^{-A^{\prime}}X_{j}+X_{j}^{1-c_{\sigma}}\log^{C_{S% 2}}X_{j}.

For the external family 𝒥\mathcal{J}, Lemma 2.2 gives

(3.16) ∑j∈𝒥|cj|≤Cσ⁢logK0⁡N,N/log31⁡N≤Xj≤N,\sum_{j\in\mathcal{J}}|c_{j}|\leq C_{\sigma}\log^{K_{0}}N,\qquad N/\log^{31}N% \leq X_{j}\leq N,

Here K0=K0S⁢2K_{0}=K_{0}^{S2} is fixed before A′A^{\prime}. Put L=log⁡NL=\log N. Lemma 2.2 gives K∗=6⁢(Cb+1)+2=2012K_{*}=6(C_{b}+1)+2=2012. We use the larger envelope K0=24⁢Cb+26K_{0}=24C_{b}+26: K0S⁢2=24⋅334+26=8042,A′=8047,Awork=8051.K_{0}^{S2}=24\cdot 334+26=8042,\qquad A^{\prime}=8047,\qquad A_{\rm work}=8051. PF and the selected boundary region form one whole-KK family. Their prime realizations and smooth divisors remain internal.

For ℱ\mathscr{F}, we replace 𝒥\mathcal{J} and CS⁢2C_{S2} in (3.15)–(3.16) by ℱ\mathscr{F} and any fixed CℱC_{\mathscr{F}}. With K0=8042K_{0}=8042, A′=8047A^{\prime}=8047 and denominator (3.1), we get

(3.17) EI⁢I⁢(ℱ)\displaystyle E_{II}(\mathscr{F}) :=1WN⁢∑j∈ℱ|cj|⁢|Rj|\displaystyle:=\frac{1}{W_{N}}\sum_{j\in\mathscr{F}}|c_{j}||R_{j}|
≪σLK0+2−A′\displaystyle\ll_{\sigma}L^{K_{0}+2-A^{\prime}}
+N−cσ⁢LK0+Cℱ+2+31⁢cσ\displaystyle\qquad+N^{-c_{\sigma}}L^{K_{0}+C_{\mathscr{F}}+2+31c_{\sigma}}
≪σL−3+N−cσ⁢L8044+Cℱ+31⁢cσ=o⁢(1).\displaystyle\ll_{\sigma}L^{-3}+N^{-c_{\sigma}}L^{8044+C_{\mathscr{F}}+31c_{% \sigma}}=o(1).

Here 8044=K0+28044=K_{0}+2; the extra 2 comes from WN≫N/L2W_{N}\gg N/L^{2}. By (3.1), WN≫N/L2W_{N}\gg N/L^{2} and 12⁢log⁡N≤log⁡Xj≤log⁡N\tfrac{1}{2}\log N\leq\log X_{j}\leq\log N. The bound Xj≥N/L31X_{j}\geq N/L^{31} gives 31⁢cσ31c_{\sigma}. Also K0+2−A′=8042+2−8047=−3K_{0}+2-A^{\prime}=8042+2-8047=-3, and for fixed BB, e−cσ⁢t⁢tB→0e^{-c_{\sigma}t}t^{B}\to 0 as t=log⁡N→∞t=\log N\to\infty. Here σ>0\sigma>0 and all source and box parameters are fixed before N0N_{0}. For S2 we take ℱ=𝒥\mathscr{F}=\mathcal{J}, Cℱ=CS⁢2C_{\mathscr{F}}=C_{S2} and EI⁢I,S⁢2=EI⁢I⁢(𝒥)E_{II,S2}=E_{II}(\mathcal{J}). ∎

3.4. The strict BV complement

Lemma 3.4.

The source on ℬ\mathcal{B} has upper main comparator (3.19) and remainder o⁢(UC)o(U_{C}), at the actual cutoff p3p_{3}.

Proof.

For r∈ℬr\in\mathcal{B}, put b=p1⁢p2⁢p3,QB⁢V=N1/2−κ⁢log−B⁡N,κ=10−6,Db=QB⁢V/b,zb=Db.b=p_{1}p_{2}p_{3},\quad Q_{BV}=N^{1/2-\kappa}\log^{-B}N,\quad\kappa=10^{-6},% \quad D_{b}=Q_{BV}/b,\quad z_{b}=\sqrt{D_{b}}. On all of R⁢1R1,

(3.18) logN⁡Db≥3/206−κ−o⁢(1)>0,2⁢r3−logN⁡Db≥63823/309000+κ+o⁢(1)>0.\log_{N}D_{b}\geq 3/206-\kappa-o(1)>0,\qquad 2r_{3}-\log_{N}D_{b}\geq 63823/30% 9000+\kappa+o(1)>0.

Write LN=log⁡NL_{N}=\log N. Since ℬ⊆R⁢1\mathcal{B}\subseteq R1, g=r1+2⁢r2+4⁢r3>H=249/250g=r_{1}+2r_{2}+4r_{3}>H=249/250. Ordering gives g≤7⁢r1g\leq 7r_{1}, so r1>H/7r_{1}>H/7 and

r1+r2+2⁢r3=g+r12>4⁢H7.r_{1}+r_{2}+2r_{3}=\frac{g+r_{1}}{2}>\frac{4H}{7}.

The definition of DbD_{b} now gives

r3−logN⁡Db\displaystyle r_{3}-\log_{N}D_{b} =r1+r2+2⁢r3−12+κ+B⁢log⁡log⁡Nlog⁡N\displaystyle=r_{1}+r_{2}+2r_{3}-\frac{1}{2}+\kappa+B\frac{\log\log N}{\log N}
>4⁢H7−12+κ+B⁢log⁡log⁡Nlog⁡N\displaystyle>\frac{4H}{7}-\frac{1}{2}+\kappa+B\frac{\log\log N}{\log N}
=1211750+κ+B⁢log⁡log⁡Nlog⁡N>0.\displaystyle=\frac{121}{1750}+\kappa+B\frac{\log\log N}{\log N}>0.

Hence 1<Db<p31<D_{b}<p_{3} for all sufficiently large NN, and zb=Db<p3z_{b}=\sqrt{D_{b}}<p_{3}. Sifting is monotone in its cutoff, so

Spl⁢(b,p3)≤Spl⁢(b,zb).S_{\rm pl}(b,p_{3})\leq S_{\rm pl}(b,z_{b}).

Apply the s=2s=2 upper sieve to the right-hand side. Its squarefree weight has |λb,d+|≤1|\lambda^{+}_{b,d}|\leq 1, d<Dbd<D_{b} and d∣PN⁢(zb)d\mid P_{N}(z_{b}). Thus every prime factor of dd is below p3p_{3}; indeed d<Db<p3d<D_{b}<p_{3}. For k=b⁢dk=bd, the three largest distinct prime factors recover bb uniquely, also when d=1d=1. The actual aggregate weight ak=λb,d+⁢𝟏{b⁢ belongs to ⁢ℬ}a_{k}=\lambda^{+}_{b,d}\mathbf{1}_{\{b\text{ belongs to }\mathcal{B}\}} has ‖a‖∞≤1\|a\|_{\infty}\leq 1, ‖a‖22≤QB⁢V\|a\|_{2}^{2}\leq Q_{BV}, and the prefix/divisor multiplicity is one. Here NmodkN\bmod k is reduced. The two-endpoint remainder is at most twice the classical BV maximal sum. It is OA⁢(N⁢log−A⁡N)=o⁢(UC)O_{A}(N\log^{-A}N)=o(U_{C}) for sufficiently large fixed BB. The positive upper comparator is enlarged from ℬ\mathcal{B} to R⁢1R1:

(3.19) IB⁢V=∫R⁢14⁢d⁢r1⁢d⁢r2⁢d⁢r3r1⁢r2⁢r3⁢(1/2−κ−r1−r2−r3).I_{BV}=\int_{R1}\frac{4\,dr_{1}dr_{2}dr_{3}}{r_{1}r_{2}r_{3}(1/2-\kappa-r_{1}-% r_{2}-r_{3})}.

The factor 4 includes Mertens and F⁢(2)F(2). Thus IB⁢VI_{BV} enters directly, with its stated normalization. The comparator overlaps ℱ∩R⁢1\mathcal{F}\cap R1. The source partition (3.4) stays disjoint, with its original boundary conventions. ∎

3.5. The signed functional, tail and endpoint

Lemma 3.5.

The selected endpoint is (3.22). With its tail allowance included, the source satisfies (3.23).

Proof.

Put a=2/eγa=2/e^{\gamma}. Define

v⁢(t)={(1+t)/2,0≤t≤25/128,57/64−3⁢t/2,25/128<t≤1/3,0,otherwise,ψ⁢(x,y)=x⁢𝟏{x≥y}.v(t)=\begin{cases}(1+t)/2,&0\leq t\leq 25/128,\\ 57/64-3t/2,&25/128<t\leq 1/3,\\ 0,&\text{otherwise},\end{cases}\quad\psi(x,y)=x\mathbf{1}_{\{x\geq y\}}.

Let ϑ⁢(r1,r2,r3)\vartheta(r_{1},r_{2},r_{3}) be the maximum of

v⁢(r1),v⁢(r2),v⁢(r1+r2),v⁢(r1+r2+r3),ψ⁢(min⁡(153/256−3⁢r3/8,1−2⁢r2),(1+r1)/2),ψ⁢(min⁡(153/256−3⁢r2/8,1−2⁢r3),(1+r1)/2),ψ⁢(v⁢(r1+r3),r1+2⁢r2+r3),ψ⁢(v⁢(r2+r3),2⁢r1+r2+r3).\begin{gathered}v(r_{1}),\ v(r_{2}),\ v(r_{1}+r_{2}),\ v(r_{1}+r_{2}+r_{3}),\\ \psi(\min(153/256-3r_{3}/8,1-2r_{2}),(1+r_{1})/2),\\ \psi(\min(153/256-3r_{2}/8,1-2r_{3}),(1+r_{1})/2),\\ \psi(v(r_{1}+r_{3}),r_{1}+2r_{2}+r_{3}),\quad\psi(v(r_{2}+r_{3}),2r_{1}+r_{2}+% r_{3}).\end{gathered}

Put

s0=19037/64,a1⁢(r)=(ϑ⁢(r,u,u)−u−r)/u,a2⁢(r1,r2)=(ϑ⁢(r1,r2,u)−u−r1−r2)/u,s3⁢(r)=(ϑ⁢(r)−u−r1−r2−r3)/r3,P=au⁢[f⁢(s0)−∫uβF⁢(a1⁢(r))⁢d⁢rr+∫u≤r2<r1<βf⁢(a2⁢(r1,r2))⁢d⁢r1⁢d⁢r2r1⁢r2],d⁢μ=d⁢r1⁢d⁢r2⁢d⁢r3r1⁢r2⁢r32,V=∫Δ𝑑μ,VB=∫R⁢1𝑑μ,JP⁢F=∫P⁢F[F⁢(max⁡(s3⁢(r),1))−1]⁢𝑑μ.\begin{split}s_{0}&=19037/64,\quad a_{1}(r)=(\vartheta(r,u,u)-u-r)/u,\\ a_{2}(r_{1},r_{2})&=(\vartheta(r_{1},r_{2},u)-u-r_{1}-r_{2})/u,\\ s_{3}(r)&=(\vartheta(r)-u-r_{1}-r_{2}-r_{3})/r_{3},\\ P&=\frac{a}{u}\left[f(s_{0})-\int_{u}^{\beta}F(a_{1}(r))\frac{dr}{r}+\int_{u% \leq r_{2}<r_{1}<\beta}f(a_{2}(r_{1},r_{2}))\frac{dr_{1}dr_{2}}{r_{1}r_{2}}% \right],\\ d\mu&=\frac{dr_{1}dr_{2}dr_{3}}{r_{1}r_{2}r_{3}^{2}},\quad V=\int_{\Delta}d\mu% ,\quad V_{B}=\int_{R1}d\mu,\\ J_{PF}&=\int_{PF}[F(\max(s_{3}(r),1))-1]d\mu.\end{split}

The signed functional is

(3.20) T⁢8=P−a⁢V−a⁢JP⁢F+(a⁢VB−IB⁢V)=P−a⁢∫P⁢FF⁢(max⁡(s3,1))⁢𝑑μ−IB⁢V.T8=P-aV-aJ_{PF}+(aV_{B}-I_{BV})=P-a\int_{PF}F(\max(s_{3},1))d\mu-I_{BV}.

It combines the prefix terms with the third-term comparison. On P⁢FPF, ϑ⁢(r)≥(1+r1)/2\vartheta(r)\geq(1+r_{1})/2 and g⁢(r)≤H=1−2⁢ug(r)\leq H=1-2u. Thus ϑ⁢(r)−u−r1−r2−2⁢r3≥H−g⁢(r)2≥0.\vartheta(r)-u-r_{1}-r_{2}-2r_{3}\geq\frac{H-g(r)}{2}\geq 0. Hence s3⁢(r)≥1s_{3}(r)\geq 1 and F⁢(max⁡(s3,1))=F⁢(s3)F(\max(s_{3},1))=F(s_{3}) on PF, with equality possible on its boundary. The analytic whole-KK argument 1.01171.0117 uses level loss ηL\eta_{L}. At depth one and u≤r<βu\leq r<\beta, the ww guard is active and its branch gives ϑ⁢(r,u,u)≥19101/32000\vartheta(r,u,u)\geq 19101/32000 throughout the whole parent cell. Thus the numerator margin is at least u−ηL=19/10000>0u-\eta_{L}=19/10000>0.

The source/profile numerator margins are u−ηL−9⁢β⁢τ>0u-\eta_{L}-9\beta\tau>0 on triples and u/2−ηL−5⁢β⁢τ>0u/2-\eta_{L}-5\beta\tau>0 on second prefixes. By continuity and the 2-Lipschitz S2 hull bound, and since v⁢(r1)v(r_{1}) dominates at indicator switch-off, Θb≥ϑ⁢(r)−6⁢β⁢τ\Theta_{b}\geq\vartheta(r)-6\beta\tau. Inherited endpoints cost at most another 3⁢β⁢τ3\beta\tau, and the numerical and analytic losses are uu and ηL\eta_{L}. Missing-coordinate infima retain the floor 153/256−3⁢u/8153/256-3u/8 and the relevant v⁢(r1+r2)v(r_{1}+r_{2}) candidate. Depth-two padding costs at most u/2+5⁢β⁢τu/2+5\beta\tau. Increasing ff and decreasing FF give the signs in (3.20). PNT/Mertens, harmonic prime measures and equal-bin factorials give the ordered integrals. Here τ\tau is fixed throughout.

The boundary region has width δK=ρ⁢K−H=τ⁢(H+2⁢β)+2⁢β⁢τ2.\delta_{K}=\rho K-H=\tau(H+2\beta)+2\beta\tau^{2}. Its outer ordered area is at most β2/2\beta^{2}/2, and each fiber has width at most δK/4\delta_{K}/4. Also a⁢F⁢(1)=4aF(1)=4. Including the dynamic cutoff,

(3.21) Es⁢p⁢i⁢l⁢l,D≤(1+2⁢τ)⁢β2⁢δK8⁢u4<275000000⁢τ,Ed⁢y⁢n,D≤2⁢τ⁢V<9680⁢τ.E_{spill,D}\leq\frac{(1+2\tau)\beta^{2}\delta_{K}}{8u^{4}}<275000000\tau,% \qquad E_{dyn,D}\leq 2\tau V<9680\tau.

Thus the cell-selection/dynamic allowance is 275009680⁢τ275009680\tau, while the boundary arithmetic discrepancy is estimated separately.

The directed 192-bit Arb inputs [23] are:

Prefix n=600n=600
PF upper n=1536n=1536
Corner lower n=2800n=2800

The true sieve functions f,Ff,F are used beyond 12. Put E⁢(s)=max⁡(F⁢(s)−1,1−f⁢(s))E(s)=\max(F(s)-1,1-f(s)). The finite delay-integral enclosure gives E⁢(s)<6⋅10−6E(s)<6\cdot 10^{-6} on [11,12][11,12]. The classical linear-sieve asymptotic gives F⁢(s)−1=O⁢(e−s)F(s)-1=O(e^{-s}) and 1−f⁢(s)=O⁢(e−s)1-f(s)=O(e^{-s}). Thus es⁢E⁢(s)e^{s}E(s) is bounded for all sufficiently large ss. Since f,Ff,F are continuous, it is bounded on the remaining compact interval. Hence B=sups≥11es⁢E⁢(s)<∞B=\sup_{s\geq 11}e^{s}E(s)<\infty before the contraction below. The same decay gives integrable tails and the vanishing limits used next. Integrating (s⁢(F⁢(s)−1))′=f⁢(s−1)−1(s(F(s)-1))^{\prime}=f(s-1)-1 and (s⁢(1−f⁢(s)))′=1−F⁢(s−1)(s(1-f(s)))^{\prime}=1-F(s-1), with their vanishing limits at infinity, gives the exact identities

s⁢(F⁢(s)−1)=∫s−1∞(1−f⁢(t))⁢𝑑t,s⁢(1−f⁢(s))=∫s−1∞(F⁢(t)−1)⁢𝑑ts(F(s)-1)=\int_{s-1}^{\infty}(1-f(t))dt,\qquad s(1-f(s))=\int_{s-1}^{\infty}(F% (t)-1)dt

and hence, for s≥12s\geq 12,

s⁢E⁢(s)≤∫s−1∞E⁢(t)⁢𝑑t≤B⁢e1−s.sE(s)\leq\int_{s-1}^{\infty}E(t)dt\leq Be^{1-s}.

Separating 11≤s≤1211\leq s\leq 12 from s≥12s\geq 12 gives B≤max⁡(6⋅10−6⁢e12,e⁢B/12)B\leq\max(6\cdot 10^{-6}e^{12},eB/12). Since e/12<1e/12<1, this implies B≤6⋅10−6⁢e12<0.976529<1B\leq 6\cdot 10^{-6}e^{12}<0.976529<1. The preceding integral bound therefore gives E⁢(s)≤e1−s/sE(s)\leq e^{1-s}/s for s≥12s\geq 12.

Fix u≤r2≤r1≤βu\leq r_{2}\leq r_{1}\leq\beta and write R=r1+r2R=r_{1}+r_{2}, x=r3x=r_{3}, C=153/256C=153/256, L=57/64L=57/64 and A=(1+r1)/2A=(1+r_{1})/2. The PF fiber has u≤x<r2u\leq x<r_{2} and r1+2⁢r2+4⁢x≤Hr_{1}+2r_{2}+4x\leq H. On every affine branch ϕ⁢(x)\phi(x) in the hull, its argument is sϕ⁢(x)=c/x+ks_{\phi}(x)=c/x+k, where sϕ=(ϕ⁢(x)−u−R−x)/xs_{\phi}=(\phi(x)-u-R-x)/x. The following list covers every branch of v⁢(r1)v(r_{1}), v⁢(r2)v(r_{2}), v⁢(R)v(R), v⁢(R+x)v(R+x), the two unguarded parts of each of the first two ψ\psi terms, and both branches of each pair guard:

Branch ϕ\phi cc Lower bound for cc kk
v⁢(r1)v(r_{1}) 1/2−u−r1/2−r21/2-u-r_{1}/2-r_{2} 1/2−u−3⁢β/21/2-u-3\beta/2 −1-1
v⁢(r2)v(r_{2}) 1/2−u−r1−r2/21/2-u-r_{1}-r_{2}/2 1/2−u−3⁢β/21/2-u-3\beta/2 −1-1
v⁢(R)v(R), increasing 1/2−u−R/21/2-u-R/2 1/2−u−β1/2-u-\beta −1-1
v⁢(R)v(R), decreasing L−u−5⁢R/2L-u-5R/2 L−u−5⁢βL-u-5\beta −1-1
v⁢(R+x)v(R+x), increasing 1/2−u−R/21/2-u-R/2 1/2−u−β1/2-u-\beta −1/2-1/2
v⁢(R+x)v(R+x), decreasing L−u−5⁢R/2L-u-5R/2 L−u−5⁢βL-u-5\beta −5/2-5/2
q1=C−3⁢x/8q_{1}=C-3x/8 C−u−RC-u-R C−u−2⁢βC-u-2\beta −11/8-11/8
q1=1−2⁢r2q_{1}=1-2r_{2} 1−u−r1−3⁢r21-u-r_{1}-3r_{2} 1−u−4⁢β1-u-4\beta −1-1
q2=C−3⁢r2/8q_{2}=C-3r_{2}/8 C−u−r1−11⁢r2/8C-u-r_{1}-11r_{2}/8 C−u−19⁢β/8C-u-19\beta/8 −1-1
q2=1−2⁢xq_{2}=1-2x 1−u−R1-u-R 1−u−2⁢β1-u-2\beta −3-3
v⁢(r1+x)v(r_{1}+x), increasing 1/2−u−r1/2−r21/2-u-r_{1}/2-r_{2} 1/2−u−3⁢β/21/2-u-3\beta/2 −1/2-1/2
v⁢(r1+x)v(r_{1}+x), decreasing L−u−5⁢r1/2−r2L-u-5r_{1}/2-r_{2} L−u−7⁢β/2L-u-7\beta/2 −5/2-5/2
v⁢(r2+x)v(r_{2}+x), increasing 1/2−u−r1−r2/21/2-u-r_{1}-r_{2}/2 1/2−u−3⁢β/21/2-u-3\beta/2 −1/2-1/2
v⁢(r2+x)v(r_{2}+x), decreasing L−u−r1−5⁢r2/2L-u-r_{1}-5r_{2}/2 L−u−7⁢β/2L-u-7\beta/2 −5/2-5/2

Here q1=min⁡(C−3⁢x/8,1−2⁢r2)q_{1}=\min(C-3x/8,1-2r_{2}) and q2=min⁡(C−3⁢r2/8,1−2⁢x)q_{2}=\min(C-3r_{2}/8,1-2x). Substitution of u=1/500u=1/500 and β=50/309\beta=50/309 shows that every lower bound in the table is at least cmin=L−u−5⁢β=196681/2472000>0c_{\min}=L-u-5\beta=196681/2472000>0. The permanent baseline A=v⁢(r1)A=v(r_{1}) is always present. The guards qi≥Aq_{i}\geq A switch off only, since each qiq_{i} is continuous and nonincreasing in xx; at switch-off its value equals AA. For the pair guards put

D1=v⁢(r1+x)−(r1+2⁢r2+x),D2=v⁢(r2+x)−(2⁢r1+r2+x).D_{1}=v(r_{1}+x)-(r_{1}+2r_{2}+x),\qquad D_{2}=v(r_{2}+x)-(2r_{1}+r_{2}+x).

Since ri+x≤2⁢β<1/3r_{i}+x\leq 2\beta<1/3, these functions are continuous, strictly decreasing, with slopes −1/2-1/2 and −5/2-5/2 on the two branches. On the increasing branch Di≥1/2−3⁢β=3/206>0D_{i}\geq 1/2-3\beta=3/206>0, so switch-off can occur only on the decreasing branch. At a switch-off, direct substitution gives

(r1+2⁢r2+x)−A\displaystyle(r_{1}+2r_{2}+x)-A =−r1/2+6⁢r2/5−23/160≤−1507/49440<0,\displaystyle=-r_{1}/2+6r_{2}/5-23/160\leq-1507/49440<0,
(2⁢r1+r2+x)−A\displaystyle(2r_{1}+r_{2}+x)-A =7⁢r1/10−23/160≤−1507/49440<0.\displaystyle=7r_{1}/10-23/160\leq-1507/49440<0.

Thus removing either guarded branch cannot raise the hull. All affine crossings and the kink of vv are continuous. The only other drop is v⁢(R+x)v(R+x) at R+x=1/3R+x=1/3; its left value is 25/64<A25/64<A, so it is inactive there. Every active branch has sϕ′⁢(x)=−c/x2≤−cmin/x2s_{\phi}^{\prime}(x)=-c/x^{2}\leq-c_{\min}/x^{2}. The full argument hull s3s_{3} is therefore continuous and strictly decreasing on the fiber. Its finitely many affine pieces have disjoint ss-images. Consequently, with no branch-count factor,

∫{x:s3⁢(x)>12}(F⁢(s3⁢(x))−1)⁢d⁢xx2\displaystyle\int_{\{x:s_{3}(x)>12\}}(F(s_{3}(x))-1)\frac{dx}{x^{2}} ≤1cmin⁢∫12∞E⁢(s)⁢𝑑s\displaystyle\leq\frac{1}{c_{\min}}\int_{12}^{\infty}E(s)\,ds
≤e−1112⁢cmin.\displaystyle\leq\frac{e^{-11}}{12c_{\min}}.

Integrating over the full ordered (r1,r2)(r_{1},r_{2}) triangle gives

∫u≤r2<r1≤βd⁢r1⁢d⁢r2r1⁢r2=12⁢log2⁡(β/u).\int_{u\leq r_{2}<r_{1}\leq\beta}\frac{dr_{1}dr_{2}}{r_{1}r_{2}}=\frac{1}{2}% \log^{2}(\beta/u).

The true PF tail above 12 costs less than

a4⁢log2⁡(β/u)2⁢e−1112⁢cm⁢i⁢n<4.739184885736468⋅10−5D units.\frac{a}{4}\frac{\log^{2}(\beta/u)}{2}\frac{e^{-11}}{12c_{min}}<4.739184885736% 468\cdot 10^{-5}\quad\text{D units}.

Here a=2⁢e−γ>0a=2e^{-\gamma}>0. The lower endpoint uses Pl⁢oP_{lo}, upper products a⁢VaV and a⁢(JP⁢F)h⁢ia(J_{PF})_{hi}, and the lower corner endpoint. All prefix arguments exceed 128. Their repair costs less than 1.154⋅10−541.154\cdot 10^{-54} D. Both repairs fit strictly inside 1/200001/20000. Adding the true tail to the finite PF upper bound gives

(3.22) dT⁢8\displaystyle d_{T8} =Pl⁢o−a⁢V−a⁢(JP⁢F)h⁢i+(a⁢VB−IB⁢V)l⁢o4−120000\displaystyle=\frac{P_{lo}-aV-a(J_{PF})_{hi}+(aV_{B}-I_{BV})_{lo}}{4}-\frac{1}% {20000}
>1.61958135698908352559133404332105729220076714081650.\displaystyle>1.61958135698908352559133404332105729220076714081650.

This eight-branch bound is in D units. It includes that allowance.

The source identities and preceding estimates yield

(3.23) S2,rawWN≥dT⁢8−275009680⁢τ−EA⁢A,S⁢2−EI⁢I,S⁢2−er⁢e⁢s⁢t,S⁢2⁢(N),er⁢e⁢s⁢t,S⁢2⁢(N)⟶0.\frac{S_{2,\rm raw}}{W_{N}}\geq d_{T8}-275009680\tau-E_{AA,S2}-E_{II,S2}-e_{% rest,S2}(N),\qquad e_{rest,S2}(N)\longrightarrow 0.

The four rows and three third-row pieces form S2-T8/4. Equation (3.17) includes CRT, colors, zero mode, Poisson, Theorem 2.8 and all three GR/dispersion terms. At b=1b=1, the source-square restoration is empty. The weighted low-tested-prime and exceptional-source bounds are Ou⁢(log−28⁡N)O_{u}(\log^{-28}N) and Ou⁢(log3⁡N/N)O_{u}(\log^{3}N/N). Direct proper prime powers have raw bound X1/2+o⁢(1)X^{1/2+o(1)}, and their actual scalar sums are retained. Theorem 5 bounds the forbidden square union by Oσ⁢(N−ℓ0⁢σ2⁢log4⁡N)O_{\sigma}(N^{-\ell_{0}\sigma^{2}}\log^{4}N). The NC and allowed-repeat terms vanish in the actual-mass convention of (3.8). The Li convention retains the weighted source mass conversion.

For H6, the normalized LOG and boundary errors are Oσ⁢(L20−Cb)O_{\sigma}(L^{20-C_{b}}) and Oσ⁢(L18−Cb/2)O_{\sigma}(L^{18-C_{b}/2}). Class I is Oσ⁢(L−4)O_{\sigma}(L^{-4}), with AI=2018A_{I}=2018, and at Cb=334C_{b}=334 these enter er⁢e⁢s⁢t,S⁢2e_{rest,S2}. The strict BV source is ℬ\mathcal{B}, with main term in (3.20). PNT, Mertens, endpoint and mass-conversion errors vanish. The fixed 275009680⁢τ275009680\tau lies outside dT⁢8d_{T8}, while the allowance 1/200001/20000 lies inside it, in D units. Finally, E_AA,S2 is the S2 share of the global AA37/G2 error. Its fixed O⁢(σ)O(\sigma) part stays separate from er⁢e⁢s⁢t,S⁢2e_{rest,S2}. Each contribution enters once. The joint functional includes the S2 ff-to-FF comparison and R1 corner. The S1 ff-to-FF and G1 PR-M terms remain separate. This proves (3.23), which Section 6.3.5 uses in the full error sum. ∎

4. The switched rows S11,S12,S13S_{11},S_{12},S_{13}

This section proves a joint lower bound for the switched rows.

4.1. The source and its finite signs

This subsection describes the source and proves the finite-source sign lemma. Fix the parameters

(4.1) α=1001149,β=50309,λ=93400,μ=25128,u=1500,εA=ηL=10−4.\alpha={100\over 1149},\quad\beta={50\over 309},\quad\lambda={93\over 400},% \quad\mu={25\over 128},\quad u={1\over 500},\qquad\varepsilon_{A}=\eta_{L}=10^% {-4}.

Let 0<σ≤10−100<\sigma\leq 10^{-10}, and put

(4.2) τg=τ=σ9,ρ=1+τ,L=log⁡N,UC=C⁢(N)⁢NL2,𝒲=4⁢(1−εA)⁢UC.\tau_{g}=\tau=\sigma^{9},\quad\rho=1+\tau,\quad L=\log N,\quad U_{C}={C(N)N% \over L^{2}},\qquad\mathcal{W}=4(1-\varepsilon_{A})U_{C}.

The D-unit denominator is 𝒲\mathcal{W}. All sieve primes belong to 𝒫⁢(N)={p>2:p∤N}\mathcal{P}(N)=\{p>2:p\nmid N\}. Source primes dividing NN enter the final error table, as do repeated source primes in squarefree identities. Write

(4.3) 𝒜εA={e=N−p:p⁢ prime,p<(1−εA)⁢N}.\mathcal{A}_{\varepsilon_{A}}=\{e=N-p:p\text{ prime},\ p<(1-\varepsilon_{A})N\}.

Let ti=logN⁡pit_{i}=\log_{N}p_{i}. The source forms, each with εA⁢N<e<N\varepsilon_{A}N<e<N, are as follows.

Form Exact representation and constraints
D11,3D_{11,3} e=p1⁢p2⁢p3e=p_{1}p_{2}p_{3}, Nλ≤p1<N1/3N^{\lambda}\leq p_{1}<N^{1/3}, p1<p2p_{1}<p_{2}, p1⁢p22<Np_{1}p_{2}^{2}<N, p3≥p2p_{3}\geq p_{2}
D11,4D_{11,4} e=p1⁢p2⁢p3⁢p4e=p_{1}p_{2}p_{3}p_{4}, the same outer conditions, p2≤p3≤p4p_{2}\leq p_{3}\leq p_{4}
D12D_{12} e=p1⁢p2⁢p3e=p_{1}p_{2}p_{3}, Nα≤p1<N1/3≤p2N^{\alpha}\leq p_{1}<N^{1/3}\leq p_{2}, p1⁢p22<Np_{1}p_{2}^{2}<N, p3≥p2p_{3}\geq p_{2}
D13D_{13} e=p1⁢p2⁢p3e=p_{1}p_{2}p_{3}, Nβ≤p1<Nλ≤p2N^{\beta}\leq p_{1}<N^{\lambda}\leq p_{2}, p1⁢p22<Np_{1}p_{2}^{2}<N, p1⁢p2⁢p32≥Np_{1}p_{2}p_{3}^{2}\geq N

On D13D_{13}, the two endpoint orders give distinct representations. The condition p3≥p2p_{3}\geq p_{2} is omitted there. Let R11=R11,3+R11,4R_{11}=R_{11,3}+R_{11,4}, R12R_{12} and R13R_{13} count representations, and put

(4.4) AG⁢(e)=(2⁢R11⁢(e)+R12⁢(e)+R13⁢(e))⁢𝟏εA⁢N<e<N.A_{G}(e)=(2R_{11}(e)+R_{12}(e)+R_{13}(e))\mathbf{1}_{\varepsilon_{A}N<e<N}.

These forms exhaust the sources. For D11D_{11}, 5⁢λ>15\lambda>1 allows at most two cofactor primes, and εA⁢N>N2/3\varepsilon_{A}N>N^{2/3} excludes cofactor 1. A composite D12D_{12} cofactor gives e≥Nα+1>Ne\geq N^{\alpha+1}>N. Two D13D_{13} cofactor factors give e≥Ne\geq N, because each factor is at least N/(p1⁢p2)\sqrt{N/(p_{1}p_{2})}. The linked source parameters are:

Form Weight HB patterns/factors Cofactor cutoff
D11,3D_{11,3} 22 2727 / 6⋅36\cdot 3 p2p_{2}
D11,4D_{11,4} 22 8181 / 2424 p2p_{2}
D12D_{12} 11 2727 / 6⋅36\cdot 3 p2p_{2}
D13D_{13} 11 2727 / 6⋅36\cdot 3 N/(p1⁢p2)\sqrt{N/(p_{1}p_{2})}

All four forms use rows G1-0 through G1-3. Their faces are listed in (4.36) and the boundary-family table. Their multiplicities satisfy (4.6) and the sharper peel bound below. Every source coordinate is at least NαN^{\alpha}. On D11,3D_{11,3} and D11,4D_{11,4}, each remaining factor is at least p2>p1≥Nλp_{2}>p_{1}\geq N^{\lambda}. On D12D_{12}, p3≥p2≥N1/3p_{3}\geq p_{2}\geq N^{1/3}. Only on D13D_{13} do we use its square-root cutoff. There t2<(1−t1)/2t_{2}<(1-t_{1})/2 and t1<λ<1/3t_{1}<\lambda<1/3, so

(4.5) t3≥1−t1−t22>1−t14>16>α.t_{3}\geq{1-t_{1}-t_{2}\over 2}>{1-t_{1}\over 4}>{1\over 6}>\alpha.

For absolute estimates,

(4.6) AG⁢(e)≤2⁢(3!+4!)+3!+3!=72<100.A_{G}(e)\leq 2(3!+4!)+3!+3!=72<100.

For the peel, AG≤3A_{G}\leq 3. Ordering gives R11,R12≤1R_{11},R_{12}\leq 1. If R11>0R_{11}>0, all factors are at least NλN^{\lambda}, so R13=0R_{13}=0. Otherwise D13D_{13} chooses one low-band and one high-band factor, with at most l⁢h≤2lh\leq 2 choices, where l+h=3l+h=3 and l,h≥1l,h\geq 1. Thus 2⁢R11+R12+R13≤32R_{11}+R_{12}+R_{13}\leq 3, before any union.

Let Ij⁢(e)I_{j}(e) count the admissible divisor tuples, retaining P−⁢(e/d)≥zP^{-}(e/d)\geq z and every original coprimality condition. The identity is

(4.7) W13=3⁢I1+I2−2⁢I3−I4−I5−I6−I7+I8+I9+I10−2⁢I11−I12−I13.W_{13}=3I_{1}+I_{2}-2I_{3}-I_{4}-I_{5}-I_{6}-I_{7}+I_{8}+I_{9}+I_{10}-2I_{11}-% I_{12}-I_{13}.

With τS=57/224\tau_{S}=57/224, put

(4.8) B⁢(r)={β,β≤r<μ,min⁡{β,max⁡{α,57/64−u−(5/2)⁢r−(11/5)⁢α}},μ≤r<λ.B(r)=\begin{cases}\beta,&\beta\leq r<\mu,\\ \min\{\beta,\max\{\alpha,57/64-u-(5/2)r-(11/5)\alpha\}\},&\mu\leq r<\lambda.% \end{cases}
Row Weight Divisor variables and range Cofactor cutoff
S1S_{1} 33 d=1d=1 NαN^{\alpha}
S2S_{2} 11 d=1d=1 NβN^{\beta}
S3S_{3} −2-2 d=qd=q, α≤logN⁡q<μ\alpha\leq\log_{N}q<\mu NαN^{\alpha}
S4S_{4} −1-1 d=qd=q, μ≤logN⁡q<1/4\mu\leq\log_{N}q<1/4 NαN^{\alpha}
S5S_{5} −1-1 d=qd=q, 1/4≤logN⁡q<τS1/4\leq\log_{N}q<\tau_{S} NαN^{\alpha}
S6S_{6} −1-1 d=qd=q, τS≤logN⁡q<1/3\tau_{S}\leq\log_{N}q<1/3 NαN^{\alpha}
S7S_{7} −1-1 d=qd=q, μ≤logN⁡q<λ\mu\leq\log_{N}q<\lambda NαN^{\alpha}
S8S_{8} 11 d=q1⁢q2d=q_{1}q_{2}, α≤logN⁡q2<logN⁡q1<β\alpha\leq\log_{N}q_{2}<\log_{N}q_{1}<\beta NαN^{\alpha}
S9S_{9} 11 d=q1⁢q2d=q_{1}q_{2}, α≤logN⁡q2<β≤logN⁡q1<μ\alpha\leq\log_{N}q_{2}<\beta\leq\log_{N}q_{1}<\mu NαN^{\alpha}
S10S_{10} 11 d=q1⁢q2d=q_{1}q_{2}, μ≤r=logN⁡q1<λ\mu\leq r=\log_{N}q_{1}<\lambda, α≤logN⁡q2<B⁢(r)\alpha\leq\log_{N}q_{2}<B(r) NαN^{\alpha}
S11S_{11} −2-2 p1,p2p_{1},p_{2} in the D11D_{11} outer domain p2p_{2}
S12S_{12} −1-1 p1,p2p_{1},p_{2} in the D12D_{12} outer domain p2p_{2}
S13S_{13} −1-1 p1,p2p_{1},p_{2} in the D13D_{13} outer domain N/(p1⁢p2)\sqrt{N/(p_{1}p_{2})}
Lemma 4.1 (Finite-source signs).

Let NN be sufficiently large. Suppose e∈(εA⁢N,N)e\in(\varepsilon_{A}N,N) is squarefree and coprime to NN. If P−⁢(e)≥NαP^{-}(e)\geq N^{\alpha} and Ω⁢(e)∈{3,4}\Omega(e)\in\{3,4\}, then

(4.9) W13⁢(e)≤0.W_{13}(e)\leq 0.
Proof.

The exact sum ∑ti\sum t_{i} is kept. Let kik_{i} count primes in [α,β)[\alpha,\beta), [β,λ)[\beta,\lambda), [λ,1/3)[\lambda,1/3) and [1/3,1)[1/3,1). For a second-band exponent vv, let mB⁢(v)m_{B}(v) count first-band primes below B⁢(v)B(v). The first ten rows give

(4.10) B0=3+𝟏k1=0−2⁢k1−2⁢k2−k3+(k12)+∑j=1k2mB⁢(vj),0≤mB⁢(vj)≤k1,B_{0}=3+\mathbf{1}_{k_{1}=0}-2k_{1}-2k_{2}-k_{3}+{k_{1}\choose 2}+\sum_{j=1}^{% k_{2}}m_{B}(v_{j}),\qquad 0\leq m_{B}(v_{j})\leq k_{1},

and hence W13=B0−2⁢R11−R12−R13W_{13}=B_{0}-2R_{11}-R_{12}-R_{13}. The cases k1=2k_{1}=2 and k1=1k_{1}=1 give B0≤−k3B_{0}\leq-k_{3} and B0≤1−k2−k3B_{0}\leq 1-k_{2}-k_{3}, respectively. The latter is positive only at (1,0,0,2)(1,0,0,2), of degree 3, where R12=1R_{12}=1. Three fourth-band factors with a first-band factor exceed NN. For k1≥3k_{1}\geq 3, the lower slab leaves only (3,0,0,1)(3,0,0,1), where B0=0B_{0}=0. It suffices that

(4.11) εA⁢N 2/3−3⁢β>1:\varepsilon_{A}N^{\,2/3-3\beta}>1:

Three first-band factors and a fourth below 1/31/3 have exponent less than 3⁢β+1/3<13\beta+1/3<1. Four first-band factors have a smaller upper bound.

If k1=0,k2≥2k_{1}=0,k_{2}\geq 2, then B0≤0B_{0}\leq 0. If k1=0,k2=1k_{1}=0,k_{2}=1, then B0=2−k3B_{0}=2-k_{3}. At degree 3, take the second-band prime as p1p_{1} and order the remaining primes as p2≤p3p_{2}\leq p_{3}. Then p1⁢p22≤e<Np_{1}p_{2}^{2}\leq e<N, and

(4.12) p1⁢p2⁢p32=e⁢p3≥εA⁢N1+λ≥Nif ⁢εA⁢Nλ≥1.p_{1}p_{2}p_{3}^{2}=ep_{3}\geq\varepsilon_{A}N^{1+\lambda}\geq N\quad\text{if % }\varepsilon_{A}N^{\lambda}\geq 1.

This is a D13D_{13} representation. When k3=0k_{3}=0, there is also one D12D_{12} representation, and these cover k3=0,1,2k_{3}=0,1,2. At degree 4, k3≥2k_{3}\geq 2, since β+λ+2/3>1\beta+\lambda+2/3>1. Finally suppose k1=k2=0k_{1}=k_{2}=0. Degree 3 gives k3≥1k_{3}\geq 1 and one D11D_{11} representation. For k3=1k_{3}=1, there is also one D12D_{12} representation, and they cancel 4−k34-k_{3}. At degree 4, all primes lie in the third band, where 3⁢λ+1/3>13\lambda+1/3>1 and B0=0B_{0}=0. ∎

Conditions (4.11)–(4.12) and εA⁢N>N2/3\varepsilon_{A}N>N^{2/3} hold eventually, and the finite radial range is 1+log⁡εA/L<∑ti<11+\log\varepsilon_{A}/L<\sum t_{i}<1. Section 5 gives (5.31)–(5.32) and positive excess at degrees 5 through 11. Extra D13D_{13} representations lower W13W_{13}.

Define the weighted sequences

(4.13) ℬj={N−e:e∈ℰj},ℰj={e:Rj⁢(e)>0,εA⁢N<e<N}.\mathcal{B}_{j}=\{N-e:e\in\mathcal{E}_{j}\},\qquad\mathcal{E}_{j}=\{e:R_{j}(e)% >0,\ \varepsilon_{A}N<e<N\}.

Each occurrence has weight Rj⁢(e)R_{j}(e). Then

(4.14) Sj≤∑eRj⁢(e)⁢𝟏N−e⁢prime≤S⁢(ℬj;𝒫⁢(N),N1/2)+O⁢(N1/2+o⁢(1)).S_{j}\leq\sum_{e}R_{j}(e)\mathbf{1}_{N-e\ {\rm prime}}\leq S(\mathcal{B}_{j};% \mathcal{P}(N),N^{1/2})+O(N^{1/2+o(1)}).

Removing source conditions, including (m,N⁢d)=1(m,Nd)=1, enlarges these positive counts. Their negative coefficients preserve the required lower bound. The sieve counts primes N−e≥N1/2N-e\geq N^{1/2} with weight Rj⁢(e)R_{j}(e), and by (4.6) smaller primes and endpoints cost O⁢(N1/2+o⁢(1))O(N^{1/2+o(1)}). A source coordinate q∣Nq\mid N may leave a composite N−e=q⁢mN-e=qm, and this excess is Esrc,excE_{\rm src,exc}. Restricting to pi∤Np_{i}\nmid N gives equality up to the same error, so (4.14) has a vanishing D-unit error.

The lower slab is exact:

(4.15) p<(1−εA)⁢N⟺e=N−p>εA⁢N.p<(1-\varepsilon_{A})N\ \Longleftrightarrow\ e=N-p>\varepsilon_{A}N.

Its complement contributes zero. The source factors are eventually odd, so e≠Ne\neq N, and the shifted-prime source has e≤N−3e\leq N-3. For the fixed target, set

(4.16) A=3,Cb=334,Ncut=N⁢(1−L−333),ΣG=(εA⁢N,Ncut],AGcut=AG⁢𝟏e≤Ncut.\begin{gathered}A=3,\quad C_{b}=334,\quad N_{\rm cut}=N(1-L^{-333}),\\ \Sigma_{G}=(\varepsilon_{A}N,N_{\rm cut}],\quad A_{G}^{\rm cut}=A_{G}\mathbf{1% }_{e\leq N_{\rm cut}}.\end{gathered}

The cut is applied before Buchstab and AA37. Restoring it once costs

(4.17) R⁢0:G⁢1≤100⁢(N⁢L−333+1),EcutD≤100⁢(N⁢L−333+1)𝒲=O⁢(L−331)+O⁢(L2/N).R0:G1\leq 100(NL^{-333}+1),\qquad E^{D}_{\rm cut}\leq{100(NL^{-333}+1)\over% \mathcal{W}}=O(L^{-331})+O(L^{2}/N).

Discrepancies, membership and boundary faces use (4.16).

4.2. The four sieve rows and their coefficients

This subsection sets up the four sieve rows and their signed remainder coefficients. Put ℬGcut=2⁢ℬ11cut+ℬ12cut+ℬ13cut\mathcal{B}_{G}^{\rm cut}=2\mathcal{B}_{11}^{\rm cut}+\mathcal{B}_{12}^{\rm cut% }+\mathcal{B}_{13}^{\rm cut}, in which the source weights occur once. Three Buchstab steps give

(4.18) S⁢(ℬGcut,Nμ)=\displaystyle S(\mathcal{B}_{G}^{\rm cut},N^{\mu})={} S⁢(ℬGcut,Nu)−∑Nu≤a1<NμS⁢((ℬGcut)a1,Nu)\displaystyle S(\mathcal{B}_{G}^{\rm cut},N^{u})-\sum_{N^{u}\leq a_{1}<N^{\mu}% }S((\mathcal{B}_{G}^{\rm cut})_{a_{1}},N^{u})
+∑Nu≤a2<a1<NμS⁢((ℬGcut)a1⁢a2,Nu)\displaystyle+\sum_{N^{u}\leq a_{2}<a_{1}<N^{\mu}}S((\mathcal{B}_{G}^{\rm cut}% )_{a_{1}a_{2}},N^{u})
−∑Nu≤a3<a2<a1<NμS⁢((ℬGcut)a1⁢a2⁢a3,a3).\displaystyle-\sum_{N^{u}\leq a_{3}<a_{2}<a_{1}<N^{\mu}}S((\mathcal{B}_{G}^{% \rm cut})_{a_{1}a_{2}a_{3}},a_{3}).

Here ai∈𝒫⁢(N)a_{i}\in\mathcal{P}(N), and the cutoffs exclude their endpoints. Also S⁢(ℬGcut,N1/2)≤S⁢(ℬGcut,Nμ)S(\mathcal{B}_{G}^{\rm cut},N^{1/2})\leq S(\mathcal{B}_{G}^{\rm cut},N^{\mu}). The cells are endpoint-clipped parent intervals [Nti,Nρ⁢ti)[N^{t_{i}},N^{\rho t_{i}}) with inherited lower labels. For the full anatomy infimum Θc\Theta_{c}, put

(4.19) ℓc=Θc−ηL−∑i=1rti,Dc=Nℓc,uc=Dcσ2.\ell_{c}=\Theta_{c}-\eta_{L}-\sum_{i=1}^{r}t_{i},\qquad D_{c}=N^{\ell_{c}},% \qquad u_{c}=D_{c}^{\sigma^{2}}.

AA37 is applied at DcD_{c}, with relative tail labels. The smooth divisor satisfies d<Dcσd<D_{c}^{\sigma}, d∣P⁢(uc;N)d\mid P(u_{c};N). All source forms use the following four rows.

Row Prefix AA37 2⁢AR2A_{R} Base cutoff and retained cells
G1-0 11 upper FF −1-1 NuN^{u}; all
G1-1 a1a_{1} lower ff +1+1 NuN^{u}; all
G1-2 a1>a2a_{1}>a_{2} upper FF −1-1 NuN^{u}; all
G1-3 a1>a2>a3a_{1}>a_{2}>a_{3} lower ff +1+1 E=Nt3E=N^{t_{3}} after PR; Θc−ηL−t1−t2−(3+2⁢τ)⁢t3≥0\Theta_{c}-\eta_{L}-t_{1}-t_{2}-(3+2\tau)t_{3}\geq 0

The first three residuals are at least

(4.20) 1910132000−ηL,1910132000−ηL−ρ⁢μ,1910132000−ηL−2⁢ρ⁢μ.{19101\over 32000}-\eta_{L},\quad{19101\over 32000}-\eta_{L}-\rho\mu,\quad{191% 01\over 32000}-\eta_{L}-2\rho\mu.

For G1-0–G1-2, the smallest completion coordinate satisfies x3≤ux_{3}\leq u, so the active ww branch is at least 19101/3200019101/32000. If its guard closes, or the parent crosses μ\mu, the v1⁢(x1)v_{1}(x_{1}) branch gives the same lower bound. Hence Θc≥19101/32000\Theta_{c}\geq 19101/32000. Dividing by uu gives values above 30. For the fourth row, put Afloor=53/256−ηL−(3/2)⁢μ⁢τA_{\rm floor}=53/256-\eta_{L}-(3/2)\mu\tau. The largest anatomy coordinate is x1∈[t1,ρ⁢t1]x_{1}\in[t_{1},\rho t_{1}], and the full anatomy contains v1⁢(x)=min⁡{1+x2,32−34⁢x39,5764−3⁢x2},v_{1}(x)=\min\left\{{1+x\over 2},{32-34x\over 39},{57\over 64}-{3x\over 2}% \right\}, also across μ\mu. The middle branch exceeds the first for x≤25/107x\leq 25/107 and the third for x≥175/1568x\geq 175/1568. Since 175/1568<25/107175/1568<25/107, it is redundant. Hence Θc≥min⁡{1+t12,5764−32⁢ρ⁢t1}.\Theta_{c}\geq\min\left\{{1+t_{1}\over 2},{57\over 64}-{3\over 2}\rho t_{1}% \right\}. The increasing branch is evaluated on the left and the decreasing branch on the right. For t2≤t1≤μt_{2}\leq t_{1}\leq\mu, both residual branches decrease. Thus

Θc−t1−t2\displaystyle\Theta_{c}-t_{1}-t_{2} ≥min⁡{12−32⁢μ,5764−(1+32⁢ρ)⁢μ−μ}\displaystyle\geq\min\left\{{1\over 2}-{3\over 2}\mu,{57\over 64}-\left(1+{3% \over 2}\rho\right)\mu-\mu\right\}
=min⁡{53256,53256−32⁢μ⁢τ}=53256−32⁢μ⁢τ.\displaystyle=\min\left\{{53\over 256},{53\over 256}-{3\over 2}\mu\tau\right\}% ={53\over 256}-{3\over 2}\mu\tau.

Subtracting ηL+t3\eta_{L}+t_{3} and using the retained-cell condition gives ℓc≥Afloor−t3\ell_{c}\geq A_{\rm floor}-t_{3} and ℓc≥2⁢t3\ell_{c}\geq 2t_{3}, whence ℓc≥2⁢Afloor3>137910000>ℓ0,ℓ0=53412−120000.\ell_{c}\geq{2A_{\rm floor}\over 3}>{1379\over 10000}>\ell_{0},\qquad\ell_{0}=% {53\over 412}-{1\over 20000}. The exact condition is ℓc≥2⁢ρ⁢t3\ell_{c}\geq 2\rho t_{3}. It gives the lower-sieve range on the whole cell, including equality. The linked level and orbit data are:

Row Lower floor for ℓc\ell_{c} Orbit McM_{c} Ratio and outside error
G1-0 19101/32000−ηL19101/32000-\eta_{L} 11 s>30s>30; AA37
G1-1 19101/32000−ηL−ρ⁢μ19101/32000-\eta_{L}-\rho\mu 11 s>30s>30; AA37
G1-2 19101/32000−ηL−2⁢ρ⁢μ19101/32000-\eta_{L}-2\rho\mu 11 or 22 s>30s>30; AA37
G1-3 max⁡(Afloor−t3,2⁢t3)\max(A_{\rm floor}-t_{3},2t_{3}) 11, 22 or 66 s≥2s\geq 2; AA37 and (4.57)

All rows use all four source forms and level (4.19), with exact signed remainder coefficient (4.26). The common remaining errors are in the final table.

For the cut source, define

(4.21) C⁢(q;N)\displaystyle C(q;N) =∑eAGcut⁢(e)⁢𝟏q∣N−e,\displaystyle=\sum_{e}A_{G}^{\rm cut}(e)\mathbf{1}_{q\mid N-e}, XG\displaystyle X_{G} =∑eAGcut⁢(e),\displaystyle=\sum_{e}A_{G}^{\rm cut}(e),
YG⁢(q)\displaystyle Y_{G}(q) =∑(e,q)=1AGcut⁢(e),\displaystyle=\sum_{(e,q)=1}A_{G}^{\rm cut}(e), Δ0⁢(q)\displaystyle\Delta_{0}(q) =C⁢(q;N)−XG/φ⁢(q),\displaystyle=C(q;N)-X_{G}/\varphi(q),
ΔP⁢(q)\displaystyle\Delta_{P}(q) =C⁢(q;N)−YG⁢(q)/φ⁢(q).\displaystyle=C(q;N)-Y_{G}(q)/\varphi(q).

For allowed odd p∤N⁢bp\nmid Nb, take ωb⁢(pk)=p/(p−1)\omega_{b}(p^{k})=p/(p-1) for k≥1k\geq 1, so that ωb⁢(pk)/pk=1/φ⁢(pk)\omega_{b}(p^{k})/p^{k}=1/\varphi(p^{k}). Prefix primes lie above the cutoff and original tail primes lie below it. Thus rstd⁢((ℬG)b,c′)=Δ0⁢(b⁢c′)r_{\rm std}((\mathcal{B}_{G})_{b},c^{\prime})=\Delta_{0}(bc^{\prime}), including c′=1c^{\prime}=1 and repeated tail primes. Mertens and ∑p(p−1)−2<∞\sum_{p}(p-1)^{-2}<\infty verify the density hypotheses uniformly.

Fix a cell and tail labels, and let O⁢(q),Cc⁢(q)O(q),C_{c}(q) be the ordered masked and unrestricted labelled coefficients. Put Mc=∏h|Gh|!M_{c}=\prod_{h}|G_{h}|!. With the actual masks KT,KPK_{T},K_{P},

(4.22) ΞU⁢(q)=1Mc⁢∑λd⁢(1−KT⁢KP)⁢𝟏q=d⁢∏pj,O⁢(q)=Cc⁢(q)Mc−ΞU⁢(q).\Xi_{U}(q)={1\over M_{c}}\sum\lambda_{d}(1-K_{T}K_{P})\mathbf{1}_{q=d\prod p_{% j}},\qquad O(q)={C_{c}(q)\over M_{c}}-\Xi_{U}(q).

Equal-bin permutations preserve the clipped prime sets, products, labels and summands. Unequal bins enforce order. For G1-3, the a3a_{3}-cutoff difference is removed first, leaving base E=Nt3E=N^{t_{3}}. The factor 1/Mc1/M_{c} and the prefix-diagonal correction are kept.

Put Φ=Mc−1⁢∑Cc⁢ΔP\Phi=M_{c}^{-1}\sum C_{c}\Delta_{P}, N⁢Csf=∑q⁢sfO⁢(q)⁢(Δ0−ΔP)⁢(q)NC_{\rm sf}=\sum_{q\ {\rm sf}}O(q)(\Delta_{0}-\Delta_{P})(q), and ΞA⁢(q)=O⁢(q)⁢𝟏q⁢not⁢sf\Xi_{A}(q)=O(q)\mathbf{1}_{q\ {\rm not\ sf}}. Adding and subtracting ΔP\Delta_{P} gives

(4.23) RA⁢A=Φ+N⁢Csf−∑qΞU⁢(q)⁢ΔP⁢(q)+∑qΞA⁢(q)⁢(Δ0−ΔP)⁢(q),Δ0−ΔP=−XG−YG⁢(q)φ⁢(q).\begin{gathered}R_{AA}=\Phi+NC_{\rm sf}-\sum_{q}\Xi_{U}(q)\Delta_{P}(q)+\sum_{% q}\Xi_{A}(q)(\Delta_{0}-\Delta_{P})(q),\\ \Delta_{0}-\Delta_{P}=-{X_{G}-Y_{G}(q)\over\varphi(q)}.\end{gathered}

Allowed repeats are kept with these masks. Composite sources may retain the comparator difference. Theorem 5 bounds both squareful terms. The tested congruence is exactly

(4.24) |(ℬGcut)q|=∑eAGcut⁢(e)⁢𝟏q∣N−e=∑eAGcut⁢(e)⁢𝟏e≡N(modq).|(\mathcal{B}_{G}^{\rm cut})_{q}|=\sum_{e}A_{G}^{\rm cut}(e)\mathbf{1}_{q\mid N% -e}=\sum_{e}A_{G}^{\rm cut}(e)\mathbf{1}_{e\equiv N\pmod{q}}.

Every actual modulus satisfies (q,2⁢N)=1(q,2N)=1 and

q<NeG,eG:=153256⁢(1+τ+σ)<0.598.q<N^{e_{G}},\qquad e_{G}:=\frac{153}{256}(1+\tau+\sigma)<0.598.

By (4.28), X>c⁢NX>cN, where c=εA⁢2−24>0c=\varepsilon_{A}2^{-24}>0. Eventually NeG<(c⁢N)3/5<X3/5N^{e_{G}}<(cN)^{3/5}<X^{3/5}. This verifies the full support condition of Theorem A; see [Z1, Theorem 3.2, (H3)].

Primes below ucu_{c} determine dd uniquely, and rough positions are at least ucu_{c}. Their multiplicities epe_{p} allow at most m!/∏pep!m!/\prod_{p}e_{p}! assignments, and masks remove assignments. Consequently

(4.25) ℓ0=53412−120000>0,Mσ=⌈35⁢ℓ0⁢σ2⌉,|γq|≤Mσ!=:Cσ,\ell_{0}={53\over 412}-{1\over 20000}>0,\qquad M_{\sigma}=\left\lceil{3\over 5% \ell_{0}\sigma^{2}}\right\rceil,\qquad|\gamma_{q}|\leq M_{\sigma}!=:C_{\sigma},

which covers original, unrestricted and grouped coefficients. Fixed row conventions are included in CσC_{\sigma}, and Nlab⁢(σ)N_{\rm lab}(\sigma) enters aggregate bounds once. For 1-bounded slot sequences we extract Cslot=∏s|Js|!C_{\rm slot}=\prod_{s}|J_{s}|!. The D-unit formulas are

(4.26) (2⁢AR)⁢νcMc⁢𝒲⁢∑qCc⁢(q)⁢ΔB⁢(q),(2⁢AR)⁢νc⁢CslotMc⁢𝒲⁢∑qCc⁢(q)Cslot⁢ΔB⁢(q).{(2A_{R})\nu_{c}\over M_{c}\mathcal{W}}\sum_{q}C_{c}(q)\Delta_{B}(q),\qquad{(2% A_{R})\nu_{c}C_{\rm slot}\over M_{c}\mathcal{W}}\sum_{q}{C_{c}(q)\over C_{\rm slot% }}\Delta_{B}(q).

Here νc=+1\nu_{c}=+1 for upper AA37 and −1-1 for lower AA37. We form CcC_{c} before this sign. The slot factorial and source weights enter once, and KGK_{G} is omitted from the remainder.

4.3. Preparation of the product source

This subsection splits the product source into boxes and checks the hypotheses of the distribution input. Order-3 Heath–Brown [12] is applied pointwise to every source coordinate. Then

(4.27) n⁢(𝐯)=∏i=1svi=e,s≤6⁢k≤24.n(\mathbf{v})=\prod_{i=1}^{s}v_{i}=e,\qquad s\leq 6k\leq 24.

There are 27+81+27+27=16227+81+27+27=162 patterns per row, giving 648 row/form/pattern instances. All source indicators are kept. Put δ=L−334\delta=L^{-334}. We split each dyadic shell [2b,2b+1)[2^{b},2^{b+1}), b≥1b\geq 1, into J=⌈log⁡2/log⁡(1+δ)⌉J=\lceil\log 2/\log(1+\delta)\rceil intervals [2b⁢2j/J,2b⁢2(j+1)/J)[2^{b}2^{j/J},2^{b}2^{(j+1)/J}), 0≤j<J0\leq j<J. Their common relative width is Δ=21/J−1\Delta=2^{1/J}-1. For δ≤1/300\delta\leq 1/300, δ/3≤Δ≤δ\delta/3\leq\Delta\leq\delta. The point 1 is kept as a singleton. A boundary box crosses a source, window, ordering, cap or cut face. An interior box has constant source indicators. Per variable there are O⁢(L)O(L) shells and O⁢(L334)O(L^{334}) intervals, so there are O⁢(L335)O(L^{335}) choices per variable. The 24-variable fine count is O⁢(L8040)O(L^{8040}); two further shells give K0=8042K_{0}=8042. The three internal slot-shell sums are counted in Awork−A′=4A_{\rm work}-A^{\prime}=4.

Choose a nonunit cell, and put T:=TII:=NI⁢I:=Vsel,q:=1+Δ,Csel=[T,q⁢T),hN:=Δ⁢T.T:=T_{\rm II}:=N_{II}:=V_{\rm sel},\qquad q:=1+\Delta,\qquad C_{\rm sel}=[T,qT% ),\qquad h_{N}:=\Delta T. Thus δ⁢T/3≤hN≤δ⁢T\delta T/3\leq h_{N}\leq\delta T. The exact interval counts are

IN\displaystyle I_{N} :=(T,q⁢T]⊂(T,2⁢T],\displaystyle:=(T,qT]\subset(T,2T],
HN\displaystyle H_{N} :=#⁢(Csel∩ℤ)=⌈q⁢T⌉−⌈T⌉,\displaystyle:=\#(C_{\rm sel}\cap\mathbb{Z})=\lceil qT\rceil-\lceil T\rceil,
NI\displaystyle N_{I} :=#⁢(IN∩ℤ)=⌊q⁢T⌋−⌊T⌋.\displaystyle:=\#(I_{N}\cap\mathbb{Z})=\lfloor qT\rfloor-\lfloor T\rfloor.

Both differ from hNh_{N} by less than 1. The ambient count is NIN_{I}, and roughness stays in its coefficient. For an integer endpoint w=2b+j/Jw=2^{b+j/J}, wJ=2b⁢J+jw^{J}=2^{bJ+j} gives J∣jJ\mid j, so only 2b,2b+12^{b},2^{b+1} are integer endpoints. The factor 𝟏P−⁢(n)≥z0⁢(N)\mathbf{1}_{P^{-}(n)\geq z_{0}(N)}, with z0⁢(N)>2z_{0}(N)>2, kills these endpoints. Hence asel⁢(n)⁢𝟏Csel⁢(n)=asel⁢(n)⁢𝟏IN⁢(n)(n∈ℤ).a_{\rm sel}(n)\mathbf{1}_{C_{\rm sel}}(n)=a_{\rm sel}(n)\mathbf{1}_{I_{N}}(n)% \qquad(n\in\mathbb{Z}).

Lemma 4.2 (Common product boxes).

Let BB be a retained interior box. For its lower endpoints ViV_{i}, put X=∏iViX=\prod_{i}V_{i}. Then

(4.28) n⁢(𝐯)∈ΣG(𝐯∈B),εA⁢2−24⁢N<X≤N.n(\mathbf{v})\in\Sigma_{G}\quad(\mathbf{v}\in B),\qquad\varepsilon_{A}2^{-24}N% <X\leq N.

The largest eligible HB scale in [N60⁢σ,N1/3+14⁢σ][N^{60\sigma},N^{1/3+14\sigma}] is chosen, with the first index in a tie. Write NI⁢IN_{II} for this lower scale and MM for the complementary product. Every box is Class II, and eventually

(4.29) M⁢NI⁢I≍N,X60⁢σ≤NI⁢I≤X1/3+15⁢σ,N≤X1+σ/20.MN_{II}\asymp N,\quad X^{60\sigma}\leq N_{II}\leq X^{1/3+15\sigma},\quad N\leq X% ^{1+\sigma/20}.

On its doubled complementary majorant support,

(4.30) N−m⁢n≥N⁢L−334≥X⁢(log⁡X)−334>0.N-mn\geq NL^{-334}\geq X(\log X)^{-334}>0.

The thresholds (4.32)–(4.32a) below imply LEN on every box.

Proof.

Buchstab, AA37, (4.23) and the G1-3 base EE preserve the measure. Prime-power replacement and logarithm freezing preserve the indicators. Equation (4.27) gives the support, and the bounds Vi≤vi<2⁢ViV_{i}\leq v_{i}<2V_{i} and s≤24s\leq 24 give the scale.

Choose a coordinate with exponent in [α,1/3][\alpha,1/3]. One of its six or fewer factors is at least Nα/6N^{\alpha/6}. Its lower endpoint lies between half this size and N1/3N^{1/3}. Since α/6>60⁢σ\alpha/6>60\sigma, an eligible choice exists, and the prescribed choice is constant on each box. Fubini gives

(4.31) ∑𝐯∈B∏iai⁢(vi)⁢H⁢(∏ivi)=∑m,nβ⁢(m)⁢αI⁢I⁢(n)⁢H⁢(m⁢n).\sum_{\mathbf{v}\in B}\prod_{i}a_{i}(v_{i})H(\prod_{i}v_{i})=\sum_{m,n}\beta(m% )\alpha_{II}(n)H(mn).

The selected coefficient is rough Möbius, rough 1, or normalized rough logarithm. The complementary convolution has at most 23 factors and bound τ23\tau_{23}. Each logarithm stays on its original factor. Endpoint subtraction is used in the interval and auxiliary-coprimality lemmas of Theorem A. Narrow intervals, the relative-norm alternative and both cross-copy masks are kept. These inputs include more than scalar divisor moments.

Put ω=logN⁡(N/X)\omega=\log_{N}(N/X), and impose

(4.32) L≥max⁡{2611/σ,300000}L\geq\max\{2611/\sigma,300000\}
(4.32a) σ⁢L≥2130⁢(log⁡L+1).\sigma L\geq 2^{130}(\log L+1).

For fixed σ>0\sigma>0 the latter holds eventually, and uniformity as σ→0\sigma\to 0 is unnecessary. Since T≥N60⁢σT\geq N^{60\sigma}, 60⁢σ⁢L≥60⋅2130⁢(log⁡L+1)>334⁢log⁡L+log⁡6,60\sigma L\geq 60\cdot 2^{130}(\log L+1)>334\log L+\log 6, so hN≥T/(3⁢L334)>2h_{N}\geq T/(3L^{334})>2. Thus T/(6⁢L334)≤NIT/(6L^{334})\leq N_{I} and NI≤2⁢δ⁢TN_{I}\leq 2\delta T. Also T2−126≥exp⁡(60⁢σ⁢L/2126)≥12⁢L334,T^{2^{-126}}\geq\exp(60\sigma L/2^{126})\geq 12L^{334}, since 60⁢σ⁢L/2126≥960⁢(log⁡L+1)>334⁢log⁡L+log⁡1260\sigma L/2^{126}\geq 960(\log L+1)>334\log L+\log 12. Consequently NI≥T6⁢L334≥2⁢T1−2−126≥(2⁢T)1−2−126.N_{I}\geq\frac{T}{6L^{334}}\geq 2T^{1-2^{-126}}\geq(2T)^{1-2^{-126}}. With Y=⌊T⌋Y=\lfloor T\rfloor and H=NIH=N_{I}, the integer intervals coincide. Then (2⁢Y)1−2−126≤H≤Y(2Y)^{1-2^{-126}}\leq H\leq Y, using T≥2T\geq 2 and δ≤1/300\delta\leq 1/300. This gives the short-interval input for k=2126k=2^{126}. Threshold (4.32) gives

(4.33) ω<log⁡(224/εA)L≤σ101,1/3+14⁢σ1−ω≤1/3+15⁢σ,2⁢ω1−ω<0.02⁢σ.\omega<{\log(2^{24}/\varepsilon_{A})\over L}\leq{\sigma\over 101},\quad{1/3+14% \sigma\over 1-\omega}\leq 1/3+15\sigma,\quad{2\omega\over 1-\omega}<0.02\sigma.

Also (1−ω)⁢(1+σ/20)≥1(1-\omega)(1+\sigma/20)\geq 1, and these prove (4.29) and the packing scale conversion. The frequency stays a=Na=N.

Put x=L−334x=L^{-334}; for x≤1/300x\leq 1/300, (1+x)24−1≤25⁢x(1+x)^{24}-1\leq 25x. Let 1≤r≤231\leq r\leq 23 count nonunit complementary cells, with endpoints Vi,Wi=Vi⁢(1+Δ)V_{i},W_{i}=V_{i}(1+\Delta). Put M=∏ViM=\prod V_{i} and M+=∏WiM_{+}=\prod W_{i}. Unit factors stay singletons. There is a nonunit complementary factor. At least three source coordinates have product at least NαN^{\alpha}. Only one HB factor was selected. Thus 1+x/3≤M+/M≤(1+x)23≤1+25⁢x1+x/3\leq M_{+}/M\leq(1+x)^{23}\leq 1+25x. The ambient length is MI=M+−MM_{I}=M_{+}-M, with x⁢M/3≤MI≤25⁢x⁢MxM/3\leq M_{I}\leq 25xM. The fixed majorant ψI⁢(m)=ϕ0⁢((m−m0)/MI)\psi_{I}(m)=\phi_{0}((m-m_{0})/M_{I}) in condition C3 of Theorem A doubles this interval about its midpoint. Its upper extension is MI/2≤12.5⁢x⁢MM_{I}/2\leq 12.5xM. Since n⁢M+≤NcutnM_{+}\leq N_{\rm cut} on an interior box, m⁢n≤Ncut+12.5⁢x⁢N≤Ncut+25⁢x⁢Nmn\leq N_{\rm cut}+12.5xN\leq N_{\rm cut}+25xN on the doubled support. Hence N−m⁢n≥(L−25)⁢N⁢L−334≥N⁢L−334N-mn\geq(L-25)NL^{-334}\geq NL^{-334} for L≥26L\geq 26. The function t/(log⁡t)334t/(\log t)^{334} increases for log⁡t>334\log t>334, and as X≤NX\leq N this proves (4.30). Threshold (4.32) also gives N⁢L−334>1NL^{-334}>1 and log⁡X>334\log X>334.

Write X=NSX=N^{S}, Vsel=NeselV_{\rm sel}=N^{e_{\rm sel}} and M=X/VselM=X/V_{\rm sel}. The geometry gives

MI≥13⁢L−334⁢M,S/2−esel≥1/6−(15+1/202)⁢σ>0M_{I}\geq\tfrac{1}{3}L^{-334}M,\qquad S/2-e_{\rm sel}\geq 1/6-(15+1/202)\sigma>0

where S≥1−ωS\geq 1-\omega and esel≤1/3+14⁢σe_{\rm sel}\leq 1/3+14\sigma. Thus MI/X1/2≥13⁢L−334⁢N1/6−(15+1/202)⁢σ→∞M_{I}/X^{1/2}\geq\tfrac{1}{3}L^{-334}N^{1/6-(15+1/202)\sigma}\to\infty, and in particular MI≥X1/2M_{I}\geq X^{1/2} eventually. Also MI/X1/2≥13⁢L−334⁢N0.15>1M_{I}/X^{1/2}\geq\tfrac{1}{3}L^{-334}N^{0.15}>1 eventually. By (4.33), (1−ω)−334≤exp⁡(334⁢ω/(1−ω))≤1+4⋅10−10.(1-\omega)^{-334}\leq\exp(334\omega/(1-\omega))\leq 1+4\cdot 10^{-10}. Since log⁡X=(1−ω)⁢L\log X=(1-\omega)L, L−334≤(log⁡X)−334≤(1+4⋅10−10)⁢L−334L^{-334}\leq(\log X)^{-334}\leq(1+4\cdot 10^{-10})L^{-334}. Therefore

17⁢T⁢(log⁡X)−334\displaystyle\tfrac{1}{7}T(\log X)^{-334} ≤NI≤2⁢T⁢(log⁡X)−334,\displaystyle\leq N_{I}\leq 2T(\log X)^{-334},
14⁢M⁢(log⁡X)−334\displaystyle\tfrac{1}{4}M(\log X)^{-334} ≤MI≤25⁢M⁢(log⁡X)−334.\displaystyle\leq M_{I}\leq 25M(\log X)^{-334}.

As M+=M⁢qrM_{+}=Mq^{r} and qr→1q^{r}\to 1 uniformly, m0=M⁢(1+qr)/2≤2⁢M=2⁢X/Tm_{0}=M(1+q^{r})/2\leq 2M=2X/T eventually. On [M,M⁢qr][M,Mq^{r}], ϕ0⁢((m−m0)/MI)=1\phi_{0}((m-m_{0})/M_{I})=1, and both Cauchy–Schwarz copies remain in the doubled rectangle after coloring. Equation (4.30) excludes exact resonance; see [Z1, (3.10)].

By the internal Lemma 1.2,

Q≤T⁢N−(1+7271/256)⁢σ≤T⁢X−(1+7271/256)⁢σ,7271256−13=21557768=28+53768>28.\begin{gathered}Q\leq TN^{-(1+7271/256)\sigma}\leq TX^{-(1+7271/256)\sigma},\\ {7271\over 256}-{1\over 3}={21557\over 768}=28+{53\over 768}>28.\end{gathered}

Thus Q⁢Xσ/3<T⁢X−28⁢σQX^{\sigma/3}<TX^{-28\sigma}. Threshold (4.32a) gives 14⁢σ⁢L>334⁢log⁡L+log⁡614\sigma L>334\log L+\log 6. Since log⁡X≥L/2\log X\geq L/2, Q⁢Xσ/3<T⁢X−28⁢σ≤T/(6⁢L334)≤NI.QX^{\sigma/3}<TX^{-28\sigma}\leq T/(6L^{334})\leq N_{I}. The same threshold gives 334⁢log⁡L+log⁡3<σ⁢L/100334\log L+\log 3<\sigma L/100. Hence logN⁡MI≥23−(14+1101+1100)⁢σ>23−14.02⁢σ.\log_{N}M_{I}\geq{2\over 3}-\left(14+{1\over 101}+{1\over 100}\right)\sigma>{2% \over 3}-14.02\sigma. Packing also gives logN⁡(Q⁢R⁢S)≤153/256+σ\log_{N}(QRS)\leq 153/256+\sigma. Since 104.02⁢σ<53/768=2/3−153/256104.02\sigma<53/768=2/3-153/256 and X−89⁢σ≥N−89⁢σX^{-89\sigma}\geq N^{-89\sigma}, Q⁢R⁢S<MI⁢X−89⁢σQRS<M_{I}X^{-89\sigma}. Finally, eventual monotonicity gives ζ=z0⁢(N)≥z0⁢(X)\zeta=z_{0}(N)\geq z_{0}(X). ∎

Put LN=log⁡NL_{N}=\log N, z=z0⁢(N)z=z_{0}(N). The replacement 𝟏ℙ⁢(x)↦Λz⁢(x)/log⁡x\mathbf{1}_{\mathbb{P}}(x)\mapsto\Lambda_{z}(x)/\log x costs (4.58)–(4.61). Order-three rough Heath–Brown [12] is used on each coordinate shell, with the inverse Dirichlet series truncated at its upper endpoint. The pointwise factors are 1 or zz-rough. The product inequalities are retained; they are constant on interiors. Boundary pieces are estimated below.

For a form with k∈{3,4}k\in\{3,4\} coordinates, let HB⁢(𝐯)H_{B}(\mathbf{v}) denote the HB numerator, including its source-form weight but excluding the kk inverse coordinate logarithms. Then |HB⁢(𝐯)|≤2⋅3k⁢LNk≤162⁢LN4|H_{B}(\mathbf{v})|\leq 2\cdot 3^{k}L_{N}^{k}\leq 162L_{N}^{4}. Each of these kk HB logarithms is normalized by LNL_{N}, and the frozen coordinate logarithm satisfies λB,j≥α⁢LN−1\lambda_{B,j}\geq\alpha L_{N}-1. For LN≥2/αL_{N}\geq 2/\alpha, the resulting exterior coefficient is at most 2⋅3k⁢(2/α)k≤162⁢(2/α)42\cdot 3^{k}(2/\alpha)^{k}\leq 162(2/\alpha)^{4} uniformly. For a selected logarithm, log⁡nLN=log⁡XLN⁢log⁡nlog⁡X,log⁡XLN≤1.\frac{\log n}{L_{N}}=\frac{\log X}{L_{N}}\frac{\log n}{\log X},\qquad\frac{% \log X}{L_{N}}\leq 1. The selected coefficient is 1-bounded and the complement has bound τ23\tau_{23}. With (4.66) and fixed source-label/slot constants, this gives H7, K0=8042K_{0}=8042.

The internal Lemma 1.2 is applied at Θc\Theta_{c}. The dd of AA37 is placed in slot 1, also when J1=∅J_{1}=\varnothing. Empty prime-label slots 2 and 3 carry unit atoms, and those two slots are rough. The four surplus margins are

(4.34) (7271256,52,952211280,22407256)⁢σ;\left({7271\over 256},52,{95221\over 1280},{22407\over 256}\right)\sigma;

passing to X≤NX\leq N preserves the first margin. After subtracting 1/31/3 it is 28+53/768>2828+53/768>28, and the other margins exceed the losses in (4.33). The box discrepancy is

(4.35) ΔB⁢(q;N)=∑𝐯∈Bw⁢(𝐯)⁢[𝟏∏vi≡N⁢(q)−𝟏(∏vi,q)=1φ⁢(q)].\Delta_{B}(q;N)=\sum_{\mathbf{v}\in B}w(\mathbf{v})\left[\mathbf{1}_{\prod v_{% i}\equiv N\ (q)}-{\mathbf{1}_{(\prod v_{i},q)=1}\over\varphi(q)}\right].

For every source form and row, the preparation data are:

Object Common prepared value
Selected factor Largest eligible lower scale, first index in a tie; TT in (4.29)
Selected interval IN=(T,q⁢T]I_{N}=(T,qT], NI=⌊q⁢T⌋−⌊T⌋N_{I}=\lfloor qT\rfloor-\lfloor T\rfloor
Complement τ23\tau_{23}; MI=M⁢(qr−1)M_{I}=M(q^{r}-1), 1≤r≤231\leq r\leq 23
Majorant ϕ0⁢((m−m0)/MI)\phi_{0}((m-m_{0})/M_{I}), m0≤2⁢Mm_{0}\leq 2M; doubled support (4.30)
External multiplicity 648648 fixed instances; O⁢(L8042)O(L^{8042}) boxes, (4.66)

The hypothesis checks are collected below.

Hypothesis Verification
H1, H2 (4.22)–(4.26), with repeated-prime multiplicities
H3, LEN Full support after (4.24), Lemma 4.2, (4.34)–(4.35)
H4 a=Na=N, Kscale=31K_{\rm scale}=31, (q,N)=1(q,N)=1
H5 The two windows of Lemma 4.2
H6, H7 (4.43), (4.63), (4.66)

For H4, eventually 0<N≤X⁢log31⁡N≤X1+σ/200<N\leq X\log^{31}N\leq X^{1+\sigma/20}, so Theorem A applies to the plain cut product measure. The local estimate is [Z1, Theorem 3.2, (3.13)]. The spectral frequency is aT=sgn⁡(y)⁢Na_{T}=\operatorname{sgn}(y)N. If u1,v1u_{1},v_{1} invert z⁢bzb modulo p0⁢c,cp_{0}c,c, then u1−v1≡0(modc)u_{1}-v_{1}\equiv 0\pmod{c}. Hence sgn⁡(y)⁢N⁢|y|⁢(u1−v1)/c\operatorname{sgn}(y)N|y|(u_{1}-v_{1})/c is integral, also for p0∣cp_{0}\mid c, without any condition (p0,c)=1(p_{0},c)=1.

4.4. Source errors and the Class-II sum

This subsection bounds the boundary, proper-power, logarithm and comparator errors and the interior Class-II sum. A source face is

(4.36) g⁢(𝐯)=∑iai⁢log⁡vi=ξ,|ai|≤2,∑i|ai|≤48.g(\mathbf{v})=\sum_{i}a_{i}\log v_{i}=\xi,\qquad|a_{i}|\leq 2,\quad\sum_{i}|a_% {i}|\leq 48.

Every defining-face coefficient has absolute value at most 2 after expansion into the HB variables. Since s≤24s\leq 24, its coefficient sum is at most 48. The face families are:

Family Number
Two ΣG\Sigma_{G} faces, source windows/orderings, fixed coordinate transports ≤16\leq 16 fixed
Coordinate dyadic edges ≤4\leq 4 lattices
Möbius caps vi=2⁢Xm1/3v_{i}=2X_{m}^{1/3} ≤12\leq 12 lattices
Identity caps nm=(2⁢Xm1/3)3n_{m}=(2X_{m}^{1/3})^{3} ≤4\leq 4 lattices
Product dyadic edge and three slack families ≤4\leq 4 lattices

Thus there are at most 24 lattice families, of gap γ=(log⁡2)/3\gamma=(\log 2)/3. HB partition edges are refined exactly, and prefix and tail labels are modulus-side conditions. The Class-II choice is constant on each box.

Lemma 4.3 (Lattice thin shells).

Let N≥2N\geq 2, L=log⁡NL=\log N, s≥2s\geq 2, and a∈ℤs∖{0}a\in\mathbb{Z}^{s}\setminus\{0\}. Fix a nonempty J0⊆{i:ai≠0}J_{0}\subseteq\{i:a_{i}\neq 0\}, and assume |aj|∈{1,2}|a_{j}|\in\{1,2\} for j∈J0j\in J_{0}. Let 1≤Y0≤N1\leq Y_{0}\leq N and 0<η≤1/40<\eta\leq 1/4, and let Λ⊂ℝ\Lambda\subset\mathbb{R} have pairwise distances at least γ>0\gamma>0. Put κ=(1−e−γ/2)−1\kappa=(1-e^{-\gamma/2})^{-1}. Then

(4.37) #⁢{𝐯:∏vi≤N,dist⁡(∑ai⁢log⁡vi,Λ)≤η,maxj∈J0⁡vj≥Y0}\displaystyle\#\{\mathbf{v}:\prod v_{i}\leq N,\ \operatorname{dist}(\sum a_{i}% \log v_{i},\Lambda)\leq\eta,\ \max_{j\in J_{0}}v_{j}\geq Y_{0}\}
≤s⁢[4⁢η⁢κ⁢N⁢(1+L)s−1+(2⁢L/γ+2)⁢NY0⁢(1+L)s−2].\displaystyle\quad\leq s\left[4\eta\kappa N(1+L)^{s-1}+(2L/\gamma+2){N\over Y_% {0}}(1+L)^{s-2}\right].

For empty Λ\Lambda, the count is zero. For a singleton one may take κ=1\kappa=1 and interval-count factor 1.

Proof.

Assign each tuple to the least j∈J0j\in J_{0} with vj≥Y0v_{j}\geq Y_{0}, and apply [Z1, Lemma B.2, (B.14)] on that fibre. Only |aj|∈{1,2}|a_{j}|\in\{1,2\} matters there; the other coefficients enter c=∑i≠jai⁢log⁡vic=\sum_{i\neq j}a_{i}\log v_{i}. Put Z=N/PZ=N/P, where PP is the complementary product. After clipping to [Y0,Z][Y_{0},Z] and merging touching or overlapping intervals, the union has at most 2⁢L/γ+22L/\gamma+2 components. Its fibre count is at most 4⁢η⁢κ⁢Z+2⁢L/γ+24\eta\kappa Z+2L/\gamma+2, the count before relaxation in (B.14). Summing uses

(4.38) ∑n≤yτk⁢(n)≤y⁢(1+log⁡y)k−1,∑n≤yτk⁢(n)n≤(1+log⁡y)k,\sum_{n\leq y}\tau_{k}(n)\leq y(1+\log y)^{k-1},\qquad\sum_{n\leq y}{\tau_{k}(% n)\over n}\leq(1+\log y)^{k},

with k−1k-1 factors fixed and the product constraint dropped in the harmonic sum. These give (4.37). The component count concerns the clipped union, and no restriction relates η\eta and γ\gamma. ∎

The boundary distance is at most η=48⁢L−334\eta=48L^{-334}. For each defining face, take J0={i:ai≠0}J_{0}=\{i:a_{i}\neq 0\}. Six or fewer factors of a coordinate at least NαN^{\alpha} give Y0=Nα/6Y_{0}=N^{\alpha/6}. A Möbius-cap variable is at least Nα/3⁢e−η≥Y0N^{\alpha/3}e^{-\eta}\geq Y_{0}. The same 16 fixed and 24 lattice families suffice. The worst lattice has κ=(1−2−1/6)−1<9.2\kappa=(1-2^{-1/6})^{-1}<9.2, and 2⁢L/γ+2≤10⁢L2L/\gamma+2\leq 10L for L≥2L\geq 2. Thus the boundary union UU for one form and pattern satisfies

(4.39) #⁢U≤\displaystyle\#U\leq{} 1091174.4⁢N⁢L−334⁢(1+L)23\displaystyle 1091174.4\,NL^{-334}(1+L)^{23}
+24⁢(16+240⁢L)⁢N1−α/6⁢(1+L)22\displaystyle+24(16+240L)N^{1-\alpha/6}(1+L)^{22}
≤\displaystyle\leq{} 1091175⁢N⁢L−334⁢(1+L)23(L≥300000).\displaystyle 1091175\,NL^{-334}(1+L)^{23}\qquad(L\geq 300000).

The leading constant is 24⋅192⁢(16+24⋅9.2)=1091174.424\cdot 192(16+24\cdot 9.2)=1091174.4. The second-line ratio is bounded by

(4.40) R⁢(L)=5760⁢e−(100/6894)⁢L⁢L334<3/5(L≥300000).R(L)=5760e^{-(100/6894)L}L^{334}<3/5\quad(L\geq 300000).

Its logarithmic derivative is negative there. At 300000, e>8/3e>8/3, (8/3)13>300000(8/3)^{13}>300000 and (8/3)9>5760(8/3)^{9}>5760 give log⁡R<9−(100/6894)⁢300000+334⋅13<−3/5\log R<9-(100/6894)300000+334\cdot 13<-3/5. Since e3/5>5/3e^{3/5}>5/3, (4.40) follows. This justifies the rounding at width exponent 334.

Boundary estimates keep the unnormalized HB logarithms. The full weight w⁢(𝐯)=HB⁢(𝐯)⁢∏j=1k(log⁡pj)−1w(\mathbf{v})=H_{B}(\mathbf{v})\prod_{j=1}^{k}(\log p_{j})^{-1} uses the actual coordinate logarithms; since log⁡pj≥α⁢L≥1\log p_{j}\geq\alpha L\geq 1, the numerator bound above gives the deliberately coarser bound below. Thus for one pattern, including its source-form weight,

(4.41) |w⁢(𝐯)|≤162⁢L4,∑q≤N3/5|γq|⁢(𝟏q∣N−e+1φ⁢(q))≤Cσ⁢{τ⁢(N−e)+2⁢(1+L)}.|w(\mathbf{v})|\leq 162L^{4},\qquad\sum_{q\leq N^{3/5}}|\gamma_{q}|\left(% \mathbf{1}_{q\mid N-e}+{1\over\varphi(q)}\right)\leq C_{\sigma}\{\tau(N-e)+2(1% +L)\}.

Here N−e≥1N-e\geq 1. The reciprocal-totient constant is below 2, since q/φ⁢(q)=∑d∣qμ2⁢(d)/φ⁢(d)q/\varphi(q)=\sum_{d\mid q}\mu^{2}(d)/\varphi(d) and ∏p(1+1/(p⁢(p−1)))<2\prod_{p}(1+1/(p(p-1)))<2. Put F∗⁢(e)=τ⁢(N−e)+2⁢(1+L)F_{*}(e)=\tau(N-e)+2(1+L). The composition bound is τa⁢τb≤τa⁢b\tau_{a}\tau_{b}\leq\tau_{ab}: one maps the two compositions to a fixed matrix with those margins. Cauchy–Schwarz and (4.38) give

(4.42) ∑e<Nτ24⁢(e)⁢τ⁢(N−e)2\displaystyle\sum_{e<N}\tau_{24}(e)\tau(N-e)^{2} ≤(∑τ576)1/2⁢(∑τ16)1/2≤N⁢(1+L)295,\displaystyle\leq\left(\sum\tau_{576}\right)^{1/2}\left(\sum\tau_{16}\right)^{% 1/2}\leq N(1+L)^{295},
∑e<Nτ24⁢(e)⁢F∗⁢(e)2\displaystyle\sum_{e<N}\tau_{24}(e)F_{*}(e)^{2} ≤3⁢N⁢(1+L)295(N⁢ sufficiently large).\displaystyle\leq 3N(1+L)^{295}\quad(N\text{ sufficiently large}).

Another Cauchy–Schwarz application on UU gives

(4.43) |Ebdry|\displaystyle|E_{\rm bdry}| ≤162⁢3⋅1091176⁢Cσ\displaystyle\leq 162\sqrt{3\cdot 1091176}\,C_{\sigma}
⋅N⁢(1+L)163⁢L−167\displaystyle\qquad\cdot N(1+L)^{163}L^{-167}
<293108⁢Cσ\displaystyle<293108\,C_{\sigma}
⋅N⁢(1+L)163⁢L−167.\displaystyle\qquad\cdot N(1+L)^{163}L^{-167}.

We include 648 instances and the multiplier 1/u=5001/u=500, since u=1/500u=1/500; we also include Nlab⁢(σ)N_{\rm lab}(\sigma) and 𝒲−1\mathcal{W}^{-1}. Since C⁢(N)≥0.66016C(N)\geq 0.66016,

(4.44) EHB:G1D\displaystyle E^{D}_{\rm HB:G1} ≤3.6⋅1010⁢Cσ⁢Nlab⁢(σ)⁢(1+L)163⁢L−165\displaystyle\leq 3.6\cdot 10^{10}C_{\sigma}N_{\rm lab}(\sigma)(1+L)^{163}L^{-% 165}
≤3.6⋅1010⁢Cσ⁢Nlab⁢(σ)⁢e163/L⁢L−2=oσ⁢(1).\displaystyle\leq 3.6\cdot 10^{10}C_{\sigma}N_{\rm lab}(\sigma)e^{163/L}L^{-2}% =o_{\sigma}(1).

This covers cut faces, windows/orderings, dyadic families and caps. The four parts count row/form/pattern/box occurrences once, including box and dyadic factors. Hence H6 has cR=163c_{R}=163, with D rate Oσ⁢(L165−Cb/2)O_{\sigma}(L^{165-C_{b}/2}). Every fixed Cb>330C_{b}>330 suffices; Cb=334C_{b}=334 gives Oσ⁢(L−2)O_{\sigma}(L^{-2}).

The proper-power event concerns one source coordinate, while other coordinates may contribute further prime factors. For n≥Nαn\geq N^{\alpha},

(4.58) 𝟏ℙ⁢(n)−Λ⁢(n)log⁡n=−1a⁢𝟏n=paa≥2.\mathbf{1}_{\mathbb{P}}(n)-{\Lambda(n)\over\log n}=-{1\over a}\mathbf{1}_{% \begin{subarray}{c}n=p^{a}\\ a\geq 2\end{subarray}}.

Roughness below NαN^{\alpha} preserves primes and removes powers. The same absolute bound is used, telescoping over four or fewer coordinates. For Y=NαY=N^{\alpha},

(4.59) ∑Y≤pa≤Na≥2p−a≤2⁢Y−1/2+2⁢(log2⁡N)⁢Y−2/3≤3⁢Y−1/2\sum_{\begin{subarray}{c}Y\leq p^{a}\leq N\\ a\geq 2\end{subarray}}p^{-a}\leq 2Y^{-1/2}+2(\log_{2}N)Y^{-2/3}\leq 3Y^{-1/2}

Squares are bounded by an integer tail, and for a≥3a\geq 3 we use O⁢(Y−(a−1)/a)O(Y^{-(a-1)/a}). Fixing one coordinate at tt leaves at most

Nt⁢(1+log⁡N)max⁡(r−2,0)(1≤r≤4){N\over t}(1+\log N)^{\max(r-2,0)}\qquad(1\leq r\leq 4)

completions. For r=1r=1 the sole completion is bounded by N/tN/t. For r=2r=2 we count directly, and for r≥3r\geq 3 we use (4.38). Thus TP⁢P≤12⁢N1−α/2⁢(1+L)2T_{PP}\leq 12N^{1-\alpha/2}(1+L)^{2}. By (4.25), the full modulus sum is Oσ⁢(τ⁢(N−e)+2⁢(1+L))O_{\sigma}(\tau(N-e)+2(1+L)) per tuple. Since 1≤N−e<N1\leq N-e<N, we use τ⁢(N−e)≪δNδ\tau(N-e)\ll_{\delta}N^{\delta}. Then

(4.60) |EP⁢P|≪σ,δN1−α/2+δ⁢(1+L)3.|E_{PP}|\ll_{\sigma,\delta}N^{1-\alpha/2+\delta}(1+L)^{3}.

We take δ=α/8\delta=\alpha/8 and absorb logarithms in the spare power. Dividing by 𝒲\mathcal{W} gives

(4.61) EP⁢P:G⁢1D≪σN−α/4⁢L5=N−25/1149⁢Oσ⁢(L5)=oσ⁢(1).E^{D}_{PP:G1}\ll_{\sigma}N^{-\alpha/4}L^{5}=N^{-25/1149}O_{\sigma}(L^{5})=o_{% \sigma}(1).

This step precedes HB boxes. The event p2∣qp^{2}\mid q has its separate modulus bound.

For logarithm freezing, each coordinate has at most six HB factors. If λB,m\lambda_{B,m} is its lower logarithm,

(4.62) |1log⁡pm−1λB,m|≤6⁢L−334(α⁢L−1)2.\left|{1\over\log p_{m}}-{1\over\lambda_{B,m}}\right|\leq{6L^{-334}\over(% \alpha L-1)^{2}}.

Up to four inverse logarithms change by at most cα⁢L−336c_{\alpha}L^{-336}. This is multiplied by the unnormalized numerator bound 162⁢L4162L^{4} above. The frozen inverse logarithms contribute to (4.62), while the normalized interior coefficient 162⁢(2/α)4162(2/\alpha)^{4} excludes them. Summing exact differences over disjoint boxes, with ∑τ24≤N⁢(1+L)23\sum\tau_{24}\leq N(1+L)^{23}, (4.42) and Cauchy–Schwarz, gives

(4.63) |EL⁢O⁢G|≪σN⁢(1+L)161⁢L−334,EL⁢O⁢GD≪σL−171≪σL166−Cb=L−168.|E_{LOG}|\ll_{\sigma}N(1+L)^{161}L^{-334},\qquad E^{D}_{LOG}\ll_{\sigma}L^{-17% 1}\ll_{\sigma}L^{166-C_{b}}=L^{-168}.

Hence H6 holds with Cbox=Cb=334C_{\rm box}=C_{b}=334 and clog=164c_{\log}=164.

For the comparator error, source primes are at least NαN^{\alpha} before HB. Thus

(4.64) XG−YG⁢(q)≤100⁢∑p∣qp≥NαNp≤100⁢ω⁢(q)⁢N1−α.X_{G}-Y_{G}(q)\leq 100\sum_{\begin{subarray}{c}p\mid q\\ p\geq N^{\alpha}\end{subarray}}{N\over p}\leq 100\omega(q)N^{1-\alpha}.

Also ∑q|O⁢(q)|⁢ω⁢(q)/φ⁢(q)≪σL3\sum_{q}|O(q)|\omega(q)/\varphi(q)\ll_{\sigma}L^{3}, by (4.25) and reciprocal-totient summation. Equations (4.23)–(4.24) give

(4.65) EN⁢C:G⁢1D≪σN−α⁢L5=oσ⁢(1).E^{D}_{NC:G1}\ll_{\sigma}N^{-\alpha}L^{5}=o_{\sigma}(1).

The two squareful terms in (4.23) contribute Oσ⁢(N−ℓ0⁢σ2⁢L4)O_{\sigma}(N^{-\ell_{0}\sigma^{2}}L^{4}) once, by Theorem 5. Class II includes GR cross-copy restoration.

The external precisions are

(4.66) Araw=3,K0=24⁢Cb+26=8042,A′=Araw+K0+2=8047,Awork=A′+4=8051.\begin{gathered}A_{\rm raw}=3,\quad K_{0}=24C_{b}+26=8042,\\ A^{\prime}=A_{\rm raw}+K_{0}+2=8047,\quad A_{\rm work}=A^{\prime}+4=8051.\end{gathered}

These use the box count above. Three internal slot-shell sums use three of the four extra logarithms. Choose

(4.67) AE\displaystyle A_{E} ≥16770+c∗,C1=AE+2⁢c∗+3,\displaystyle\geq 16770+c_{*},\qquad C_{1}=A_{E}+2c_{*}+3,
CM\displaystyle C_{M} =5⁢C1+AE+334+c∗+3,A3=AE+336,\displaystyle=5C_{1}+A_{E}+334+c_{*}+3,\qquad A_{3}=A_{E}+336,
A′′\displaystyle A^{\prime\prime} =AB⁢F⁢I+(334+A3+1)/2.\displaystyle=A_{BFI}+(334+A_{3}+1)/2.

Here 16770=2⁢Awork+2⁢Cb16770=2A_{\rm work}+2C_{b}. Fix c∗≥max⁡{cpre+2,c1,cdiag,c1⁢(B0),0}c_{*}\geq\max\{c_{\rm pre}+2,c_{1},c_{\rm diag},c_{1}(B_{0}),0\} and above all remaining preceding logarithmic losses, with cpre,c1,cdiagc_{\rm pre},c_{1},c_{\rm diag} as in (1.29). Then (4.67) implies every lower bound in (1.29), in particular AE≥16772+cpreA_{E}\geq 16772+c_{\rm pre}. Precisions are fixed before the threshold. Theorem A gives

(4.68) |SB|≪X⁢(log⁡X)−8047+X1−cσ⁢(log⁡X)C,cσ=ℓ0⁢σ24>0.|S_{B}|\ll X(\log X)^{-8047}+X^{1-c_{\sigma}}(\log X)^{C},\qquad c_{\sigma}={% \ell_{0}\sigma^{2}\over 4}>0.

This includes local restoration and GR at precision AworkA_{\rm work}. The prime-source condition Cbox≥⌈2⁢A+32⌉C_{\rm box}\geq\lceil 2A+32\rceil uses the global target AA of [Z1, Theorem 1.2]. The local target A′A^{\prime} does not enter this box-width requirement. The product-source H6 exponents are those above. Lemma 3.3 applies with Cℱ=CC_{\mathscr{F}}=C: by (4.2) and (3.1), 𝒲=WN\mathcal{W}=W_{N}, and (4.28) gives X≥N/L31X\geq N/L^{31} eventually. Set Cpow=C+31⁢cσC_{\rm pow}=C+31c_{\sigma}, which is a fixed finite exponent. Hence

(4.69) EI⁢I:G⁢1D≪σL−3+N−cσ⁢L8042+Cpow+2=oσ⁢(1).E^{D}_{II:G1}\ll_{\sigma}L^{-3}+N^{-c_{\sigma}}L^{8042+C_{\rm pow}+2}=o_{% \sigma}(1).

Scale conversion preserves cσc_{\sigma}, with no N−σN^{-\sigma} saving. The stronger (4.28) is not needed here. Boundary, comparator, proper-power and logarithm sums have no L8042L^{8042} factor. The raw boundary rate is Oσ⁢(N⁢L−4)O_{\sigma}(NL^{-4}), with D rate Oσ⁢(L−2)O_{\sigma}(L^{-2}). All these errors vanish at the fixed target.

4.5. The dynamic-cutoff peel

This subsection bounds the error of the dynamic-cutoff peel. For a retained G1-3 cell, put b=a1⁢a2⁢a3b=a_{1}a_{2}a_{3} and E=Nt3E=N^{t_{3}}. The finite union bound is

(4.45) S⁢((ℬG)b,a3)≥S⁢((ℬG)b,E)−∑E≤r<a3r⁢primeS⁢((ℬG)b⁢r,E).S((\mathcal{B}_{G})_{b},a_{3})\geq S((\mathcal{B}_{G})_{b},E)-\sum_{\begin{% subarray}{c}E\leq r<a_{3}\\ r\ {\rm prime}\end{subarray}}S((\mathcal{B}_{G})_{br},E).

Here a1>a2>a3a_{1}>a_{2}>a_{3}, r<a3r<a_{3}, r∤Nr\nmid N and (b⁢r,N)=1(br,N)=1. The last two follow from 𝒫⁢(N)\mathcal{P}(N) and the coordinate conditions. The negative upper-chain sign permits enlargement of this nonnegative difference. Only the EE-base enters HB.

Lemma 4.4 (Uniform peel bound).

Let 0<τ<8⋅10−60<\tau<8\cdot 10^{-6} and ρ=1+τ\rho=1+\tau. Suppose (m,N)=1(m,N)=1 and P−⁢(m)≥zP^{-}(m)\geq z, with

(4.46) logN⁡m≤153/256+2⁢τ,Nu/ρ3≤z≤Nρ⁢μ,w=min⁡(z,Nα).\log_{N}m\leq 153/256+2\tau,\quad N^{u/\rho^{3}}\leq z\leq N^{\rho\mu},\quad w% =\min(z,N^{\alpha}).

Eventually, uniformly in mm,

(4.47) S⁢((ℬG)m,z)≤3⋅502002⁢U0m,U0=2⁢UC.S((\mathcal{B}_{G})_{m},z)\leq 3\cdot 502002\,{U_{0}\over m},\qquad U_{0}=2U_{% C}.
Proof.

Write N−e=m⁢kN-e=mk. By the representation bound above, AGcut≤3A_{G}^{\rm cut}\leq 3. Put ℰh={e:AGcut⁢(e)≥h}\mathcal{E}_{h}=\{e:A_{G}^{\rm cut}(e)\geq h\} for h=1,2,3h=1,2,3. Then AGcut=∑h=13𝟏ℰhA_{G}^{\rm cut}=\sum_{h=1}^{3}\mathbf{1}_{\mathcal{E}_{h}}. Each layer has the same roughness and two-form bound. The layers are summed once, including coefficient 2 on both R11R_{11} forms.

Enlarge the range to 1≤k≤⌊(N−1)/m⌋1\leq k\leq\lfloor(N-1)/m\rfloor, of length K≤N/mK\leq N/m; both kk and N−m⁢kN-mk are ww-rough. If p<wp<w, p∣Np\mid N and p∣kp\mid k, then p∣ep\mid e, which source roughness excludes. Thus the all-primes two-form majorant applies. For squarefree d∣P⁢(w)d\mid P(w), CRT gives

(4.48) νN⁢(p)=1⁢(p∣N),νN⁢(p)=2⁢(p∤N),νN⁢(2)=1,Ad=K⁢νN⁢(d)d+Rd,|Rd|≤νN⁢(d).\begin{gathered}\nu_{N}(p)=1\ (p\mid N),\quad\nu_{N}(p)=2\ (p\nmid N),\quad\nu% _{N}(2)=1,\\ A_{d}=K{\nu_{N}(d)\over d}+R_{d},\quad|R_{d}|\leq\nu_{N}(d).\end{gathered}

For p<wp<w, p∤mp\nmid m follows from P−⁢(m)≥z≥wP^{-}(m)\geq z\geq w. For p≥wp\geq w, the same rules are extended only in the Euler product. A prime endpoint costs g⁢(w)=O⁢(1/w)g(w)=O(1/w) in the auxiliary sum. Selberg least common multiples stay on P⁢(w)P(w). Put f⁢(p)=νN⁢(p)/pf(p)=\nu_{N}(p)/p and g⁢(p)=f⁢(p)/(1−f⁢(p))g(p)=f(p)/(1-f(p)). They are extended squarefree multiplicatively, and we put GN⁢(w)=∑d≤w,d∣P⁢(w)g⁢(d)G_{N}(w)=\sum_{d\leq w,d\mid P(w)}g(d). Finite-poset diagonalization gives

(4.49) ∑d,eλd⁢λe⁢f⁢([d,e])=∑ryr2g⁢(r),yr=∑r∣dλd⁢f⁢(d),1=λ1=∑rμ⁢(r)⁢yr.\sum_{d,e}\lambda_{d}\lambda_{e}f([d,e])=\sum_{r}{y_{r}^{2}\over g(r)},\quad y% _{r}=\sum_{r\mid d}\lambda_{d}f(d),\quad 1=\lambda_{1}=\sum_{r}\mu(r)y_{r}.

Cauchy–Schwarz gives minimum 1/GN⁢(w)1/G_{N}(w) at yr=μ⁢(r)⁢g⁢(r)/GN⁢(w)y_{r}=\mu(r)g(r)/G_{N}(w). Finite inversion gives

(4.50) λd=μ⁢(d)⁢∏p∣d(1−f⁢(p))−1⁢∑r≤w/d,(r,d)=1g⁢(r)GN⁢(w),|λd|≤∏p∣d(1−f⁢(p))−1≪(d/φ⁢(d))2.\lambda_{d}=\mu(d)\prod_{p\mid d}(1-f(p))^{-1}{\sum_{r\leq w/d,(r,d)=1}g(r)% \over G_{N}(w)},\\ |\lambda_{d}|\leq\prod_{p\mid d}(1-f(p))^{-1}\ll(d/\varphi(d))^{2}.

The Dirichlet series factors as ζ⁢(1+s)2⁢HN⁢(s)\zeta(1+s)^{2}H_{N}(s), where HN⁢(s)=∑hN⁢(r)⁢r−sH_{N}(s)=\sum h_{N}(r)r^{-s}. Its nonconstant local coefficients are g⁢(p)−2/pg(p)-2/p, p−2−2⁢g⁢(p)/pp^{-2}-2g(p)/p and g⁢(p)/p2g(p)/p^{2}. For p∤2⁢Np\nmid 2N, absolute logarithmic moments through order 2 converge. For p∣Np\mid N, the absolute local mass is O⁢(1/p)O(1/p). We split at Y=log⁡(3⁢N)Y=\log(3N). Mertens gives ∑p∣N,p≤Y1/p≪log⁡log⁡Y+1\sum_{p\mid N,p\leq Y}1/p\ll\log\log Y+1. Above YY we use ∑p∣Nlog⁡p≤log⁡N\sum_{p\mid N}\log p\leq\log N. The jj-th logarithmic moment is O⁢((log⁡Y)j−1)O((\log Y)^{j-1}), for j=1,2j=1,2. Expanding absolute local products gives a fixed BB with

(4.51) ∑r|hN⁢(r)|⁢(1+log⁡r)2≪(log⁡log⁡(3⁢N))B,HN⁢(0)=12⁢C⁢(N).\sum_{r}|h_{N}(r)|(1+\log r)^{2}\ll(\log\log(3N))^{B},\qquad H_{N}(0)={1\over 2% C(N)}.

At zero, 2 contributes 1/21/2. A generic odd prime contributes (1−1/(p−1)2)−1(1-1/(p-1)^{2})^{-1}. For p∣Np\mid N, this is multiplied by (p−2)/(p−1)(p-2)/(p-1). Convolution with ∑n≤yτ⁢(n)/n=12⁢log2⁡y+O⁢(log⁡(2⁢y))\sum_{n\leq y}\tau(n)/n=\frac{1}{2}\log^{2}y+O(\log(2y)) and the second logarithmic moment for the tail r>wr>w give, uniformly,

(4.52) GN⁢(w)=log2⁡w4⁢C⁢(N)⁢(1+O⁢((log⁡log⁡(3⁢N))Blog⁡w)).G_{N}(w)={\log^{2}w\over 4C(N)}\left(1+O\left({(\log\log(3N))^{B}\over\log w}% \right)\right).

Thus the dimension-two convention is GN⁢(w)⁢∏p<w(1−νN⁢(p)/p)=e−2⁢γ/2+o⁢(1)G_{N}(w)\prod_{p<w}(1-\nu_{N}(p)/p)=e^{-2\gamma}/2+o(1). Equations (4.48), (4.50) give

(4.53) S⁢([1,K],w)≤KGN⁢(w)+O⁢(w2⁢log5⁡w);S([1,K],w)\leq{K\over G_{N}(w)}+O(w^{2}\log^{5}w);

the remainder is at most (∑d≤w|λd|⁢νN⁢(d))2≪w2⁢log2⁡w⁢(log⁡log⁡(3⁢w))4(\sum_{d\leq w}|\lambda_{d}|\nu_{N}(d))^{2}\ll w^{2}\log^{2}w(\log\log(3w))^{4}. Uniformly in (4.46),

(4.54) logN⁡w≥2/1001,w2⁢m≤N253/256+(153/64)⁢τ<N1−0.0116.\log_{N}w\geq 2/1001,\qquad w^{2}m\leq N^{253/256+(153/64)\tau}<N^{1-0.0116}.

These use (1+8⋅10−6)3<1001/1000(1+8\cdot 10^{-6})^{3}<1001/1000, u/ρ3≥2/1001u/\rho^{3}\geq 2/1001 and α>2/1001\alpha>2/1001, together with w≤z≤Nρ⁢μw\leq z\leq N^{\rho\mu} for the uniform upper saving. For one layer, the main coefficient in U0/mU_{0}/m units is eventually at most 2.001/(2/1001)2=501251.00025<5020022.001/(2/1001)^{2}=501251.00025<502002. The strict slack absorbs the remainder in (4.53). This proves (4.47) on the NN-scale, including short KK. ∎

For m=b⁢rm=br in (4.45), the retained-cell condition gives

(4.55) logN⁡m\displaystyle\log_{N}m ≤ρ⁢(t1+t2+2⁢t3)\displaystyle\leq\rho(t_{1}+t_{2}+2t_{3})
≤ρ⁢[Θc−ηL−(2⁢ρ−1)⁢t3]\displaystyle\leq\rho[\Theta_{c}-\eta_{L}-(2\rho-1)t_{3}]
≤ρ⁢(153/256−ηL)<153/256+2⁢τ.\displaystyle\leq\rho(153/256-\eta_{L})<153/256+2\tau.

On G1-1, G1-2 and G1-3, Θc≤H¯=153/256\Theta_{c}\leq\overline{H}=153/256. The two-branch peak is (1+μ)/2=153/256(1+\mu)/2=153/256. Masked branches are zero or below it, and extra ww-branches are zero or at most (153−96⁢c)/256≤153/256(153-96c)/256\leq 153/256. The inherited label has Nt3≤a3<Nρ⁢t3N^{t_{3}}\leq a_{3}<N^{\rho t_{3}}, even for a clipped parent interval. Since Nu≤a3<NμN^{u}\leq a_{3}<N^{\mu}, t3>u/ρ≥u/ρ3t_{3}>u/\rho\geq u/\rho^{3} and t3<μ≤ρ⁢μt_{3}<\mu\leq\rho\mu. Hence E∈[Nu/ρ3,Nρ⁢μ]E\in[N^{u/\rho^{3}},N^{\rho\mu}]. All prime factors of mm are at least EE, and (m,N)=1(m,N)=1. We apply (4.47) with z=Ez=E; ww may be smaller. For fixed positive τ\tau, Mertens gives eventually

(4.56) Mh=∑p⁢in⁢parent⁢bin⁢h1p≤2⁢τ,∑hMh≤4.59,M_{h}=\sum_{p\ {\rm in\ parent\ bin}\ h}{1\over p}\leq 2\tau,\qquad\sum_{h}M_{% h}\leq 4.59,

Here log⁡(μ⁢ρ/u)<4.59\log(\mu\rho/u)<4.59. The pair a3,ra_{3},r belongs to one parent bin. Thus

∑(a1⁢a2⁢a3⁢r)−1≤4.592⁢∑hMh2≤2⋅4.593⁢τ.\sum(a_{1}a_{2}a_{3}r)^{-1}\leq 4.59^{2}\sum_{h}M_{h}^{2}\leq 2\cdot 4.59^{3}\tau.

The raw difference is below 3⋅97100000⁢τ⁢U03\cdot 97100000\tau U_{0}. Its adverse D bound is

(4.57) EPR:peelD≤3⋅971000002⁢(1−εA)⁢τ=4855000000003333⁢τ<145664566.4567⁢τ.E^{D}_{\rm PR:peel}\leq{3\cdot 97100000\over 2(1-\varepsilon_{A})}\tau={485500% 000000\over 3333}\tau<145664566.4567\tau.

The source multiplier enters once, without 500, label counts or tail factorials. The slack includes the Selberg remainder.

4.6. Canonical profiles and the joint lower bound

This subsection compares the rows with canonical profiles and proves the joint lower bound for the four rows. Put v⁢(s)=v1⁢(s)−u,ψ⁢(a,b)=a⁢𝟏a≥b,v(s)=v_{1}(s)-u,\qquad\psi(a,b)=a\mathbf{1}_{a\geq b}, with the six-branch definition of Section 2.3, where v1v_{1} is the unbuffered function of (2.17d). Thus

(4.70) Θ∗⁢(t1,t2,t3)=Θ3saved⁢(t1,t2,t3).\Theta_{*}(t_{1},t_{2},t_{3})=\Theta_{3}^{\rm saved}(t_{1},t_{2},t_{3}).

For u≤t3≤t2≤t1≤μu\leq t_{3}\leq t_{2}\leq t_{1}\leq\mu, put

v1⁢(s)\displaystyle v_{1}(s) =min⁡{1+s2,32−34⁢s39,5764−32⁢s},\displaystyle=\min\left\{\frac{1+s}{2},\frac{32-34s}{39},\frac{57}{64}-\frac{3% }{2}s\right\},
v⁢(s)\displaystyle v(s) =v1⁢(s)−u,ψ⁢(x,y)=x⁢𝟏x≥y.\displaystyle=v_{1}(s)-u,\qquad\psi(x,y)=x\mathbf{1}_{x\geq y}.

The six branches are

Θ∗(a,b,c)=max{\displaystyle\Theta_{*}(a,b,c)=\max\{ v⁢(a),v⁢(b),v⁢(a+b),v⁢(a+b+c),\displaystyle v(a),v(b),v(a+b),v(a+b+c),
ψ(v(a+c),a+2b+c),ψ(v(b+c),2a+b+c)}.\displaystyle\psi(v(a+c),a+2b+c),\psi(v(b+c),2a+b+c)\}.

The uu subtraction precedes each ψ\psi guard. For the actual coordinates, set

(4.71) a3=Θ∗−t1−t2−t3t3,J=∫uμd⁢t1t1⁢∫ut1d⁢t2t2⁢∫ut21−f⁢(a3)t32⁢𝑑t3.a_{3}={\Theta_{*}-t_{1}-t_{2}-t_{3}\over t_{3}},\qquad J=\int_{u}^{\mu}{dt_{1}% \over t_{1}}\int_{u}^{t_{1}}{dt_{2}\over t_{2}}\int_{u}^{t_{2}}{1-f(a_{3})% \over t_{3}^{2}}\,dt_{3}.

Here ff is extended by zero below 2. Above every finite table endpoint its true values are used.

The function v1v_{1} is 3/23/2-Lipschitz, and each exponent changes by at most μ⁢τ\mu\tau in a parent cell. An active ψ\psi-branch has unshifted gap u−(9/2)⁢μ⁢τ−4⁢μ⁢τ>0u-(9/2)\mu\tau-4\mu\tau>0 throughout. After ηL\eta_{L}, its source margin is

(4.72) g=(u−ηL)−(9/2)⁢μ⁢τ>0.001899>2⁢μ⁢τ.g=(u-\eta_{L})-(9/2)\mu\tau>0.001899>2\mu\tau.

The other branches and maxima preserve this comparison across switches, and so do the two full-anatomy branches. If a parent crosses μ\mu, then t1≤μ≤ρ⁢t1t_{1}\leq\mu\leq\rho t_{1}, so |x1−μ|≤μ⁢τ|x_{1}-\mu|\leq\mu\tau for its largest actual exponent. Since v1⁢(μ)=153/256v_{1}(\mu)=153/256, v1⁢(x1)−ηL≥153/256−(3/2)⁢μ⁢τ−ηLv_{1}(x_{1})-\eta_{L}\geq 153/256-(3/2)\mu\tau-\eta_{L}. Every canonical branch is at most 153/256−u153/256-u, so the margin is at least u−ηL−(3/2)⁢μ⁢τ≥g>0u-\eta_{L}-(3/2)\mu\tau\geq g>0. Parents below μ\mu use the activation argument above, and clipping shrinks the infimum domain.

If f⁢(a3)>0f(a_{3})>0, the numerator exceeds 2⁢t32t_{3}, and (4.72), for actual exponents then inherited labels, gives ℓc≥2⁢ρ⁢t3\ell_{c}\geq 2\rho t_{3}. Thus positive canonical lower terms lie in retained whole cells, and elsewhere their contribution is zero. On retained cells we use Mertens and the monotonicity of s⁢f⁢(s)sf(s), keeping the numerator fixed. The EE-base dominates the actual-cutoff lower main term, so canonical restriction loses zero. The arithmetic difference (4.57) remains, with possibly nonzero mass.

Let Hlog=log⁡(μ/u)H_{\log}=\log(\mu/u). By (4.20), the first three residuals satisfy

(4.73) 0≤R≤500(F(30)−1)+500Hlog(1−f(30))+250Hlog2(F(30)−1)=:Rup.0\leq R\leq 500(F(30)-1)+500H_{\log}(1-f(30))+250H_{\log}^{2}(F(30)-1)=:R_{\rm up}.

Three elementary integrations give

(4.74) 500⁢(1−Hlog+Hlog2/2)−∫uμd⁢t1t1⁢∫ut1d⁢t2t2⁢∫ut2d⁢t3t32=1μ500(1-H_{\log}+H_{\log}^{2}/2)-\int_{u}^{\mu}{dt_{1}\over t_{1}}\int_{u}^{t_{1% }}{dt_{2}\over t_{2}}\int_{u}^{t_{2}}{dt_{3}\over t_{3}^{2}}={1\over\mu}

which cancels the constant-one parts of +F,−f,+F,−f+F,-f,+F,-f. The actual upper main chain is therefore at most

(4.75) G1=1μ+R+J,0≤R≤Rup,G_{1}={1\over\mu}+R+J,\qquad 0\leq R\leq R_{\rm up},

with the preceding errors.

Let Xj=∑eRj⁢(e)⁢𝟏εA⁢N<e<NX_{j}=\sum_{e}R_{j}(e)\mathbf{1}_{\varepsilon_{A}N<e<N}, and Xjcut=∑eRj⁢(e)⁢𝟏εA⁢N<e≤NcutX_{j}^{\rm cut}=\sum_{e}R_{j}(e)\mathbf{1}_{\varepsilon_{A}N<e\leq N_{\rm cut}}. Then XG=2⁢X11cut+X12cut+X13cutX_{G}=2X_{11}^{\rm cut}+X_{12}^{\rm cut}+X_{13}^{\rm cut}, and (4.17) bounds the mass difference. PNT and partial summation give

(4.76) Xj=((1−εA)⁢Ij+o⁢(1))⁢NL,X_{j}=\big{(}(1-\varepsilon_{A})I_{j}+o(1)\big{)}{N\over L},

where

(4.77) I11=\displaystyle I_{11}={} ∫λ1/3log⁡((1−2⁢t)/t)t⁢(1−t)⁢𝑑t\displaystyle\int_{\lambda}^{1/3}{\log((1-2t)/t)\over t(1-t)}\,dt
+∫λ1/4d⁢tt⁢∫t(1−t)/3log⁡((1−t−2⁢v)/v)v⁢(1−t−v)⁢𝑑v,\displaystyle+\int_{\lambda}^{1/4}{dt\over t}\int_{t}^{(1-t)/3}{\log((1-t-2v)/% v)\over v(1-t-v)}\,dv,
I12=\displaystyle I_{12}={} ∫α1/3log⁡(2−3⁢t)t⁢(1−t)⁢𝑑t,\displaystyle\int_{\alpha}^{1/3}{\log(2-3t)\over t(1-t)}\,dt,
I13=\displaystyle I_{13}={} ∫βλlog⁡((1−t−λ)/λ)t⁢(1−t)⁢𝑑t.\displaystyle\int_{\beta}^{\lambda}{\log((1-t-\lambda)/\lambda)\over t(1-t)}\,dt.

The last-prime density on the radial face is 1/(1−t−v)1/(1-t-v). Integrating the companion variable gives I12,I13I_{12},I_{13}. For I11I_{11} the Buchstab argument is at most 214/93214/93, and its value is v/(1−t−v)v/(1-t-v) plus v⁢log⁡((1−t−2⁢v)/v)/(1−t−v)v\log((1-t-2v)/v)/(1-t-v) for v≤(1−t)/3v\leq(1-t)/3. This gives both integrals and the positive correction. Set e=y⁢Ne=yN, εA<y<1\varepsilon_{A}<y<1. On compact exponent boxes, the last logarithm has radial-face error OεA⁢(1/L)O_{\varepsilon_{A}}(1/L), and ∫εA1𝑑y=1−εA\int_{\varepsilon_{A}}^{1}dy=1-\varepsilon_{A}. PNT is applied first and fixed partitions are then refined, and the positive exponent lower bound gives domination. Monomial-face strips, including D13D_{13}’s endpoint-swap strip, have vanishing main mass. Representation conditions are retained before the limit. The upper cut costs (4.17). This proves (4.76) at finite εA\varepsilon_{A}.

With VN⁢(z)=(1+o⁢(1))⁢2⁢e−γ⁢C⁢(N)/log⁡zV_{N}(z)=(1+o(1))2e^{-\gamma}C(N)/\log z, (4.75)–(4.76) give

(4.78) 2⁢S11+S12+S134⁢(1−εA)⁢UC≤KG⁢G1+EG⁢1D,KG=2⁢I11+I12+I132⁢eγ.{2S_{11}+S_{12}+S_{13}\over 4(1-\varepsilon_{A})U_{C}}\leq K_{G}G_{1}+E^{D}_{G% 1},\qquad K_{G}={2I_{11}+I_{12}+I_{13}\over 2e^{\gamma}}.

The factor 1−εA1-\varepsilon_{A} cancels once here. It remains in (4.57) and in the finite target of Section 1. At a=9/5a=9/5, that target is 8⁢log⁡(50009/39991)8\log(50009/39991), with zero-epsilon limit 8⁢log⁡(5/4)8\log(5/4).

The directed bounds are

(4.79) Rup<4.4⋅10−6,G1≤G¯,G¯=6.0884403625974206828946573628908904⁢…<6.088440363.\begin{gathered}R_{\rm up}<4.4\cdot 10^{-6},\qquad G_{1}\leq\overline{G},\\ \overline{G}=6.0884403625974206828946573628908904\ldots<6.088440363.\end{gathered}

Appendix A.5 gives the delay-function, quadrature and mass enclosures. Its endpoint KhiK_{\rm hi} is (A.10d). Here G¯\overline{G} is the 4096-cell outward upper-corner sum in Appendix A.5. It is a conservative bound, not the continuous integral value. Let r0,r1,r2,Jhir_{0},r_{1},r_{2},J_{\rm hi} denote the directed upper parts of G¯\overline{G}. Put

(4.83) T0\displaystyle T_{0} =500+r0,\displaystyle=500+r_{0}, T1\displaystyle T_{1} =−500⁢Hlog+r1,\displaystyle=-500H_{\log}+r_{1},
T2\displaystyle T_{2} =250⁢Hlog2+r2,\displaystyle=250H_{\log}^{2}+r_{2}, T3\displaystyle T_{3} =−(500−500⁢Hlog+250⁢Hlog2−1/μ)+Jhi.\displaystyle=-(500-500H_{\log}+250H_{\log}^{2}-1/\mu)+J_{\rm hi}.

Exactly, ∑Tr=1/μ+r0+r1+r2+Jhi=G¯\sum T_{r}=1/\mu+r_{0}+r_{1}+r_{2}+J_{\rm hi}=\overline{G}. Their signs are +,−,+,−+,-,+,-, so −KG⁢Tr-K_{G}T_{r} has signs −,+,−,+-,+,-,+. We therefore use upper KGK_{G} for rows 0,2 and lower KGK_{G} for rows 1,3. The four directed row enclosures are in Appendix A.5, and the four terms are cancelled before rounding. The joint reference value is

(4.84) LG⁢1\displaystyle L_{G1} =−243950428265194656254206921939947762868871361874409552095097100433627766186892221372630771322662657637687111424552206336\displaystyle=-{243950428265194656254206921939947762868871361874409552095097% \over 100433627766186892221372630771322662657637687111424552206336}
=−2.42897158741611974640561365334839795714⁢….\displaystyle=-2.42897158741611974640561365334839795714\ldots.

Put δG⁢1=4.98⋅10−54,EG⁢1=LG⁢1−δG⁢1,\delta_{G1}=4.98\cdot 10^{-54},\qquad E_{G1}=L_{G1}-\delta_{G1}, and let RG⁢1R_{G1} sum the exact four row lower endpoints. Appendix A.5 proves LG⁢1−RG⁢1<δG⁢1L_{G1}-R_{G1}<\delta_{G1}, so EG⁢1E_{G1} is used. The main base contains the reference value LG⁢1L_{G1} once, and the adverse sum contains δG⁢1\delta_{G1} once. The row enclosures include KGK_{G}. The cap for G1−2G_{1}-2 is 4.0884403634.088440363, which gives the weaker value −Khi⁢(2+4.088440363)=−Khi⁢6.088440363-K_{\rm hi}(2+4.088440363)=-K_{\rm hi}6.088440363, with about 1.61⋅10−101.61\cdot 10^{-10} D loss. Equations (4.13)–(4.78) transfer these enclosures to the arithmetic rows.

Successive differences are taken in the order

source restoration, source conditions, PR-M, AA37,squareful/NC, proper powers, LOG, boundary, interior Class II.\begin{gathered}\text{source restoration, source conditions, PR-M, AA37,}\\ \text{squareful/NC, proper powers, LOG, boundary, interior Class II}.\end{gathered}

AA37 includes fixed-parameter and asymptotic terms. Only the EE-base enters G1-3 Heath–Brown [12]. After monotonicity the exact first-contribution partition is retained, and the favourable fixed-cutoff and G1 cutoff differences are discarded. Each difference or part occurs once below.

Contribution Adverse D bound at fixed σ,τ\sigma,\tau
Upper source restoration (4.17)
Lower slab zero: outside the source by (4.15)
G1 source-tag exceptions Oσ⁢(N−α/2+o⁢(1))O_{\sigma}(N^{-\alpha/2+o(1)}); the DIRECT Oσ⁢(L3/N)O_{\sigma}(L^{3}/N) term is separate, as in (1.23)
G1-3 peel 145664566.4567⁢τ145664566.4567\tau, once
Matched canonical restriction loss zero, by (4.72)
AA37 its common CE⁢σC_{E}\sigma share once, plus oσ⁢(1)o_{\sigma}(1)
Squareful terms Theorem 5: Oσ⁢(N−ℓ0⁢σ2⁢L4)O_{\sigma}(N^{-\ell_{0}\sigma^{2}}L^{4})
NC (4.65)
Tested proper powers (4.61)
LOG (4.63)
HB boundary (4.44), one term with four parts
Interior Class II, including GR (4.69)
Prime mass/PNT and Mertens oσ⁢(1)o_{\sigma}(1), from (4.76)–(4.78)

For p∣Np\mid N, there are O⁢((N/p)⁢LC)O((N/p)L^{C}) complementary products. There are O⁢(L)O(L) such source primes, all at least NαN^{\alpha}. A positive fraction of α\alpha absorbs divisor/logarithmic losses. Labels and HB boxes preserve these sums.

Theorem A and Theorem 5 in Appendix B.1, together with the directed endpoints above, give

(4.85) ∑r=03QG⁢1−r,0⁢(N)≥LG⁢1−δG⁢1−145664566.4567⁢τ−EA⁢A:G⁢1D⁢(σ)−Eremaining:G⁢1D⁢(N;σ),\sum_{r=0}^{3}Q_{G1-r,0}(N)\geq L_{G1}-\delta_{G1}-145664566.4567\tau-E^{D}_{% AA:G1}(\sigma)-E^{D}_{{\rm remaining}:G1}(N;\sigma),

where the last term sums the vanishing errors in the table. The AA37 term CE⁢σC_{E}\sigma and the PR term O⁢(τ)O(\tau) stay fixed. Analytic constants and the residual margin are fixed first. Then σ\sigma is chosen, followed by τ=σ9\tau=\sigma^{9}, labels, widths and precisions. Finally N0N_{0} is chosen for all length and spectral conditions. These include BFI/SW, Poisson and the W-prime bound at width 334. The threshold depends on fixed σ>0\sigma>0. Thus (4.85) holds for all four arithmetic rows, with EG⁢1=LG⁢1−δG⁢1E_{G1}=L_{G1}-\delta_{G1}.

5. Direct BV rows, the O1 switched term, and weak G4

This section treats the rows R1, S5-top and S6 by prime BV, and the switched term O1 and weak G4 by one convolution lemma.

5.1. Sources and classical inputs

Fix even NN and put L=log⁡NL=\log N. Fix ε=εA=10−4\varepsilon=\varepsilon_{A}=10^{-4} before N→∞N\to\infty. Here qq denotes a modulus, λd\lambda_{d} sieve weights and ℓ\ell a sieve prime. Put ρ=1+τ\rho=1+\tau, and write hh for an interval width. The exponent K0K_{0} measures the fixed logarithmic loss. We use

X=(1−ε)⁢N,𝒜ε={N−p0:p0<X,p0⁢ prime},𝒫N={ℓ>2:ℓ⁢ prime,ℓ∤N},X=(1-\varepsilon)N,\quad\mathcal{A}_{\varepsilon}=\{N-p_{0}:p_{0}<X,\ p_{0}% \text{ prime}\},\quad\mathcal{P}_{N}=\{\ell>2:\ell\text{ prime},\ \ell\nmid N\},
(5.1) PN⁢(z)=∏ℓ<z,ℓ∈𝒫Nℓ,C⁢(N)=∏ℓ>2(1−1(ℓ−1)2)⁢∏ℓ⁢∣N,ℓ>⁢2ℓ−1ℓ−2,UC=C⁢(N)⁢NL2.P_{N}(z)=\prod_{\ell<z,\,\ell\in\mathcal{P}_{N}}\ell,\qquad C(N)=\prod_{\ell>2% }\left(1-\frac{1}{(\ell-1)^{2}}\right)\prod_{\ell\mid N,\,\ell>2}\frac{\ell-1}% {\ell-2},\qquad U_{C}=\frac{C(N)N}{L^{2}}.

Here C⁢(N)≥C2>0C(N)\geq C_{2}>0, and the raw coefficients satisfy Σ=4⁢D\Sigma=4D. For finitely supported ff, put

(5.2) Δf⁢(q,a)=∑e≡a(modq)f⁢(e)−1φ⁢(q)⁢∑(e,q)=1f⁢(e),(a,q)=1.\Delta_{f}(q,a)=\sum_{e\equiv a\pmod{q}}f(e)-\frac{1}{\varphi(q)}\sum_{(e,q)=1% }f(e),\qquad(a,q)=1.

Both sums run over the full support. Remove prime powers from the ψ\psi-estimate [Z1, (2.20)] and apply partial summation. Increasing B0⁢(A)B_{0}(A) absorbs the conversion losses. Thus, for each A>0A>0, there is B0⁢(A)B_{0}(A) such that

(5.3) ∑q≤T1/2⁢(log⁡T)−B0⁢(A)max(a,q)=1⁡|π⁢(T;q,a)−Li⁡(T)φ⁢(q)|≪AT⁢(log⁡T)−A.\sum_{q\leq T^{1/2}(\log T)^{-B_{0}(A)}}\max_{(a,q)=1}\left|\pi(T;q,a)-\frac{% \operatorname{Li}(T)}{\varphi(q)}\right|\ll_{A}T(\log T)^{-A}.

It is applied with residue NmodqN\bmod q. The sieve input is [Z1, Theorem 2.5, (2.25)], under these hypotheses:

Sequence Finite, with nonnegative multiplicities; X𝒜>0X_{\mathcal{A}}>0
Density ω\omega multiplicative; ω⁢(ℓ)/ℓ=1/(ℓ−1)\omega(\ell)/\ell=1/(\ell-1) on 𝒫N\mathcal{P}_{N}
Outside 𝒫N\mathcal{P}_{N} ω⁢(ℓ)=0\omega(\ell)=0
Parameters y≥z≥2y\geq z\geq 2; (5.5) with fixed K≥2K\geq 2

Then

(5.4) S⁢(𝒜,z)≤X𝒜⁢VN⁢(z)⁢{F⁢(s)+eK⁢Q1⁢(s)⁢(log⁡y)−1/3}+∑d⁢<y,d∣⁢PN⁢(z)|rd|,s=log⁡ylog⁡z.S(\mathcal{A},z)\leq X_{\mathcal{A}}V_{N}(z)\{F(s)+e^{\sqrt{K}}Q_{1}(s)(\log y% )^{-1/3}\}+\sum_{d<y,\,d\mid P_{N}(z)}|r_{d}|,\qquad s=\frac{\log y}{\log z}.

The density obeys 0<ω⁢(ℓ)<ℓ0<\omega(\ell)<\ell, since ℓ>2\ell>2. Also F⁢(s)=2⁢eγ/sF(s)=2e^{\gamma}/s on [1,3][1,3], including s=1s=1. Uniformly in NN,

(5.5) ∏w≤ℓ<z,ℓ∈𝒫N(1−1/(ℓ−1))−1≤log⁡zlog⁡w⁢(1+Klog⁡w),2≤w<z.\prod_{w\leq\ell<z,\,\ell\in\mathcal{P}_{N}}(1-1/(\ell-1))^{-1}\leq\frac{\log z% }{\log w}\left(1+\frac{K}{\log w}\right),\qquad 2\leq w<z.

By Mertens’ theorem [20], the logarithm of the product is log⁡(log⁡z/log⁡w)+O⁢(1/log⁡w)\log(\log z/\log w)+O(1/\log w); here one uses 1/(ℓ−1)=1/ℓ+O⁢(ℓ−2)1/(\ell-1)=1/\ell+O(\ell^{-2}) and partial summation. Removing ℓ∣N\ell\mid N decreases the product, and a larger fixed KK covers bounded ww. This proves (5.5). For z>2z>2,

(5.6) VN⁢(z)=2⁢∏ℓ<z(1−1/ℓ)⁢∏2<ℓ<z(1−1(ℓ−1)2)⁢∏2<ℓ⁢<z,ℓ∣⁢Nℓ−1ℓ−2V_{N}(z)=2\prod_{\ell<z}(1-1/\ell)\prod_{2<\ell<z}\left(1-\frac{1}{(\ell-1)^{2% }}\right)\prod_{2<\ell<z,\,\ell\mid N}\frac{\ell-1}{\ell-2}

Hence, uniformly for z≥Ncz\geq N^{c}, fixed c>0c>0,

(5.7) VN⁢(z)=2⁢e−γ⁢C⁢(N)log⁡z⁢(1+o⁢(1)).V_{N}(z)=\frac{2e^{-\gamma}C(N)}{\log z}(1+o(1)).

The tails are 1+O⁢(1/z)1+O(1/z) and exp⁡(O⁢(ω⁢(N)/z))\exp(O(\omega(N)/z)), so 2⁢e−γ2e^{-\gamma} occurs once. The primitive-character large sieve [Z1, (2.19)] is

(5.8) ∑q≤Q∑χ⁢(q)∗|∑h≤HLSch⁢χ⁢(h)|2≪(Q2+HLS)⁢‖c‖22.\sum_{q\leq Q}\sum_{\chi\ (q)}^{*}\left|\sum_{h\leq H_{\rm LS}}c_{h}\chi(h)% \right|^{2}\ll(Q^{2}+H_{\rm LS})\|c\|_{2}^{2}.

Here m∼Mm\sim M means M<m≤2⁢MM<m\leq 2M. We use the complete-support convention [Z1, (2.15)–(2.17)], power-log Siegel–Walfisz [Z1, (2.21)], and PNT with the de la Vallée Poussin error. Through Siegel–Walfisz, the threshold is ineffective. The convolution estimate is proved in §5.4.

5.2. One prime-BV calculation for three rows

One application of prime BV covers the three negative rows. Put

u=1500,α=1001149,β=50309,t∗=710928000,τS=57224,H=1−2⁢u=249250.u=\frac{1}{500},\quad\alpha=\frac{100}{1149},\quad\beta=\frac{50}{309},\quad t% _{*}=\frac{7109}{28000},\quad\tau_{S}=\frac{57}{224},\quad H=1-2u=\frac{249}{2% 50}.

For a permitted squarefree prefix bb, define

(5.9) 𝒜b={m:b⁢m=N−p0,p0<X⁢ prime},Sb⁢(z)=#⁢{m∈𝒜b:(m,PN⁢(z))=1}.\mathcal{A}_{b}=\{m:bm=N-p_{0},\ p_{0}<X\text{ prime}\},\qquad S_{b}(z)=\#\{m% \in\mathcal{A}_{b}:(m,P_{N}(z))=1\}.

Dropping the condition (m,N⁢b)=1(m,Nb)=1 gives an upper bound. The three negative rows are

(5.10) RBV\displaystyle R_{\rm BV} =∑b=p1⁢p2⁢p3,(r1,r2,r3)∈R1Sb⁢(p3),\displaystyle=\sum_{b=p_{1}p_{2}p_{3},\ (r_{1},r_{2},r_{3})\in R_{1}}S_{b}(p_{% 3}),
T5\displaystyle T_{5} =∑b=p∈𝒫N,Nt∗≤p<NτSSb⁢(Nα),\displaystyle=\sum_{b=p\in\mathcal{P}_{N},\ N^{t_{*}}\leq p<N^{\tau_{S}}}S_{b}% (N^{\alpha}),
T6\displaystyle T_{6} =∑b=p∈𝒫N,NτS≤p<N1/3Sb⁢(Nα),\displaystyle=\sum_{b=p\in\mathcal{P}_{N},\ N^{\tau_{S}}\leq p<N^{1/3}}S_{b}(N% ^{\alpha}),

where ri=log⁡pi/Lr_{i}=\log p_{i}/L and r3<r2<r1r_{3}<r_{2}<r_{1}. Put

(5.11) Δ3={u≤r3<r2<r1<β},R1=Δ3∩{r1+2⁢r2+4⁢r3>H}.\Delta_{3}=\{u\leq r_{3}<r_{2}<r_{1}<\beta\},\qquad R_{1}=\Delta_{3}\cap\{r_{1% }+2r_{2}+4r_{3}>H\}.

All prefix primes belong to 𝒫N\mathcal{P}_{N}. The radial condition is ε⁢N<b⁢m<N\varepsilon N<bm<N; the product b⁢dbd has no radial cutoff. For κ∈{0,10−6}\kappa\in\{0,10^{-6}\}, put

(5.12) Q=N1/2−κ⁢L−B,Db=Q/b,δN=B⁢log⁡L/L,aκ⁢(r)=1/2−κ−∑ri.Q=N^{1/2-\kappa}L^{-B},\quad D_{b}=Q/b,\quad\delta_{N}=B\log L/L,\quad a_{% \kappa}(r)=1/2-\kappa-\sum r_{i}.

For R1 put zb=Dbz_{b}=\sqrt{D_{b}}; for T5 and T6 put zb=Nαz_{b}=N^{\alpha}. In all three rows, let sb=log⁡Db/log⁡zbs_{b}=\log D_{b}/\log z_{b}. The parameter checks are as follows.

Row Uniform positive margins before the vanishing δN\delta_{N} loss
R1 aκ≥3/206−κa_{\kappa}\geq 3/206-\kappa; 2⁢r3−aκ≥63823/309000+κ2r_{3}-a_{\kappa}\geq 63823/309000+\kappa; r3≥13147/103000>ur_{3}\geq 13147/103000>u
T5 aκ≥55/224−κa_{\kappa}\geq 55/224-\kappa; t∗−α=5368241/32172000>0t_{*}-\alpha=5368241/32172000>0; a0/α∈[12639/4480,7917759/2800000]⊂(2,3)a_{0}/\alpha\in[12639/4480,7917759/2800000]\subset(2,3)
T6 aκ≥1/6−κa_{\kappa}\geq 1/6-\kappa; τS>α\tau_{S}>\alpha; eventually (aκ−δN)/α∈(1,3)(a_{\kappa}-\delta_{N})/\alpha\in(1,3)

For R1, the linear forms are evaluated at its closure vertices: (β,β,β)(\beta,\beta,\beta), (H/7,H/7,H/7)(H/7,H/7,H/7), (β,64441/463500,64441/463500)(\beta,64441/463500,64441/463500), (β,β,13147/103000)(\beta,\beta,13147/103000). Thus zb<p3z_{b}<p_{3} and Sb⁢(p3)≤Sb⁢(zb)S_{b}(p_{3})\leq S_{b}(z_{b}), and we apply (5.4). For d<Dbd<D_{b}, its primes lie below those of bb. Hence (b,d)=1(b,d)=1, (b⁢d,2⁢N)=1(bd,2N)=1, and

(5.13) |(𝒜b)d|=π<⁢(X;b⁢d,N),rb,d=π<⁢(X;b⁢d,N)−Li⁡(X)φ⁢(b⁢d).|(\mathcal{A}_{b})_{d}|=\pi_{<}(X;bd,N),\quad r_{b,d}=\pi_{<}(X;bd,N)-\frac{% \operatorname{Li}(X)}{\varphi(bd)}.

The source mass is Li⁡(X)/φ⁢(b)\operatorname{Li}(X)/\varphi(b). For R1, bb consists of the three largest primes of q=b⁢dq=bd. For T5 or T6, bb is the largest prime. So each row counts each modulus at most once, including d=1d=1, although different rows may share moduli.

For a half-open source cell CC, put γC⁢(q)=∑b∈C,b⁢d=qλb+⁢(d)\gamma_{C}(q)=\sum_{b\in C,\,bd=q}\lambda_{b}^{+}(d). Then |γC⁢(q)|≤1|\gamma_{C}(q)|\leq 1, q<Qq<Q, and ‖γC‖1,‖γC‖22≤Q\|\gamma_{C}\|_{1},\|\gamma_{C}\|_{2}^{2}\leq Q. The absolute remainder obeys the same multiplicity bound. Choose A>2A>2, then BB. By (5.3),

(5.14) ∑b∑d<Db|rb,d|≪A,εN⁢L−A+Q=o⁢(UC).\sum_{b}\sum_{d<D_{b}}|r_{b,d}|\ll_{A,\varepsilon}NL^{-A}+Q=o(U_{C}).

The strict endpoint costs QQ. For κ>0\kappa>0, one may eventually take B=0B=0. By (5.7) and the formula for FF above,

(5.15) VN⁢(zb)⁢F⁢(sb)=(1+o⁢(1))⁢4⁢C⁢(N)L⁢(aκ−δN).V_{N}(z_{b})F(s_{b})=(1+o(1))\frac{4C(N)}{L(a_{\kappa}-\delta_{N})}.

For R1, sb=2s_{b}=2. PNT and partial summation give ∑p∈𝒫N(p−1)−1⁢δlog⁡p/L→d⁢t/t\sum_{p\in\mathcal{P}_{N}}(p-1)^{-1}\delta_{\log p/L}\to dt/t. The convergence is uniform away from zero. Removing p∣Np\mid N costs O⁢(ω⁢(N)⁢N−u)O(\omega(N)N^{-u}), and replacing 1/φ⁢(b)1/\varphi(b) by 1/b1/b costs a relative O⁢(N−u)O(N^{-u}). The domains are bounded Jordan polytopes. Since aκa_{\kappa} stays positive, the kernels converge uniformly. Thus

(5.16) RBV\displaystyle R_{\rm BV} ≤4⁢(1−ε)⁢UC⁢JR⁢1⁢(κ)+o⁢(UC),\displaystyle\leq 4(1-\varepsilon)U_{C}J_{R1}(\kappa)+o(U_{C}), JR⁢1⁢(κ)\displaystyle J_{R1}(\kappa) =∭R1d⁢r1⁢d⁢r2⁢d⁢r3r1⁢r2⁢r3⁢aκ⁢(r),\displaystyle=\iiint_{R_{1}}\frac{dr_{1}dr_{2}dr_{3}}{r_{1}r_{2}r_{3}a_{\kappa% }(r)},
Tj\displaystyle T_{j} ≤4⁢(1−ε)⁢UC⁢Jj⁢(κ)+o⁢(UC),\displaystyle\leq 4(1-\varepsilon)U_{C}J_{j}(\kappa)+o(U_{C}), Jj⁢(κ)\displaystyle J_{j}(\kappa) =∫Cjd⁢tt⁢(1/2−κ−t),\displaystyle=\int_{C_{j}}\frac{dt}{t(1/2-\kappa-t)},

where C5=[t∗,τS)C_{5}=[t_{*},\tau_{S}) and C6=[τS,1/3)C_{6}=[\tau_{S},1/3). The R1 contribution is −JR⁢1-J_{R1} in DD, and its raw comparator is 4⁢JR⁢14J_{R1}.

5.3. Comparators, endpoints and finite losses

This subsection evaluates the comparators and collects the finite losses. Put IBV=4⁢JR⁢1\mathrm{IBV}=4J_{R1}, A=1/2−κ−r1−r2A=1/2-\kappa-r_{1}-r_{2}, and ℓ=(H−r1−2⁢r2)/4\ell=(H-r_{1}-2r_{2})/4. Then

(5.17) ∫ℓr24⁢d⁢r3r1⁢r2⁢r3⁢(A−r3)=4r1⁢r2⁢A⁢log⁡r2⁢(A−ℓ)ℓ⁢(A−r2),\int_{\ell}^{r_{2}}\frac{4\,dr_{3}}{r_{1}r_{2}r_{3}(A-r_{3})}=\frac{4}{r_{1}r_% {2}A}\log\frac{r_{2}(A-\ell)}{\ell(A-r_{2})},

and the outer limits are H/7≤r1≤βH/7\leq r_{1}\leq\beta, (H−r1)/6≤r2≤r1(H-r_{1})/6\leq r_{2}\leq r_{1}. For cγ=2⁢e−γc_{\gamma}=2e^{-\gamma}, the S2 replacement is

(5.18) S⁢2canonical=prefix−cγ⁢Vfull−cγ⁢JP⁢F+(cγ⁢VB−IBV),S2_{\rm canonical}=\mathrm{prefix}-c_{\gamma}V_{\rm full}-c_{\gamma}J_{PF}+(c_% {\gamma}V_{B}-\mathrm{IBV}),

where VBV_{B} integrates 1/(r1⁢r2⁢r32)1/(r_{1}r_{2}r_{3}^{2}) over R1. The cutoff in JP⁢FJ_{PF} is g=r1+2⁢r2+4⁢r3≤Hg=r_{1}+2r_{2}+4r_{3}\leq H. Thus R1 is replaced once by IBV\mathrm{IBV}, with coefficient −1-1 in (5.18).

For lower labels tit_{i}, put qg=1+τgq_{g}=1+\tau_{g} and

(5.19) ℓg=t1+2⁢t2+(4+2⁢τg)⁢t3,K=H+2⁢τg⁢β,Flab={ℓg≤K},Blab={ℓg>K}.\ell_{g}=t_{1}+2t_{2}+(4+2\tau_{g})t_{3},\quad K=H+2\tau_{g}\beta,\quad F_{\rm lab% }=\{\ell_{g}\leq K\},\quad B_{\rm lab}=\{\ell_{g}>K\}.

The half-open cells partition the source, with P⁢F⊂FlabPF\subset F_{\rm lab} and Blab⊂R⁢1B_{\rm lab}\subset R1. The region between them satisfies H<g≤qg⁢KH<g\leq q_{g}K. Here τg=τ=σ9\tau_{g}=\tau=\sigma^{9}; the estimates hold for τg≤τ\tau_{g}\leq\tau. The PF-side cost in DD is (2.75⋅108+9680)⁢τg=275009680⁢τ(2.75\cdot 10^{8}+9680)\tau_{g}=275009680\tau (Appendix A.4). The PF estimate and the full S2 row are proved in §3. At g=Hg=H, (p1⁢p22⁢p34)250=N249(p_{1}p_{2}^{2}p_{3}^{4})^{250}=N^{249} forces p1∣Np_{1}\mid N, so such a point is absent from the permitted source. Parent-grid faces follow the half-open convention. For S5 and S6,

(5.20) 4⁢J5⁢(0)=8⁢[log⁡t1/2−t]t∗τS,4⁢J6⁢(0)=8⁢log⁡11057.4J_{5}(0)=8\left[\log\frac{t}{1/2-t}\right]_{t_{*}}^{\tau_{S}},\qquad 4J_{6}(0% )=8\log\frac{110}{57}.

The disjoint domains are [1/4,t∗)[1/4,t_{*}), [t∗,τS)[t_{*},\tau_{S}), and [τS,1/3)[\tau_{S},1/3). The first is treated directly, the other two by BV. A prime equal to Nt∗N^{t_{*}}, NτSN^{\tau_{S}} or N1/3N^{1/3} divides NN, so permitted primes avoid these rational endpoints. The S5-top raw value is 4⁢J5⁢(0)=0.03658166423843264J_{5}(0)=0.0365816642384326. Its row coefficient is −1-1, so its DD entry is

(5.20a) −J5⁢(0)=−0.0365816642384326⁢…4=−0.00914541605960815⁢…,-J_{5}(0)=-\frac{0.0365816642384326\ldots}{4}=-0.00914541605960815\ldots,

before the level loss. It is obtained by dividing (5.15) times Li⁡(X)/φ⁢(p)\operatorname{Li}(X)/\varphi(p) by 4⁢(1−ε)⁢UC4(1-\varepsilon)U_{C}; see Appendix A.6. The sources are specified in Sections 2–4, and the errors are summed in Section 6.3. For finite NN, the denominator is aκ−δNa_{\kappa}-\delta_{N}. If δN≤amin/2\delta_{N}\leq a_{\min}/2, then

(5.21) 0≤1aκ−δN−1aκ≤1aκ⁢δNamin−δN.0\leq\frac{1}{a_{\kappa}-\delta_{N}}-\frac{1}{a_{\kappa}}\leq\frac{1}{a_{% \kappa}}\frac{\delta_{N}}{a_{\min}-\delta_{N}}.

Let EN⁢6⁢(N)≥0E_{N6}(N)\geq 0 collect the adverse vanishing errors: sieve O⁢(L−1/3)O(L^{-1/3}), (5.14), endpoints O⁢(Q)O(Q), and Euler/PNT conversion o⁢(1)o(1). By (5.21), it tends to zero uniformly. Its logarithmic part obeys Elog≤18.03⁢δNE_{\log}\leq 18.03\delta_{N} in DD. By (5.21), (5.17), (A.13) and (A.14), the R1, S5-top and S6 contributions to Elog/δNE_{\log}/\delta_{N} are respectively <2.169459<2.169459, <0.074494<0.074494 and <15.778471<15.778471, using row minima 3/206−10−63/206-10^{-6}, 55/22455/224 and 1/6−10−61/6-10^{-6}; hence their sum is 18.022424<18.0318.022424<18.03. We use κ=10−6\kappa=10^{-6} for R1 and S6, and κ=0\kappa=0 for S5-top, whose positive-κ\kappa increment is zero. For S6,

(5.22) ES⁢6=J6⁢(10−6)−J6⁢(0)≤0.000006484294227956901E_{S6}=J_{6}(10^{-6})-J_{6}(0)\leq 0.000006484294227956901

in DD units. S5 keeps its vanishing logarithmic loss. Appendix A.6 gives the outward enclosures.

5.4. A common complete-support convolution lemma

Both applications below need a mean-value estimate of Bombieri–Vinogradov type [16, 17] for a convolution with complete supports. The form used here is stated and proved in this subsection.

Lemma 5.1 (Bilinear mean value for complete supports).

Put M⁢Nbox=xMN_{\rm box}=x, ℒ=log⁡x\mathcal{L}=\log x. Fix η,Bdiv>0\eta,B_{\rm div}>0 and assume xη≤M≤x1−ηx^{\eta}\leq M\leq x^{1-\eta} and xη≤Nbox≤x1−ηx^{\eta}\leq N_{\rm box}\leq x^{1-\eta}. The supports are (M,2⁢M](M,2M] and (Nbox,2⁢Nbox](N_{\rm box},2N_{\rm box}]. For every A2>0A_{2}>0, assume

(5.23) |∑n≡l⁢(k),(n,d)=1bn−1φ⁢(k)⁢∑(n,d⁢k)=1bn|≪A2‖b‖2⁢Nbox1/2⁢τ⁢(d)Bdiv⁢(log⁡(2⁢Nbox))−A2,\left|\sum_{n\equiv l(k),(n,d)=1}b_{n}-\frac{1}{\varphi(k)}\sum_{(n,dk)=1}b_{n% }\right|\ll_{A_{2}}\|b\|_{2}N_{\rm box}^{1/2}\tau(d)^{B_{\rm div}}(\log(2N_{% \rm box}))^{-A_{2}},

uniformly in x,d,k,lx,d,k,l and the coefficient family, for d,k≥1d,k\geq 1 and (l,k)=1(l,k)=1. Then, for every A>0A>0, there is B1B_{1} such that

(5.24) ∑q≤Qmax(r,q)=1⁡|Δa∗b⁢(q,r)|≪‖a‖2⁢‖b‖2⁢x1/2⁢ℒ−A,Q≤x1/2⁢ℒ−B1.\sum_{q\leq Q}\max_{(r,q)=1}|\Delta_{a*b}(q,r)|\ll\|a\|_{2}\|b\|_{2}x^{1/2}% \mathcal{L}^{-A},\qquad Q\leq x^{1/2}\mathcal{L}^{-B_{1}}.

Here Δ\Delta is as in (5.2). The constant B1B_{1} depends on A,η,BdivA,\eta,B_{\rm div} and the hypothesis constants.

Proof.

Put A⁢(χ)=∑mam⁢χ⁢(m)A(\chi)=\sum_{m}a_{m}\chi(m) and B⁢(χ)=∑nbn⁢χ⁢(n)B(\chi)=\sum_{n}b_{n}\chi(n). Orthogonality gives

(5.25) Δa∗b⁢(q,r)=1φ⁢(q)⁢∑χ≠χ0χ⁢(r)¯⁢A⁢(χ)⁢B⁢(χ).\Delta_{a*b}(q,r)=\frac{1}{\varphi(q)}\sum_{\chi\neq\chi_{0}}\overline{\chi(r)% }A(\chi)B(\chi).

Write q=e⁢fq=ef, with primitive nonprincipal ψ(modf)\psi\pmod{f} inducing χ\chi. Since φ⁢(e⁢f)≥φ⁢(e)⁢φ⁢(f)\varphi(ef)\geq\varphi(e)\varphi(f), the left side of (5.24) is at most

(5.26) ∑e≤Q1φ⁢(e)⁢∑1<f≤Q/e1φ⁢(f)⁢∑ψ⁢(f)∗|Ae⁢(ψ)⁢Be⁢(ψ)|,\sum_{e\leq Q}\frac{1}{\varphi(e)}\sum_{1<f\leq Q/e}\frac{1}{\varphi(f)}\sum_{% \psi\ (f)}^{*}|A_{e}(\psi)B_{e}(\psi)|,

where Ae⁢(ψ)=∑(m,e)=1am⁢ψ⁢(m)A_{e}(\psi)=\sum_{(m,e)=1}a_{m}\psi(m), and BeB_{e} is defined likewise. Split the conductors at F=ℒCF=\mathcal{L}^{C}. For f≤Ff\leq F, subtract the principal average on each reduced class. By (5.23),

|Be⁢(ψ)|≪φ⁢(f)⁢‖b‖2⁢Nbox1/2⁢τ⁢(e)Bdiv⁢(log⁡(2⁢Nbox))−A2.|B_{e}(\psi)|\ll\varphi(f)\|b\|_{2}N_{\rm box}^{1/2}\tau(e)^{B_{\rm div}}(\log% (2N_{\rm box}))^{-A_{2}}.

Cauchy–Schwarz gives ∑ψ∗|Ae⁢(ψ)|≪φ⁢(f)⁢M1/2⁢‖a‖2\sum_{\psi}^{*}|A_{e}(\psi)|\ll\varphi(f)M^{1/2}\|a\|_{2}. Thus small conductors cost at most F2⁢τ⁢(e)Bdiv⁢‖a‖2⁢‖b‖2⁢x1/2⁢(log⁡(2⁢Nbox))−A2F^{2}\tau(e)^{B_{\rm div}}\|a\|_{2}\|b\|_{2}x^{1/2}(\log(2N_{\rm box}))^{-A_{2}}. For V<f≤2⁢VV<f\leq 2V, use (5.8) and Cauchy–Schwarz:

(5.27) ∑V<f≤2⁢V1φ⁢(f)⁢∑ψ∗|Ae⁢Be|≪(log⁡log⁡x)⁢(V+M+Nbox+xV)⁢‖a‖2⁢‖b‖2.\sum_{V<f\leq 2V}\frac{1}{\varphi(f)}\sum_{\psi}^{*}|A_{e}B_{e}|\ll(\log\log x% )\left(V+\sqrt{M}+\sqrt{N_{\rm box}}+\frac{\sqrt{x}}{V}\right)\|a\|_{2}\|b\|_{% 2}.

There are O⁢(ℒ)O(\mathcal{L}) conductor blocks, and ∑e≤Q1/φ⁢(e)≪ℒ\sum_{e\leq Q}1/\varphi(e)\ll\mathcal{L}. The divisor-weighted sum obeys ∑e≤Qτ⁢(e)Bdiv/φ⁢(e)≪ℒ2Bdiv+1\sum_{e\leq Q}\tau(e)^{B_{\rm div}}/\varphi(e)\allowbreak\ll\mathcal{L}^{2^{B_% {\rm div}}+1}. After division by ‖a‖2⁢‖b‖2⁢x1/2\|a\|_{2}\|b\|_{2}x^{1/2}, the bound is

(5.28) ≪η−A2⁢ℒ2⁢C+2Bdiv+1−A2+ℒ3−B1+ℒ3⁢x−η/2+ℒ3−C.\ll\eta^{-A_{2}}\mathcal{L}^{2C+2^{B_{\rm div}}+1-A_{2}}+\mathcal{L}^{3-B_{1}}% +\mathcal{L}^{3}x^{-\eta/2}+\mathcal{L}^{3-C}.

Take C=A+3C=A+3, B1≥A+3B_{1}\geq A+3, A2≥A+2⁢C+2Bdiv+1A_{2}\geq A+2C+2^{B_{\rm div}}+1. This proves (5.24) on the full supports. ∎

The next lemma verifies that hypothesis for primes in short intervals.

Lemma 5.2 (Prime interval coefficients).

Fix Hint,c,C>0H_{\rm int},c,C>0. Let Nc≤Y≤NCN^{c}\leq Y\leq N^{C} and Nbox=Y/2N_{\rm box}=Y/2. If J⊂[Y/2,Y]J\subset[Y/2,Y] has length |J|≍Y⁢L−Hint|J|\asymp YL^{-H_{\rm int}}, then b=𝟏ℙ∩Jb=\mathbf{1}_{\mathbb{P}\cap J} satisfies (5.23) with Bdiv=1B_{\rm div}=1, uniformly in JJ.

Proof.

Endpoint PNT gives

‖b‖22≍Y⁢L−Hint−1.\|b\|_{2}^{2}\asymp YL^{-H_{\rm int}-1}.

Fix A2A_{2}. Put s=A2+(Hint+1)/2s=A_{2}+(H_{\rm int}+1)/2 and R=Y⁢L−s→∞R=YL^{-s}\to\infty. The target bound is then comparable to R⁢τ⁢(d)R\tau(d). For k≤LC0k\leq L^{C_{0}}, use endpoint power-log Siegel–Walfisz. After removing the primes dividing dd, it gives

|Δ|≪B,C0Y⁢L−B+ω⁢(k)+τ⁢(d).|\Delta|\ll_{B,C_{0}}YL^{-B}+\omega(k)+\tau(d).

Take B>s+3B>s+3; then the first term is O⁢(R)O(R). Also ω⁢(k)≤log⁡k/log⁡2=OC0⁢(log⁡L)=o⁢(R)\omega(k)\leq\log k/\log 2=O_{C_{0}}(\log L)=o(R). Since τ⁢(d)≥1\tau(d)\geq 1, the bound is O⁢(R⁢τ⁢(d))O(R\tau(d)), uniformly in dd. For k>LC0k>L^{C_{0}}, positivity gives

|Δ|≤|J|/k+1+π⁢(J)/φ⁢(k).|\Delta|\leq|J|/k+1+\pi(J)/\varphi(k).

The function log⁡log⁡(3⁢t)/t\log\log(3t)/t eventually decreases. Since 1/φ⁢(k)≪log⁡log⁡(3⁢k)/k1/\varphi(k)\ll\log\log(3k)/k,

supk>LC01/φ⁢(k)≪L−C0⁢log⁡log⁡(3⁢LC0).\sup_{k>L^{C_{0}}}1/\varphi(k)\ll L^{-C_{0}}\log\log(3L^{C_{0}}).

Using |J|≪Y⁢L−Hint|J|\ll YL^{-H_{\rm int}} and π⁢(J)≪Y⁢L−Hint−1\pi(J)\ll YL^{-H_{\rm int}-1} in the displayed bound above, we get

|J|/k+1+π⁢(J)/φ⁢(k)\displaystyle|J|/k+1+\pi(J)/\varphi(k) ≪Y⁢L−Hint−C0+1\displaystyle\ll YL^{-H_{\rm int}-C_{0}}+1
+Y⁢L−Hint−1−C0⁢log⁡log⁡(3⁢LC0)≪R.\displaystyle\quad+YL^{-H_{\rm int}-1-C_{0}}\log\log(3L^{C_{0}})\ll R.

Here R=Y⁢L−s→∞R=YL^{-s}\to\infty, and C0>s+3C_{0}>s+3. Hence (5.23) holds with Bdiv=1B_{\rm div}=1. ∎

In (5.26), one takes d=ed=e, k=fk=f, e⁢f≤Qef\leq Q, using (5.23) for f≤Ff\leq F and (5.8) otherwise. The two applications use these parameters:

Source HintH_{\rm int} xbx_{b} η\eta
O1 22 [ε⁢N/8,2⁢N][\varepsilon N/8,2N] 0.080.08
G4 Hg=A+4H_{g}=A+4 ≍εN\asymp_{\varepsilon}N 1/41/4

The G4 partition has equal widths, including its last interval.

5.5. O1: signs, full convolution and mass

This subsection proves the upper bound for the switched excess. We use the finite source and the thirteen-row weight of §1. Put

(5.29) Ssw=∑n∈𝒜ε,Ω⁢(n)≥3,P−⁢(n)≥Nαmax⁡(W13⁢(n),0).S_{\rm sw}=\sum_{n\in\mathcal{A}_{\varepsilon},\ \Omega(n)\geq 3,\ P^{-}(n)% \geq N^{\alpha}}\max(W_{13}(n),0).

Let Nj⁢(n)N_{j}(n) count the permitted source pairs, j=11,12,13j=11,12,13, with their exact indicators from §4. Let kik_{i} denote the four bin counts defined below. Set mB⁢(v)=#⁢{ui:ui<BO⁢1⁢(v)}m_{B}(v)=\#\{u_{i}:u_{i}<B_{O1}(v)\}. For squarefree (n,N)=1(n,N)=1, the pointwise identity is

(5.29a) W13⁢(n)\displaystyle W_{13}(n) =R⁢(n)−2⁢N11⁢(n)−N12⁢(n)−N13⁢(n),\displaystyle=R(n)-2N_{11}(n)-N_{12}(n)-N_{13}(n),
R⁢(n)\displaystyle R(n) =3+𝟏k1=0−2⁢k1−2⁢k2−k3\displaystyle=3+\mathbf{1}_{k_{1}=0}-2k_{1}-2k_{2}-k_{3}
+(k12)+∑jmB⁢(vj).\displaystyle\quad+\binom{k_{1}}{2}+\sum_{j}m_{B}(v_{j}).

For k≥5k\geq 5, all three negative source counts vanish:

Row Obstruction
S11 Five factors ≥Nλ\geq N^{\lambda}; 5⁢λ>15\lambda>1.
S12 One factor ≥Nα\geq N^{\alpha} and four ≥N1/3\geq N^{1/3}.
S13 Three remaining factors would have product ≥(N/pa⁢pb)3/2>N/pa⁢pb\geq(N/p_{a}p_{b})^{3/2}>N/p_{a}p_{b}, contradicting e<Ne<N.

Thus W13=RW_{13}=R. For k=3,4k=3,4, put t1<⋯<tkt_{1}<\cdots<t_{k}, s=∑tis=\sum t_{i}. Take NN such that 0<1−s<10−30<1-s<10^{-3}. The following conditions guarantee pairs.

Condition Guaranteed count
G11:k1=k2=0,k3≥1G11:\ k_{1}=k_{2}=0,\ k_{3}\geq 1 N11≥1N_{11}\geq 1
G⁢12:k4=k−1,k1+k2+k3=1G12:\ k_{4}=k-1,\ k_{1}+k_{2}+k_{3}=1 N12≥1N_{12}\geq 1
G⁢13:k=3,k1=0,k2=1G13:\ k=3,\ k_{1}=0,\ k_{2}=1 N13≥1N_{13}\geq 1

In each case the pair consists of the two smallest prime factors. Its upper pair constraint follows from 1−t1>s−t1=t2+⋯+tk>2⁢t21-t_{1}>s-t_{1}=t_{2}+\cdots+t_{k}>2t_{2}. All remaining factors exceed the second prime. For G13, t3>1−st_{3}>1-s gives the square-root cutoff. Extra S13 pairs, including radial endpoints, carry a negative coefficient. Put

(5.29b) U⁢(k)=3+𝟏k1=0−2⁢k1−2⁢k2−k3+(k12)+k1⁢k2,U∗⁢(k)=U⁢(k)−2⁢𝟏G⁢11−𝟏G⁢12−𝟏G⁢13.U(k)=3+\mathbf{1}_{k_{1}=0}-2k_{1}-2k_{2}-k_{3}+\binom{k_{1}}{2}+k_{1}k_{2},% \qquad U^{*}(k)=U(k)-2\mathbf{1}_{G11}-\mathbf{1}_{G12}-\mathbf{1}_{G13}.

Since mB⁢(v)≤k1m_{B}(v)\leq k_{1}, W13⁢(n)≤U∗⁢(k)W_{13}(n)\leq U^{*}(k). Apply (4.9)–(4.12) on ε⁢N<n<N\varepsilon N<n<N, and discard vectors with ∑ki⁢infIi≥1\sum k_{i}\inf I_{i}\geq 1 or ∑ki⁢supIi≤1−10−3\sum k_{i}\sup I_{i}\leq 1-10^{-3}. The remaining ten vectors for k=3k=3 have U∗≤0U^{*}\leq 0, and so do the nineteen for k=4k=4. Hence their positive weight vanishes.

For the remaining cells put μ=25/128\mu=25/128, λ=93/400\lambda=93/400, and

C0=5764−u−115⁢α=64082419192000,vβ=2⁢(C0−β)5,C_{0}=\frac{57}{64}-u-\frac{11}{5}\alpha=\frac{6408241}{9192000},\quad v_{% \beta}=\frac{2(C_{0}-\beta)}{5},
(5.30) BO⁢1⁢(v)={β,β≤v≤vβ,C0−5⁢v/2,vβ<v<λ.B_{O1}(v)=\begin{cases}\beta,&\beta\leq v\leq v_{\beta},\\ C_{0}-5v/2,&v_{\beta}<v<\lambda.\end{cases}

Here 2⁢(C0−α)/5>λ2(C_{0}-\alpha)/5>\lambda, so the lower clamp is inactive. For 5≤k≤115\leq k\leq 11, the coordinate bins are I1=[α,β)I_{1}=[\alpha,\beta), I2=[β,λ)I_{2}=[\beta,\lambda), I3=[λ,1/3)I_{3}=[\lambda,1/3), I4=[1/3,1]I_{4}=[1/3,1]. A cell is specified by the following data:

Counts k1+⋯+k4=kk_{1}+\cdots+k_{4}=k
Order u1<⋯<uk1<v1<⋯<vk2<w1<⋯<wk3<z1<⋯<zk4u_{1}<\cdots<u_{k_{1}}<v_{1}<\cdots<v_{k_{2}}<w_{1}<\cdots<w_{k_{3}}<z_{1}<% \cdots<z_{k_{4}}
Ranks k1≥m1≥⋯≥mk2≥0k_{1}\geq m_{1}\geq\cdots\geq m_{k_{2}}\geq 0
Flat branch vj≤vβv_{j}\leq v_{\beta}, mj=k1m_{j}=k_{1}
Slope branch vj>vβv_{j}>v_{\beta}, umj<C0−5⁢vj/2≤umj+1u_{m_{j}}<C_{0}-5v_{j}/2\leq u_{m_{j}+1}

The last line uses infinite outer sentinels. Each nonempty cell is convex, and each of its inequalities involves at most two coordinates. Its weight is

(5.31) wC=3+𝟏k1=0−2⁢k1−2⁢k2−k3+(k12)+∑jmj.w_{C}=3+\mathbf{1}_{k_{1}=0}-2k_{1}-2k_{2}-k_{3}+\binom{k_{1}}{2}+\sum_{j}m_{j}.

Let 𝒞\mathcal{C} be the set of cells with wC≥1w_{C}\geq 1; their weights are at most 36. They partition the ordered prime vectors, with the stated face conventions. Define

(5.32) CN\displaystyle C_{N} =C∩{1−log⁡(1/ε)/L<∑ti<1},\displaystyle=C\cap\{1-\log(1/\varepsilon)/L<\sum t_{i}<1\},
VC⁢(s)\displaystyle V_{C}(s) =∫C∩{∑ti=s}d⁢t1⁢⋯⁢d⁢tk−1t1⁢⋯⁢tk,\displaystyle=\int_{C\cap\{\sum t_{i}=s\}}\frac{dt_{1}\cdots dt_{k-1}}{t_{1}% \cdots t_{k}},
IH⁢L\displaystyle I_{HL} =∑CwC⁢VC⁢(1).\displaystyle=\sum_{C}w_{C}V_{C}(1).

The radial interval is exactly ε⁢N<e<N\varepsilon N<e<N. Put g⁢(e)=∑CwC⁢aC⁢(e)g(e)=\sum_{C}w_{C}a_{C}(e), where aCa_{C} selects permitted squarefree factorizations in CNC_{N}. Squareful or non-coprime rough exceptions number O⁢(N1−α⁢L)O(N^{1-\alpha}L). Each has at most eleven prime factors. So each one-prime row is at most 11, and each two-prime row is at most (112)\binom{11}{2}. Thus |W13|≤455|W_{13}|\leq 455, and

(5.33) Ssw≤∑eg⁢(e)⁢𝟏ℙ⁢(N−e)+O⁢(N1−α⁢L).S_{\rm sw}\leq\sum_{e}g(e)\mathbf{1}_{\mathbb{P}}(N-e)+O(N^{1-\alpha}L).

Full-support majorant. Put Δ0=1+L−2\Delta_{0}=1+L^{-2}, h=log⁡Δ0/L≤L−3h=\log\Delta_{0}/L\leq L^{-3}, and Jj=[Nα⁢Δ0j−1,Nα⁢Δ0j)J_{j}=[N^{\alpha}\Delta_{0}^{j-1},N^{\alpha}\Delta_{0}^{j}). Let TjT_{j} be its exponent interval. A box 𝐣=(j1,…,jk)\mathbf{j}=(j_{1},\ldots,j_{k}) is outer for CC if Tj1×⋯×Tjk¯∩CN¯≠∅\overline{T_{j_{1}}\times\cdots\times T_{j_{k}}}\cap\overline{C_{N}}\neq\varnothing. Let 𝟏𝐣⁢(e)\mathbf{1}_{\mathbf{j}}(e) count labelled prime factorizations with factor ii in JjiJ_{j_{i}}. Put

(5.34) c⁢(𝐣)=∑C:𝐣⁢ outer for ⁢CwC,f+⁢(e)=∑k=511∑𝐣c⁢(𝐣)⁢𝟏𝐣⁢(e).c(\mathbf{j})=\sum_{C:\,\mathbf{j}\text{ outer for }C}w_{C},\qquad f^{+}(e)=% \sum_{k=5}^{11}\sum_{\mathbf{j}}c(\mathbf{j})\mathbf{1}_{\mathbf{j}}(e).

Then g≤f+g\leq f^{+}. For J=JjJ=J_{j}, put

(5.35) bJ=𝟏ℙ∩J,aJ⁢(m)=∑k=511∑𝐣:j1=jc⁢(𝐣)⁢(𝟏ℙ∩Jj2∗⋯∗𝟏ℙ∩Jjk)⁢(m).b_{J}=\mathbf{1}_{\mathbb{P}\cap J},\qquad a_{J}(m)=\sum_{k=5}^{11}\sum_{% \mathbf{j}:\,j_{1}=j}c(\mathbf{j})(\mathbf{1}_{\mathbb{P}\cap J_{j_{2}}}*% \cdots*\mathbf{1}_{\mathbb{P}\cap J_{j_{k}}})(m).

Thus f+=∑JaJ∗bJf^{+}=\sum_{J}a_{J}*b_{J}. For fixed mm, k=Ω⁢(m)+1k=\Omega(m)+1, and each labelled factorization fixes one interval tuple. There are at most (k−1)!(k-1)! such factorizations, so

(5.36) 0≤aJ(m)≤Kbox:=max5≤k≤11(k−1)!∑C∈𝒞kwC,0\leq a_{J}(m)\leq K_{\rm box}:=\max_{5\leq k\leq 11}(k-1)!\sum_{C\in\mathcal{% C}_{k}}w_{C},

uniformly in N,JN,J. Every original cell constraint remains, and outer boxes satisfy ∑ti∈[1−log⁡(1/ε)/L−k⁢h,1+k⁢h]\sum t_{i}\in[1-\log(1/\varepsilon)/L-kh,1+kh], t1∈[α,1/5+h]t_{1}\in[\alpha,1/5+h]. For J=[Y/Δ0,Y)J=[Y/\Delta_{0},Y), split aJa_{J} dyadically at MM; then, eventually,

(5.37) xb=M⁢(Y/2)∈[ε⁢N/8,2⁢N],η=0.08≤log⁡(Y/2)log⁡xb≤1−η,x_{b}=M(Y/2)\in[\varepsilon N/8,2N],\quad\eta=0.08\leq\frac{\log(Y/2)}{\log x_% {b}}\leq 1-\eta,

and there are Oε⁢(L3)O_{\varepsilon}(L^{3}) blocks. Their norms satisfy ‖aJ,M‖2≪Kbox⁢M\|a_{J,M}\|_{2}\ll K_{\rm box}\sqrt{M}, ‖bJ‖2≪Y⁢L−3/2\|b_{J}\|_{2}\ll\sqrt{Y}L^{-3/2}. The interval lemma gives (5.23) with Hint=2H_{\rm int}=2. Use saving 6 and a single level D=N1/2⁢L−BD=N^{1/2}L^{-B}, B≥B1⁢(6)+1B\geq B_{1}(6)+1. Each block then costs O⁢(N⁢L−15/2)O(NL^{-15/2}), giving

(5.38) ∑d≤Dmax(r,d)=1⁡|Δf+⁢(d,r)|≪εN⁢L−9/2.\sum_{d\leq D}\max_{(r,d)=1}|\Delta_{f^{+}}(d,r)|\ll_{\varepsilon}NL^{-9/2}.

Each cofactor has at least four rough prime factors, and the sieve divisors remain outside the convolution. All block scales are comparable to NN.

Sieve and mass. Sieve {N−e}\{N-e\} with multiplicity f+⁢(e)f^{+}(e) at z=Dz=\sqrt{D}, and put X+=∑f+X^{+}=\sum f^{+}. For d∣PN⁢(z)d\mid P_{N}(z),

(5.39) rd=Δf+⁢(d,N)−1φ⁢(d)⁢∑(e,d)>1f+⁢(e).r_{d}=\Delta_{f^{+}}(d,N)-\frac{1}{\varphi(d)}\sum_{(e,d)>1}f^{+}(e).

Every ee has at most eleven prime factors, all ≥Nα\geq N^{\alpha}. Put

Rnc:=∑d<Dd∣PN⁢(z)1φ⁢(d)⁢∑(e,d)>1f+⁢(e).R_{\rm nc}:=\sum_{\begin{subarray}{c}d<D\\ d\mid P_{N}(z)\end{subarray}}\frac{1}{\varphi(d)}\sum_{(e,d)>1}f^{+}(e).

For squarefree d=ℓ⁢rd=\ell r with prime ℓ∣(e,d)\ell\mid(e,d), (ℓ,r)=1(\ell,r)=1 and φ⁢(d)=(ℓ−1)⁢φ⁢(r)\varphi(d)=(\ell-1)\varphi(r). Hence

(5.40) Rnc\displaystyle R_{\rm nc} ≤∑ef+⁢(e)⁢∑ℓ∣e1ℓ−1⁢∑r<D/ℓμ2⁢(r)φ⁢(r)\displaystyle\leq\sum_{e}f^{+}(e)\sum_{\ell\mid e}\frac{1}{\ell-1}\sum_{r<D/% \ell}\frac{\mu^{2}(r)}{\varphi(r)}
≤22⁢X+⁢N−α⁢∑r<Dμ2⁢(r)φ⁢(r)≪X+⁢N−α⁢L.\displaystyle\leq 22X^{+}N^{-\alpha}\sum_{r<D}\frac{\mu^{2}(r)}{\varphi(r)}\ll X% ^{+}N^{-\alpha}L.

Here 1/(ℓ−1)≤2⁢N−α1/(\ell-1)\leq 2N^{-\alpha} eventually. By (5.42), the normalized cost is O⁢(N−α⁢L2)O(N^{-\alpha}L^{2}); it is included in ESswE_{S_{\rm sw}}. By (5.33), source exceptions cost O⁢(N1−α⁢L)O(N^{1-\alpha}L) before normalization. Since UC≫N/L2U_{C}\gg N/L^{2}, their normalized cost is O⁢(N−α⁢L3)O(N^{-\alpha}L^{3}). Primes N−e<zN-e<z in gg cost at most 36⁢z36z. Outer-box multiplicities remain nonnegative for nonpositive N−eN-e. Apply (5.4) to the finite multiset. Each box has mass

∏iπ⁢(Jji).\prod_{i}\pi(J_{j_{i}}).

Uniform PNT approximates it by

∫T𝐣N∑ti⁢∏id⁢ti/ti\int_{T_{\mathbf{j}}}N^{\sum t_{i}}\prod_{i}dt_{i}/t_{i}

with exponentially small relative error. The excess of the outer boxes lies within k⁢h\sqrt{k}h of the facets. Radial facets cost O⁢(h⁢N)O(hN). Every other facet has at most two nonzero normal coordinates, and its normal is not parallel to (1,…,1)(1,\ldots,1). Each radial slice has excess O⁢(h)O(h), costing O⁢(h⁢N/L)O(hN/L). Thus the total weighted excess is O⁢(N⁢L−3)O(NL^{-3}).

The slice mass VC⁢(s)V_{C}(s) is Lipschitz near 1. All coordinates exceed α\alpha, so denominators and derivatives are bounded. Changing ss shifts each two-coordinate inequality by O⁢(|1−s|)O(|1-s|). If a constraint uses the eliminated coordinate, its gradient has at least k−2≥3k-2\geq 3 identical nonzero entries. Thus the slice change is O⁢(|1−s|)O(|1-s|). Radial integration gives

(5.41) ∫CNN∑ti⁢∏id⁢titi=NL⁢[(1−ε)⁢VC⁢(1)+∫0log⁡(1/ε)e−v⁢{VC⁢(1−v/L)−VC⁢(1)}⁢𝑑v].\int_{C_{N}}N^{\sum t_{i}}\prod_{i}\frac{dt_{i}}{t_{i}}=\frac{N}{L}\left[(1-% \varepsilon)V_{C}(1)+\int_{0}^{\log(1/\varepsilon)}e^{-v}\{V_{C}(1-v/L)-V_{C}(% 1)\}\,dv\right].

Hence

(5.42) X+=NL⁢{(1−ε)⁢IH⁢L+Oε⁢(L−1)}.X^{+}=\frac{N}{L}\{(1-\varepsilon)I_{HL}+O_{\varepsilon}(L^{-1})\}.

Thus (5.40) is O⁢(N1−α)=o⁢(UC)O(N^{1-\alpha})=o(U_{C}). For s=2s=2, F⁢(2)=eγF(2)=e^{\gamma} and log⁡z=L/4−(B/2)⁢log⁡L\log z=L/4-(B/2)\log L. By (5.7),

VN⁢(z)⁢F⁢(2)=8⁢C⁢(N)L⁢{1+O⁢(log⁡L/L)+o⁢(1)}.V_{N}(z)F(2)=\frac{8C(N)}{L}\{1+O(\log L/L)+o(1)\}.

Equations (5.33), (5.38)–(5.42) and the sieve give

(5.43) Ssw≤[8⁢(1−ε)⁢IH⁢L+o⁢(1)]⁢UC.\boxed{\ S_{\rm sw}\leq[8(1-\varepsilon)I_{HL}+o(1)]U_{C}\ }.

The errors are O⁢(UC⁢L−1/3)O(U_{C}L^{-1/3}), O⁢(N1/4)O(N^{1/4}), Oε⁢(N⁢L−9/2)O_{\varepsilon}(NL^{-9/2}) and O⁢(N1−α⁢L)O(N^{1-\alpha}L), including the radial and box errors. Each is o⁢(UC)o(U_{C}). Appendix A.6 encloses (5.32). The low-Ω\Omega cells are handled by (4.9)–(4.12) and (5.29a)–(5.29b).

5.6. Weak G4: interval partition and injection

This subsection bounds the remaining balanced semiprimes. Fix aa with 3/2<a<23/2<a<2 and a−1a−ε>13\frac{a-1}{a}-\varepsilon>\frac{1}{3}. Put

bG⁢4=a−1a−ε>13.b_{G4}=\frac{a-1}{a}-\varepsilon>\frac{1}{3}.

For a=9/5a=9/5, this is the cutoff in (1.3). Count ordered prime pairs by

(5.44) gN⁢(e)=#⁢{(m,p′):m,p′⁢ prime,NbG⁢4≤m≤N,ε⁢N≤m⁢p′<N,m⁢p′=e}.g_{N}(e)=\#\{(m,p^{\prime}):m,p^{\prime}\text{ prime},\ N^{b_{G4}}\leq m\leq% \sqrt{N},\ \varepsilon N\leq mp^{\prime}<N,\ mp^{\prime}=e\}.

Unique factorization gives gN≤2g_{N}\leq 2; both orders and all coprimality types are included. For A>2A>2, put Hg=A+4H_{g}=A+4 and

(5.45) R=⌈(1/2−bG⁢4)⁢Llog⁡(1+L−Hg)⌉,ξ=N(1/2−bG⁢4)/R,uj=NbG⁢4⁢ξj.R=\left\lceil\frac{(1/2-b_{G4})L}{\log(1+L^{-H_{g}})}\right\rceil,\quad\xi=N^{% (1/2-b_{G4})/R},\quad u_{j}=N^{b_{G4}}\xi^{j}.

Partition into the intervals [uj−1,uj)[u_{j-1},u_{j}), with the last upper endpoint closed. Each relative width is comparable to L−HgL^{-H_{g}}, and there are O⁢(LHg+1)O(L^{H_{g}+1}) intervals. For an interval with upper endpoint YY, take bJ=𝟏ℙ∩Jb_{J}=\mathbf{1}_{\mathbb{P}\cap J} and

(5.46) aJ+⁢(p′)=𝟏p′⁢ prime,ε⁢N/Y≤p′<N⁢ξ/Y,aJ−⁢(p′)=𝟏p′⁢ prime,ε⁢N⁢ξ/Y≤p′<N/Y.a_{J}^{+}(p^{\prime})=\mathbf{1}_{p^{\prime}\text{ prime},\ \varepsilon N/Y% \leq p^{\prime}<N\xi/Y},\qquad a_{J}^{-}(p^{\prime})=\mathbf{1}_{p^{\prime}% \text{ prime},\ \varepsilon N\xi/Y\leq p^{\prime}<N/Y}.

Then g−≤gN≤g+g^{-}\leq g_{N}\leq g^{+}, with g±=∑JbJ∗aJ±g^{\pm}=\sum_{J}b_{J}*a_{J}^{\pm}. For h=g+−gNh=g^{+}-g_{N}, 0≤h≤20\leq h\leq 2. Its support lies in [ε⁢N/ξ,ε⁢N)∪[N,N⁢ξ)[\varepsilon N/\xi,\varepsilon N)\cup[N,N\xi), a set of length W≪N⁢L−HgW\ll NL^{-H_{g}}. PNT or Brun–Titchmarsh gives ∑h≪N⁢L−Hg−1\sum h\ll NL^{-H_{g}-1}. Thus

(5.47) ∑q≤Qmax(r,q)=1⁡|Δh⁢(q,r)|≪∑q≤Q(2⁢(W/q+2)+(∑h)/φ⁢(q))≪N⁢L−Hg+1+Q.\sum_{q\leq Q}\max_{(r,q)=1}|\Delta_{h}(q,r)|\ll\sum_{q\leq Q}\left(2(W/q+2)+(% \sum h)/\varphi(q)\right)\ll NL^{-H_{g}+1}+Q.

Write ΔgN=Δg+−Δh\Delta_{g_{N}}=\Delta_{g^{+}}-\Delta_{h}, and split aJ+a_{J}^{+} into Oε⁢(1)O_{\varepsilon}(1) dyadic pieces (Mi,2⁢Mi](M_{i},2M_{i}]. Here xb=Mi⁢Y/2≍εNx_{b}=M_{i}Y/2\asymp_{\varepsilon}N and log⁡(Y/2)/log⁡xb∈[bG⁢4−o⁢(1),1/2+o⁢(1)]\log(Y/2)/\log x_{b}\in[b_{G4}-o(1),1/2+o(1)]. Thus η=1/4\eta=1/4 is admissible. The norms are ‖aJ,i‖2≪Mi\|a_{J,i}\|_{2}\ll\sqrt{M_{i}} and ‖bJ‖2≪Y⁢L−(Hg+1)/2\|b_{J}\|_{2}\ll\sqrt{Y}L^{-(H_{g}+1)/2}. The interval lemma gives (5.23) for every exact interval. With Ablock=A+Hg/2+2A_{\rm block}=A+H_{g}/2+2 in (5.24), each block costs O⁢(N⁢L−Ablock−(Hg+1)/2)O(NL^{-A_{\rm block}-(H_{g}+1)/2}), and their sum is O⁢(N⁢L−A−3/2)O(NL^{-A-3/2}). A single level Q=N1/2⁢L−BQ=N^{1/2}L^{-B} works throughout, with B≥B1⁢(Ablock,1/4,1)+1B\geq B_{1}(A_{\rm block},1/4,1)+1. Together with (5.47),

(5.48) ∑q≤Qmax(r,q)=1⁡|ΔgN⁢(q,r)|≪A,a,εN⁢L−A.\sum_{q\leq Q}\max_{(r,q)=1}|\Delta_{g_{N}}(q,r)|\ll_{A,a,\varepsilon}NL^{-A}.

For example, one may take A=4A=4, Hg=8H_{g}=8, Ablock=10A_{\rm block}=10. Apply this to

(5.49) G3⁢(bG⁢4)=∑m∈𝒫N,NbG⁢4≤m≤NS⁢(𝒜m;𝒫N,m),G_{3}(b_{G4})=\sum_{m\in\mathcal{P}_{N},\ N^{b_{G4}}\leq m\leq\sqrt{N}}S(% \mathcal{A}_{m};\mathcal{P}_{N},m),

with the conditions P−⁢(c)≥mP^{-}(c)\geq m, (c,N⁢m)=1(c,Nm)=1. A counted term satisfies N−p0=m⁢cN-p_{0}=mc, p0<Xp_{0}<X. Eventually,

1<ε⁢N<c<N/m≤N1−bG⁢4<N2⁢bG⁢4≤m2.1<\varepsilon\sqrt{N}<c<N/m\leq N^{1-b_{G4}}<N^{2b_{G4}}\leq m^{2}.

A composite cc would satisfy c≥m2c\geq m^{2}, so cc is prime. The designated mm gives an injection into (5.44), with multiplicity one in all ordering and coprimality cases. The closed lower endpoint covers e>ε⁢Ne>\varepsilon N, and the square and endpoint conventions cost O⁢(N)O(\sqrt{N}).

Sieve with multiplicity gN⁢(e)g_{N}(e) at Ds=QD_{s}=Q, z=Qz=\sqrt{Q}, s=2s=2. Primes p0<zp_{0}<z cost at most 2⁢z2z. Put Xg=∑gNX_{g}=\sum g_{N}. For d∣PN⁢(z)d\mid P_{N}(z), NN is reduced and

(5.50) |ℬd|=Xg/φ⁢(d)+rd,rd=ΔgN⁢(d,N)−1φ⁢(d)⁢∑(e,d)>1gN⁢(e).|\mathcal{B}_{d}|=X_{g}/\varphi(d)+r_{d},\qquad r_{d}=\Delta_{g_{N}}(d,N)-% \frac{1}{\varphi(d)}\sum_{(e,d)>1}g_{N}(e).

Eventually both prime factors exceed min⁡(NbG⁢4,ε⁢N)>N1/3>z\min(N^{b_{G4}},\varepsilon\sqrt{N})>N^{1/3}>z, so the non-coprime term vanishes. For comparison, at y=z=Qy=z=Q one has s=1s=1, F⁢(1)=2⁢eγF(1)=2e^{\gamma} and log⁡Q=L/2−B⁢log⁡L\log Q=L/2-B\log L. Thus (5.7) gives

VN⁢(Q)⁢F⁢(1)=4⁢C⁢(N)log⁡Q⁢(1+o⁢(1))=8⁢C⁢(N)L⁢(1+o⁢(1)).V_{N}(Q)F(1)=\frac{4C(N)}{\log Q}(1+o(1))=\frac{8C(N)}{L}(1+o(1)).

Since Q1⁢(1)Q_{1}(1) is bounded and KK is fixed, the correction in (5.4) is

VN⁢(Q)⁢eK⁢Q1⁢(1)⁢(log⁡Q)−1/3=OK⁢(C⁢(N)⁢L−4/3)=o⁢(C⁢(N)/L).V_{N}(Q)e^{\sqrt{K}}Q_{1}(1)(\log Q)^{-1/3}=O_{K}(C(N)L^{-4/3})=o(C(N)/L).

Hence the sieve factor has the same leading constant. The G4 bound below uses z=Qz=\sqrt{Q} as above. By (5.48) and (5.4), the remainder is o⁢(UC)o(U_{C}). Uniform PNT gives

(5.51) Xg=∑m{π⁢(N/m)−π⁢(ε⁢N/m)}+o⁢(N/L)=(1−ε)⁢NL⁢∫bG⁢41/2d⁢tt⁢(1−t)+o⁢(N/L).X_{g}=\sum_{m}\{\pi(N/m)-\pi(\varepsilon N/m)\}+o(N/L)=\frac{(1-\varepsilon)N}% {L}\int_{b_{G4}}^{1/2}\frac{dt}{t(1-t)}+o(N/L).

Endpoints cost O⁢(N)O(\sqrt{N}). PNT is applied to the inner count, then partial summation to the outer sum. Since log⁡(N/m)=(1−t)⁢L\log(N/m)=(1-t)L, the integral is log⁡((1−bG⁢4)/bG⁢4)\log((1-b_{G4})/b_{G4}). Also VN⁢(Q)⁢F⁢(2)=(8+o⁢(1))⁢C⁢(N)/LV_{N}(\sqrt{Q})F(2)=(8+o(1))C(N)/L. Hence

(5.52) ∑p0⁢ primegN⁢(N−p0)≤[8⁢(1−ε)⁢log⁡1−bG⁢4bG⁢4+o⁢(1)]⁢UC.\boxed{\ \sum_{p_{0}\text{ prime}}g_{N}(N-p_{0})\leq\left[8(1-\varepsilon)\log% \frac{1-b_{G4}}{b_{G4}}+o(1)\right]U_{C}\ }.

The injection gives G3⁢(bG⁢4)≤∑p0⁢ primegN⁢(N−p0)+O⁢(N)G_{3}(b_{G4})\leq\sum_{p_{0}\text{ prime}}g_{N}(N-p_{0})+O(\sqrt{N}), which proves weak G4. Sections 2–4 give G1 and the nineteen OL estimates.

5.7. One signed allocation

Theorem 4 and §6.3 give (1.21), with ΣW=Σ\Sigma_{W}=\Sigma and rΣ⁢(N)=o⁢(1)r_{\Sigma}(N)=o(1).

For general aa, the pointwise bound and (5.52) give

(5.54) D(1,a)⁢(N)≥[(1−ε)⁢{Dcert−8⁢log⁡1−bG⁢4bG⁢4}−o⁢(1)]⁢UC.D_{(1,a)}(N)\geq\left[(1-\varepsilon)\left\{D_{\rm cert}-8\log\frac{1-b_{G4}}{% b_{G4}}\right\}-o(1)\right]U_{C}.

Cancel the common positive factor 1−ε1-\varepsilon. For a=9/5a=9/5, ε=1/10000\varepsilon=1/10000, bG⁢4=39991/90000b_{G4}=39991/90000, the criterion is then (1.22): Dcert>8⁢log⁡(50009/39991)=1.788388483459608⁢…D_{\rm cert}>8\log(50009/39991)=1.788388483459608\ldots. The raw bad-count coefficient is 8⁢(9999/10000)⁢log⁡(50009/39991)8(9999/10000)\log(50009/39991), that is, 1.788209644611262⁢…1.788209644611262\ldots. Its limit is 8⁢log⁡(5/4)=1.785148410513678⁢…8\log(5/4)=1.785148410513678\ldots. The fixed-ε\varepsilon construction here uses (1.22). For fixed a∈(3/2,2)a\in(3/2,2), put ρ0=(a−1)/a\rho_{0}=(a-1)/a and rc=1/(1+exp⁡(Dcert/8))r_{c}=1/(1+\exp(D_{\rm cert}/8)). The same source argument works if

(5.56) ε=10−4,ρ0−10−4>max⁡{1/3,rc}.\varepsilon=10^{-4},\qquad\rho_{0}-10^{-4}>\max\{1/3,r_{c}\}.

Then bG⁢4=ρ0−10−4>1/3b_{G4}=\rho_{0}-10^{-4}>1/3 and Dcert>8⁢log⁡((1−bG⁢4)/bG⁢4)D_{\rm cert}>8\log((1-b_{G4})/b_{G4}). With ε\varepsilon kept fixed, require N>ε−(a−1)/(a⁢ε)N>\varepsilon^{-(a-1)/(a\varepsilon)} and the analytic threshold. The signed allocation is as follows.

Term Position and multiplicity
Full R1 comparator 4⁢JR⁢14J_{R1} One replacement in (5.18). Appendix A.4 includes the R1-κ\kappa comparison in S2. The extra allowance in (6.6) is conservative.
PF/BV selected cells The PF-side loss of (5.19), once.
S5 BV top One replacement on [t∗,τS)[t_{*},\tau_{S}) in the split row.
S6 level increment ES⁢6E_{S6} of (5.22), once.
Finite BV errors EN⁢6⁢(N)≥0E_{N6}(N)\geq 0, including the logarithmic loss; EN⁢6⁢(N)→0E_{N6}(N)\to 0.
AA37 perturbation CE⁢σ⁢WAA/4≤gAAC_{E}\sigma W_{\rm AA}/4\leq g_{\rm AA} by (1.27), once in (6.6). Cutoff and selection costs are in (6.4).
O1 main term −Ssw/[4⁢(1−ε)⁢UC]≥−2⁢IH⁢L−o⁢(1)-S_{\rm sw}/[4(1-\varepsilon)U_{C}]\geq-2I_{HL}-o(1), inside DD. Its enclosure enters once.
O1 errors ESsw=o⁢(1)E_{S_{\rm sw}}=o(1) from (5.43): box, radial, exceptional, small-prime, non-coprime and BV. The non-coprime cost is O⁢(N−α⁢L2)O(N^{-\alpha}L^{2}); finite-source exceptions cost O⁢(N−α⁢L3)O(N^{-\alpha}L^{3}).
Weak G4 G3⁢(bG⁢4)G_{3}(b_{G4}) is subtracted once outside DD in (5.54).

Sections 2–4 and 6.3 prove the source and profile bounds. Each fixed cost enters once, and direct low-prime removal costs Ou⁢(L−28)O_{u}(L^{-28}) after normalization.

6. Proof of Theorem 1

6.1. One signed assembly

Put L=log⁡NL=\log N, ρ=1+τ\rho=1+\tau and Wnorm=4⁢(1−εA)⁢UCW_{\rm norm}=4(1-\varepsilon_{A})U_{C}. This scalar differs from the pointwise weight. The signed source is

(6.1) Wnorm⁢Dsrc⁢(N)=3⁢S1+S2−2⁢S3−S4−S5−S6−S7+S8+S9+S10−2⁢S11−S12−S13−Ssw.\begin{split}W_{\rm norm}D_{\rm src}(N)={}&3S_{1}+S_{2}-2S_{3}-S_{4}-S_{5}-S_{% 6}-S_{7}\\ &+S_{8}+S_{9}+S_{10}-2S_{11}-S_{12}-S_{13}-S_{\rm sw}.\end{split}
Theorem 4 (Signed assembly).

Fix one actual construction with u=1/500u=1/500, α=100/1149\alpha=100/1149, β=50/309\beta=50/309, 0<σ≤10−100<\sigma\leq 10^{-10}, τ=σ9\tau=\sigma^{9} and ℓ0=53/412−1/20000>0\ell_{0}=53/412-1/20000>0. Assume four conditions.

  1. (1)

    The nineteen row chains and outer chains cover (6.1). They retain exact source maps, multiplicities, half-open domains, selectors and restrictions.

  2. (2)

    The source, AA37, comparator, detection, boundary, Class-I, Class-II, measure and profile estimates below hold. They retain actual domains, signed modulus sums and norms. Uniformity holds after the displayed family count.

  3. (3)

    Directed endpoints bound their specified profiles. S1, S2-T8/4 and G1 enter jointly, once each. The S1-3 prefactor comparison is separate from its dynamic cutoff.

  4. (4)

    Each fixed loss enters once under the paired tail convention. The AA37 perturbation fits gAAg_{\rm AA}. The explicit selector, cutoff and peel bounds remain. Parameters follow the order below.

There are finite signed terms aj⁢(N)a_{j}(N) and slacks sk⁢(N)≥0s_{k}(N)\geq 0 with

(6.2) Dsrc⁢(N)=Bmain+∑jaj⁢(N)+∑ksk⁢(N),Dsrc⁢(N)≥Bmain−Fpers−Evan⁢(N),Evan⁢(N)⟶0.\begin{gathered}D_{\rm src}(N)=B_{\rm main}+\sum_{j}a_{j}(N)+\sum_{k}s_{k}(N),% \\ D_{\rm src}(N)\geq B_{\rm main}-F_{\rm pers}-E_{\rm van}(N),\qquad E_{\rm van}% (N)\longrightarrow 0.\end{gathered}

Hence the fixed-ϵA\epsilon_{A} threshold holds eventually when

(6.3) Dlower≤Bmain−Fpers,Dlower>T.D_{\rm lower}\leq B_{\rm main}-F_{\rm pers},\qquad D_{\rm lower}>T.
Proof.

The signed row coefficient is included in Qr,kQ_{r,k}. All quantities below are in D units.

Stage Quantity
Qr,0Q_{r,0} Actual signed master source.
Qr,1Q_{r,1} Declared row source after its exact identity.
Qr,2Q_{r,2} Low/upper cuts, source tags, squarefree/coprime restoration.
Qr,3Q_{r,3} Exact selector, dynamic-cutoff and peel partition, with main-comparison error terms.
Qr,4Q_{r,4} Actual-level AA37 main term, fixed/asymptotic perturbations and remainder.
Qr,5Q_{r,5} Exact comparator decomposition.
Qr,6Q_{r,6} Λ/log\Lambda/\log detection, proper powers and LOG freezing.
Qr,7Q_{r,7} Boundary, II, I-1 and I-2 partition.
Qr,8Q_{r,8} Continuum mass after prime-measure/Euler conversion.
Qr,9Q_{r,9} Sign-correct specified profile after domination.
Qr,10Q_{r,10} Directed endpoint with the paired tail convention.

Finite telescoping yields

(6.4) Qr,0=Qr,10+∑k=110(Qr,k−1−Qr,k).Q_{r,0}=Q_{r,10}+\sum_{k=1}^{10}(Q_{r,k-1}-Q_{r,k}).

For S2 we use (3.3)–(3.4):

ℱ=Δ∩{h≤K},ℬ=Δ∩{h>K},R⁢1=Δ∩{g>249/250},Δ=P⁢F⁢∪˙⁢(ℱ∩R⁢1)⁢∪˙⁢ℬ.\begin{gathered}\mathcal{F}=\Delta\cap\{h\leq K\},\quad\mathcal{B}=\Delta\cap% \{h>K\},\quad R1=\Delta\cap\{g>249/250\},\\ \Delta=PF\ \dot{\cup}\ (\mathcal{F}\cap R1)\ \dot{\cup}\ \mathcal{B}.\end{gathered}

Here hh is evaluated at inherited labels, and KK differs from K0K_{0}. S10 Ret/Drop, S5 low/top and S4/S7 A/B retain their half-open endpoints. The modulus masks are 1−KT1-K_{T}, KT⁢(1−KP)K_{T}(1-K_{P}) and KT⁢KP⁢𝟏rough⁢squareK_{T}K_{P}\mathbf{1}_{\rm rough\ square}. They give, before the signed row coefficient,

(6.4a) RAA=Sslot+N⁢Csf−∑Ξunion⁢ΔP+∑Ξallowed⁢(Δ0−ΔP).R_{\rm AA}=S_{\rm slot}+NC_{\rm sf}-\sum\Xi_{\rm union}\Delta_{P}+\sum\Xi_{\rm allowed% }(\Delta_{0}-\Delta_{P}).

The first two masks split Ξunion\Xi_{\rm union} disjointly, and the third gives Ξallowed\Xi_{\rm allowed}. NC uses the remaining squarefree moduli. A failure of both conditions belongs to the tail.

For O∈{S1,S2⁢-⁢T8/4,G1}O\in\{\mathrm{S1},\mathrm{S2\text{-}T8/4},\mathrm{G1}\}, put QO,9=∑r∈OQr,9Q_{O,9}=\sum_{r\in O}Q_{r,9} and QO,10=EOQ_{O,10}=E_{O}. Then

(6.4d) ∑r∈OQr,0=QO,10+(QO,9−QO,10)+∑r∈O∑k=19(Qr,k−1−Qr,k),QO,9−QO,10≥0.\begin{split}\sum_{r\in O}Q_{r,0}={}&Q_{O,10}+(Q_{O,9}-Q_{O,10})\\ &+\sum_{r\in O}\sum_{k=1}^{9}(Q_{r,k-1}-Q_{r,k}),\qquad Q_{O,9}-Q_{O,10}\geq 0% .\end{split}

Signed differences are kept and favourable slacks are discarded. Each tuple is assigned to its first failed condition. The low direct primes, the upper G1 cut, the excluded factors and the squarefree/coprime restoration are removed. The source is then retained. The unique D1 Lemma 2.1 and the G1 cut-measure comparison prove these changes.

A box meeting a source face is a boundary box. Otherwise the largest eligible lower-endpoint exponent is chosen for II. Ties are broken by the fixed variable index, and then I-1 and I-2 are used. The DIRECT preparation lemmas verify (SH1)–(SH5) [Z1, §3.11, (3.98)–(3.101)]. Every G1 coordinate exceeds NαN^{\alpha}, and its two Class-I families are empty by the product-source proof. The tables bound every adverse difference, and the fixed-parameter argument gives Evan→0E_{\rm van}\to 0. This proves (6.2). ∎

6.2. Sources, local inputs and directed endpoints

The map fixes each sign and domain. Positive terms use lower endpoints, and negative terms use upper endpoints.

Contribution Source and endpoint direction
3⁢S13S_{1} (2.19): coefficients (3,−3,3,−3)(3,-3,3,-3), orbits 1,2,61,2,6; one joint 34⁢𝒮1\tfrac{3}{4}\mathcal{S}_{1} from (A.4).
S2S_{2} Four terms; P⁢FPF, ℱ∩R⁢1\mathcal{F}\cap R1, ℬ\mathcal{B} in (3.4). Whole-KK uses II; strict complement uses BV-R1. One lower dT⁢8d_{T8} from (A.7).
−2⁢S3,S8,S9-2S_{3},S_{8},S_{9} Absolute single-prefix profiles with level reduced by u=1/500u=1/500.
−S4,−S7-S_{4},-S_{7} A/B partitions within each row; upper endpoints.
−S5-S_{5} S5-low on [1/4,t∗)[1/4,t_{*}) and disjoint BV-top; upper endpoints.
−S6-S_{6} Separate BV-S6 upper estimate.
S10S_{10} Ret ∪˙\dot{\cup} Drop, with its directed lower estimate.
−2⁢S11−S12−S13-2S_{11}-S_{12}-S_{13} G1 chain (4.18), separate cutoff peel; source weights (2,1,1)(2,1,1) occur inside AGcutA_{G}^{\rm cut}. Child signs (−,+,−,+)(-,+,-,+) give upper/lower/upper/lower profiles; one joint EG1E_{\rm G1}.
−Ssw-S_{\rm sw} O1 (1.9), (1.12), upper 2⁢HL,upper2H_{L,\rm upper}.

The master coefficients are (3,1,−2,−1,−1,−1,−1,1,1,1,−2,−1,−1,−1)(3,1,-2,-1,-1,-1,-1,1,1,1,-2,-1,-1,-1).

D1/G1 replace the sources before Buchstab/HB, with their signed corrections. DIRECT uses Lemmas 2.2 and 2.1. G1 uses (4.14), the monotonicity N1/2→NμN^{1/2}\to N^{\mu} and its cut-measure comparison. Sections 2–4 verify the actual source and local hypotheses of [Z1, Theorem 3.2, (3.13)] and the packing of [Z1, Theorem 4.1]. The complete-weight prime-source theorem has a different coefficient family. For AA37 we apply [Z1, Theorem 2.6, (2.30)–(2.33b)] with

D=Lc,z=zk,R=1,ϵs=σ,δs=τ=σ9.D=L_{c},\quad z=z_{k},\quad R=1,\quad\epsilon_{s}=\sigma,\quad\delta_{s}=\tau=% \sigma^{9}.

Section 1 supplies the density and sieve mass. Sections 2–4 supply the levels and cutoffs. The three terms of this theorem are ck⁢Xk⁢VN⁢(zk)⁢Mk⁢(sk)c_{k}X_{k}V_{N}(z_{k})M_{k}(s_{k}), −|ck|⁢Xk⁢VN⁢(zk)⁢Es,k-|c_{k}|X_{k}V_{N}(z_{k})E_{s,k} and ak⁢RAA,ka_{k}R_{{\rm AA},k}. Outer contributions and adverse source differences complete (6.1).

The nineteen applications are indexed by k=(r,b,𝒞)k=(r,b,\mathcal{C}), that is, by row, parent-prefix cell and signed remainder. The remainder RA⁢A,kR_{AA,k} is taken before the exterior coefficient aka_{k}. It includes the source coefficient and the AA37 sign once, and it excludes the orbit MkM_{k}. For G1, ak=(2⁢AR)⁢νka_{k}=(2A_{R})\nu_{k}, with νk=+1\nu_{k}=+1 for upper remainders and −1-1 for lower remainders. The quantities Ck,N⁢Csf,k,ΞU,k,ΞA,kC_{k},NC_{{\rm sf},k},\Xi_{U,k},\Xi_{A,k} are formed before this sign. Put γk=Ck/Cslot,k\gamma_{k}=C_{k}/C_{{\rm slot},k}. By [Z1, (2.32)–(2.33)], (3.8) and (4.22)–(4.26),

(6.4b) 1Wnorm⁢∑kak⁢RA⁢A,k=1Wnorm⁢∑kak⁢Cslot,kMk⁢∑qγk⁢(q)⁢ΔP,k⁢(q)+1Wnorm⁢∑kak⁢N⁢Csf,k−1Wnorm⁢∑k,qak⁢ΞU,k⁢(q)⁢ΔP,k⁢(q)+1Wnorm⁢∑k,qak⁢ΞA,k⁢(q)⁢(Δ0,k−ΔP,k)⁢(q).\begin{split}\frac{1}{W_{\rm norm}}\sum_{k}a_{k}R_{AA,k}={}&\frac{1}{W_{\rm norm% }}\sum_{k}\frac{a_{k}C_{{\rm slot},k}}{M_{k}}\sum_{q}\gamma_{k}(q)\Delta_{P,k}% (q)\\ &+\frac{1}{W_{\rm norm}}\sum_{k}a_{k}NC_{{\rm sf},k}-\frac{1}{W_{\rm norm}}% \sum_{k,q}a_{k}\Xi_{U,k}(q)\Delta_{P,k}(q)\\ &+\frac{1}{W_{\rm norm}}\sum_{k,q}a_{k}\Xi_{A,k}(q)(\Delta_{0,k}-\Delta_{P,k})% (q).\end{split}

This identity is finite at fixed NN. Here r⁢(𝒜kpl,d)=Δ0⁢(bk⁢d)r(\mathcal{A}_{k}^{\rm pl},d)=\Delta_{0}(b_{k}d) by (2.17c) and (4.21), with the AA37 remainder convention of [Z1, (2.32)–(2.33)]. For S2 we use the per-block terms underlying (3.8). The DIRECT comparator differences vanish, while G1 keeps their bounds. HB is applied to the first term. Its Class-II factor is

(6.4c) ak⁢hk,BMk⁢Wnorm⁢Sk,BPSDT.\frac{a_{k}h_{k,B}}{M_{k}W_{\rm norm}}S^{\rm PSDT}_{k,B}.

Here hk,Bh_{k,B} comes from the HB/log/box expansion of the same source. Division by CslotC_{\rm slot} leaves this factor once. The other terms enter the boundary, proper-power, LOG, I-1 or I-2 classes. Each block keeps its tested measure, grid, coefficients, cutoff and normalization.

The hypotheses are checked as follows.

Input Actual-source check
C1–C5, LEN H1–H5 of [Z1, Theorem 3.2]; Sections 2–4 check coefficients, packing, shift, norms and scales. a=Na=N, N/L31≤X≤NN/L^{31}\leq X\leq N, q≤X0.6q\leq X^{0.6}, Cbox=Cb=334C_{\rm box}=C_{b}=334, Kscale=31K_{\rm scale}=31. Direct preparation gives tested measure and integer intervals; G1-LOCAL uses the plain cut measure, fixed majorant and doubled support.
H6 Source-wide freezing and boundary bounds, separately; Section 4.4 includes proper powers.
H7 Both direct families have exponent 20122012; G1 has envelope K0=8042K_{0}=8042. The finite sum preserves it, including representation multiplicities [Z1, (3.91)].
Sources and masks Sections 2.1–2.5, 3.1–3.2, 4.1–4.2; D1/G1 replacement; (6.4a)–(6.4b).
Profiles and cutoffs Sections 3.5, 4.6; (2.22), (2.38)–(2.40), (3.21), (4.45)–(4.57). Squarefree/II: (4.64)–(4.65), (4.68)–(4.69). BV: Sections 3.5, 5.2–5.5.
Joint endpoints Appendix A and the next two comparisons; signs from (6.1).
Fixed losses (1.26)–(1.29), (6.6), parameter order below.

The repeated-prime bound is 232⁢Λσ⁢Cσ⁢N−ℓ0⁢σ2⁢(1+L)4232\Lambda_{\sigma}C_{\sigma}N^{-\ell_{0}\sigma^{2}}(1+L)^{4}, proved in (B.1)–(B.7). Thus the four assembly hypotheses hold for these families.

For G1 set

EG1=LG1−δG1,δG1=4.98⋅10−54,LG1−RG1=500103100433627766186892221372630771322662657637687111424552206336,LG1−RG1<4.98⋅10−54,EG1<RG1.\begin{gathered}E_{\rm G1}=L_{\rm G1}-\delta_{\rm G1},\qquad\delta_{\rm G1}=4.% 98\cdot 10^{-54},\\ L_{\rm G1}-R_{\rm G1}=\frac{500103}{\scriptstyle 10043362776618689222137263077% 1322662657637687111424552206336},\\ L_{\rm G1}-R_{\rm G1}<4.98\cdot 10^{-54},\qquad E_{\rm G1}<R_{\rm G1}.\end{gathered}

Here RG1R_{\rm G1} sums the four exact row lower endpoints. We insert LG1L_{\rm G1} from (4.84) in BmainB_{\rm main} and δG1\delta_{\rm G1} in FpersF_{\rm pers}, once each. Their difference is EG1=LG1−δG1E_{\rm G1}=L_{\rm G1}-\delta_{\rm G1} in (4.85). The signed allocation underlying the row endpoints is (A.9). The row bounds prove (6.4d). S1 and S2 enter only through their joint endpoints. Sections 3.1–3.5 assign all four S2 terms, the three pieces, the selector and the tail.

The S1-3 coefficient is −3-3 in (2.19). Its single p3→E3p_{3}\to E_{3} replacement is (2.20). The single comparison with Φ\Phi is (2.21)–(2.22). Thus E1,prefE_{1,\rm pref} occurs once, at QS1⁢-⁢3,9Q_{\rm S1\text{-}3,9}, with adverse value 0. Its cutoff cost lies inside 62500⁢τ62500\tau, and S2-3 has its own E3E_{3}. The correction E1,f⁢FE_{1,fF} changes S1-1 from ff to FF instead.

6.3. The complete error sum

Every entry below is a nonnegative bound in D units or a proved zero. The finite logarithmic exponents CC are chosen after the earlier constants. They may differ by row.

contribution Scope and exact error term Bound
Source identities The 19 signed identities, (6.4b) 0
Source restoration Squarefree and (n,N)=1(n,N)=1 restoration on 15 direct sources, before AA37 Ou⁢(N−u/(1+τ)⁢LN3)O_{u}(N^{-u/(1+\tau)}L_{N}^{3})
Direct lower cut Original p≤N/L30p\leq N/L^{30} tail, counted before boxes Ou⁢(L−28)O_{u}(L^{-28})
Switched upper cut Actual e>N⁢(1−L1−Cb)e>N(1-L^{1-C_{b}}) strip Oσ⁢(L3−Cb+L2/N)O_{\sigma}(L^{3-C_{b}}+L^{2}/N)
Source endpoint The original p<(1−ϵA)⁢Np<(1-\epsilon_{A})N source face 0; straddling boxes belong to boundary
Exceptional source factors Direct p∣Np\mid N or switched tagged factor dividing NN, at first removal Oσ⁢(L3/N+N−α/2+o⁢(1))O_{\sigma}(L^{3}/N+N^{-\alpha/2+o(1)})
S2 selector Extra selected cells and dynamic comparison 275009680⁢τ275009680\tau
S10 selector Dropped whole cells 7.160⁢τ7.160\tau
S1 dynamic cutoff S1-3 cutoff and dynamic comparisons; prefactor excluded 62500⁢τ62500\tau
G1 cutoff peel G1-3 four-prefix peel, never HB-expanded 145664566.4567⁢τ145664566.4567\tau
G1 profile boundary Matched-profile modulus-label strips; peel separate 0 adverse
gBVg_{\rm BV} S5-top E5,κ=4⋅10−8E_{5,\kappa}=4\cdot 10^{-8} plus an extra allowance gR⁢1=5.71⋅10−6g_{R1}=5.71\cdot 10^{-6}; this allowance is not the corner bound: dT⁢8d_{T8} already includes the R1 corner at κ=10−6\kappa=10^{-6} 0.000005750.00000575, once
δG1\delta_{\rm G1} Joint-versus-row G1 comparison above 4.98⋅10−544.98\cdot 10^{-54}, once
gτg_{\tau} Replaces the four selector/cutoff/peel bounds above 2⋅10−242\cdot 10^{-24}, once
Fixed sieve perturbation Integrated absolute AA37 error on all rows gAA=0.00002853328g_{\rm AA}=0.00002853328, once
Asymptotic sieve perturbation Remaining AA37 perturbation oσ⁢(1)o_{\sigma}(1); rate unspecified
Squareful tail, repeated prefix, allowed rough repetition Disjoint masks of (6.4a): first forbidden tail equality; first prefix repetition after allowed tail; retained rough repetition. Tests: ΔP\Delta_{P}, ΔP\Delta_{P}, Δ0−ΔP\Delta_{0}-\Delta_{P}. Theorem 5: Oσ⁢(N−ℓ0⁢σ2⁢L4)O_{\sigma}(N^{-\ell_{0}\sigma^{2}}L^{4}) separately and together. Third term 0 on DIRECT.
Squarefree normalization Retained squarefree full moduli only Direct 0 on the operative tested-prime source; G1 Oσ⁢(N−α⁢L5)O_{\sigma}(N^{-\alpha}L^{5})
Comparator density ωb⁢(pk)=p/(p−1)\omega_{b}(p^{k})=p/(p-1) for every kk; discrepancy in the preceding two rows 0 additional
Direct prime powers Tested-side proper prime powers Oσ⁢(N−1/2+o⁢(1))O_{\sigma}(N^{-1/2+o(1)})
Switched prime powers At most four tested coordinates, each at least NαN^{\alpha} Oσ⁢(N−25/1149+o⁢(1)⁢L5)O_{\sigma}(N^{-25/1149+o(1)}L^{5})
Logarithm freezing Exact log−1\log^{-1}-freezing difference over all disjoint boxes G1 Oσ⁢(L166−Cb)O_{\sigma}(L^{166-C_{b}}); direct Oσ⁢(L20−Cb)O_{\sigma}(L^{20-C_{b}})
Logarithmic identity Freezing is selected; Laplace truncation is unused 0
Switched boundary All four switched rows, one grouped contribution 3.6×1010⁢Cσ⁢Nlab⁢(σ)⁢(1+L)163⁢L2−Cb/23.6\times 10^{10}C_{\sigma}N_{\rm lab}(\sigma)(1+L)^{163}L^{2-C_{b}/2}
Direct boundary All 15 direct rows, one grouped contribution 3.94×106⁢Cσ⁢Nlab⁢(σ)⁢(1+L)16⁢L2−Cb/23.94\times 10^{6}C_{\sigma}N_{\rm lab}(\sigma)(1+L)^{16}L^{2-C_{b}/2}
Class I-1, Class I-2 First-failure direct classes; count KIK_{I} before choosing AiA_{i} Oσ⁢(LKI+2−Ai)O_{\sigma}(L^{K_{I}+2-A_{i}})
Class II All actual blocks with absolute exterior coefficients Both terms of (6.5), once
Prime-measure and Euler-product conversion PNT, Li, radial/product prime measure, sieve product and large p∣Np\mid N factors oσ⁢(1)o_{\sigma}(1) each; §3.5, §4.6 (4.76)–(4.78), direct-BV terms in §5. O1 (5.33)–(5.43) enters ESswE_{\rm Ssw}.
Profile comparison Signed domination of the specified profile at the actual level 0 adverse by the row comparisons in §§ 2–4; favourable slack discarded
E1,prefE_{1,\rm pref} S1-3 prefactor, (2.20)–(2.21), at QS1−3,9Q_{\rm S1-3,9}; dynamic cutoff excluded 0 adverse, once
E1,f⁢FE_{1,fF} S1-1 correction; the S2 correction is already inside its joint endpoint One error 10−39010^{-390}
S2 infinite tail Joint S2 A=1 tail beyond the finite prefix One error 1/200001/20000, already included when dT⁢8d_{T8} is used
Directed enclosure Directed numerical enclosure of the specified profile 0 additional
R1 BV remainder, S5 BV remainder, S6 BV remainder Three actual BV/sieve bridge errors o⁢(1)o(1), including O⁢(L−1/3)O(L^{-1/3}), OA⁢(L2−A)O_{A}(L^{2-A}) and the recorded O⁢(log⁡L/L)O(\log L/L) measure conversion
S6 level increment Selected S6 κ=10−6\kappa=10^{-6} increment over the nominal S6 baseline One error 0.0000064842942279569010.000006484294227956901
Switched-excess error Full O1 (5.33)–(5.43): source exceptions, outer boxes, prime/radial mass, noncoprime correction, small primes, sieve error, level/Euler conversion and product BV ESsw=o⁢(1)E_{\rm Ssw}=o(1), once; product BV costs O⁢(L−5/2)O(L^{-5/2}).

We take HL=IH⁢LH_{L}=I_{HL}, the coordinate measure and tkt_{k} of (5.30)–(5.32). Set W=WnormW=W_{\rm norm} and put

ESsw⁢(N)=max⁡{0,Ssw⁢(N)/W−2⁢IH⁢L}.E_{\rm Ssw}(N)=\max\{0,S_{\rm sw}(N)/W-2I_{HL}\}.

Then −Ssw/W≥−2⁢IH⁢L−ESsw-S_{\rm sw}/W\geq-2I_{HL}-E_{\rm Ssw}, and IH⁢L≤HL,upperI_{HL}\leq H_{L,\rm upper} gives the sole main term −2⁢HL,upper-2H_{L,\rm upper}. For fixed geometry and BV exponents, (5.43) gives

ESsw≪εAL−1/3+log⁡LL+L−1+L−2+ηP⁢(N)+ηE⁢(N)+L−5/2+N−3/4⁢L2+N−α⁢L3=o⁢(1).\begin{split}E_{\rm Ssw}\ll_{\varepsilon_{A}}{}&L^{-1/3}+\frac{\log L}{L}+L^{-% 1}+L^{-2}+\eta_{P}(N)+\eta_{E}(N)\\ &+L^{-5/2}+N^{-3/4}L^{2}+N^{-\alpha}L^{3}=o(1).\end{split}

Here ηP,ηE→0\eta_{P},\eta_{E}\to 0 are the prime-box PNT/Euler errors of Section 5.5. The radial and outer-box masses contribute L−1,L−2L^{-1},L^{-2}. By (5.40),

Rnc≤22⁢X+⁢N−α⁢∑r<Dμ2⁢(r)φ⁢(r)≪X+⁢N−α⁢L.R_{\rm nc}\leq 22X^{+}N^{-\alpha}\sum_{r<D}\frac{\mu^{2}(r)}{\varphi(r)}\ll X^% {+}N^{-\alpha}L.

Since X+≪NX^{+}\ll N and UC≫N/L2U_{C}\gg N/L^{2}, its contribution is O⁢(N−α⁢L3)=o⁢(1)O(N^{-\alpha}L^{3})=o(1). It enters ESswE_{\rm Ssw} once. The N−α⁢L3N^{-\alpha}L^{3} envelope covers (5.33) and (5.40), including source exceptions, and N−3/4⁢L2N^{-3/4}L^{2} covers the 36⁢z36z endpoint. The direct-BV conversions and the outer errors below are kept separate.

For Class II put cσ=ℓ0⁢σ2/4>0c_{\sigma}=\ell_{0}\sigma^{2}/4>0 and C=C⁢(σ,Cb,A′,31,𝒞src)C=C(\sigma,C_{b},A^{\prime},31,\mathcal{C}_{\rm src}). By [Z1, Theorem 3.2, (3.13)],

|SB|≪σ,31,Cb,A′,𝒞srcX⁢L−A′+X1−cσ⁢LC.|S_{B}|\ll_{\sigma,31,C_{b},A^{\prime},\mathcal{C}_{\rm src}}XL^{-A^{\prime}}+% X^{1-c_{\sigma}}L^{C}.

We sum the exterior coefficients ≤LK0\leq L^{K_{0}}, use X≥N/L31X\geq N/L^{31} and divide by WnormW_{\rm norm}:

(6.5) EII⁢(N)≪σLK0+2−A′+N−cσ⁢LK0+Cpow+2.E_{\rm II}(N)\ll_{\sigma}L^{K_{0}+2-A^{\prime}}+N^{-c_{\sigma}}L^{K_{0}+C_{\rm pow% }+2}.

Here Cpow=C+31⁢cσC_{\rm pow}=C+31c_{\sigma} absorbs the fixed factor from X≥N/L31X\geq N/L^{31}. Both terms are kept. The cited proof contains GR, colouring, cross-copy coprimality, CRT, zero mode, moments, Poisson, W-prime norm, Theorem T and endpoints [Z1, Theorem 3.2, §§3.5–3.9]. The actual-source H7 sum includes them once [Z1, §3.10, (3.91)–(3.92)]. The outer errors are O⁢(N−α⁢L3)O(N^{-\alpha}L^{3}) for rough exceptions, O⁢(N−1/2⁢L2)O(N^{-1/2}L^{2}) for squares/source factors dividing NN, and o⁢(1)o(1) for G4. They enter (6.9) once, separately from O1.

6.4. Selected endpoints and persistent costs

We use the adverse endpoints of Appendix A.2–A.6. Terminating decimals are rational.

Input Certified value or enclosure Use
S7 at λ=93/400\lambda=93/400: canonical raw value 2.299260427561925683718⁢…2.299260427561925683718\ldots in [2.299209653294856,2.299402520476652][2.299209653294856,2.299402520476652]; use the upper endpoint.
S1 in D units: 3⁢S1/4≥D¯13S_{1}/4\geq\underline{D}_{1}, the lower endpoint of the S1 ball in Appendix A.2.
Selected S2 endpoint: dT⁢8>d¯2d_{T8}>\underline{d}_{2}.
Independent S2 enclosure: T⁢8/4∈[1.62063469556829,1.62071322785677]T8/4\in[1.62063469556829,1.62071322785677].
S2 refinement: PF 0.0009449461379559140.000944946137955914, corner 0.0000583924412516110.000058392441251611, tail 0.000050.00005. The sum differs from the endpoint improvement by less than 2⋅10−152\cdot 10^{-15}.
Switched integral HL,upper=0.0778506H_{L,\rm upper}=0.0778506 −2⁢HL,upper=−0.1557012-2H_{L,\rm upper}=-0.1557012.
Signed reference sum BmainB_{\rm main} =1.83403742109459478063=1.83403742109459478063.
Persistent errors FpersF_{\rm pers} <0.000040767574227956903<0.000040767574227956903; decomposition (6.6).

The two lower endpoints used above are

D¯1\displaystyle\underline{D}_{1} =9.6765387489412441290823874931869409094969802156943270964−6.00⋅10−56,\displaystyle=9.6765387489412441290823874931869409094969802156943270964-6.00% \cdot 10^{-56},
d¯2\displaystyle\underline{d}_{2} =1.61958135698908352559133404332105729220076714081650.\displaystyle=1.61958135698908352559133404332105729220076714081650.

The printed reference sum is the following thirteen-term sum of the adverse endpoints in Appendix A:

Bprint=\displaystyle B_{\rm print}={} D¯1+d¯2−U3,A2−U44−U5,low4−U74\displaystyle\underline{D}_{1}+\underline{d}_{2}-\frac{U_{3,A}}{2}-\frac{U_{4}% }{4}-\frac{U_{5,\rm low}}{4}-\frac{U_{7}}{4}
+L8,A4+L9,A4+L104+LG⁢1−J¯5−J¯6−2⁢HL,upper.\displaystyle+\frac{L_{8,A}}{4}+\frac{L_{9,A}}{4}+\frac{L_{10}}{4}+L_{G1}-% \overline{J}_{5}-\overline{J}_{6}-2H_{L,\rm upper}.

Here D¯1\underline{D}_{1} is the lower endpoint of the S1 ball in Appendix A.2, and d¯2\underline{d}_{2} is the selected S2 lower endpoint printed above. The four UU endpoints and four LL endpoints are the adverse directed rational endpoints printed in (A.7), (A.10), and Appendices A.2–A.6. The upper endpoints for the two remaining integrals are

J¯5\displaystyle\overline{J}_{5} =0.03658166423843258896399704402764682632822246022922592990+8.84⋅10−574,\displaystyle=\frac{0.03658166423843258896399704402764682632822246022922592990% +8.84\cdot 10^{-57}}{4},
J¯6\displaystyle\overline{J}_{6} =1.3148581959157321533513247276782285310758770468886237619585.\displaystyle=1.3148581959157321533513247276782285310758770468886237619585.

They come from (A.14) and (A.13), respectively. The switched-integral endpoint is HL,upper=0.0778506H_{L,\rm upper}=0.0778506. Every summand is a printed rational endpoint; the sum uses no unrounded analytic integral value. Exact rational addition gives Bprint>1.83403742109641331345957914542194044932304169727869681073064B_{\rm print}>1.83403742109641331345957914542194044932304169727869681073064. We take the smaller rational Bmain=1.83403742109459478063B_{\rm main}=1.83403742109459478063. Thus BmainB_{\rm main} is obtained from the printed endpoint data.

We use the net-tail value dT⁢8d_{T8} of (A.7). Put δT⁢8=1/20000\delta_{T8}=1/20000; this tail is already inside dT⁢8d_{T8}. The persistent sum is

(6.6) Fnet=0.000006484294227956901+0.00000575+0.00002853328+4.98⋅10−54+2⋅10−24+10−390<0.000040767574227956903.\begin{split}F_{\rm net}={}&0.000006484294227956901+0.00000575+0.00002853328\\ &+4.98\cdot 10^{-54}+2\cdot 10^{-24}+10^{-390}<0.000040767574227956903.\end{split}

The order is the S6 increment, gBVg_{\rm BV}, gAAg_{\rm AA}, the G1 reconciliation, gτg_{\tau}, E1,f⁢FE_{1,fF}. By (1.27), CE⁢σ⁢WAA/4≤gAAC_{E}\sigma W_{\rm AA}/4\leq g_{\rm AA}. The exact BV decomposition is

gBV=0.00000575=0.00000004⏟E5,κ+0.00000571⏟gR⁢1.g_{\rm BV}=0.00000575=\underbrace{0.00000004}_{E_{5,\kappa}}+\underbrace{0.000% 00571}_{g_{R1}}.

Here E5,κ=4⋅10−8E_{5,\kappa}=4\cdot 10^{-8} is optional and conservative. For comparison, Appendix A.6 bounds the hypothetical S5-top increment at κ=10−6\kappa=10^{-6}; the selected S5-top uses zero shift. The selected S2 corner already uses κ=10−6\kappa=10^{-6} and its increment by (3.19) and (3.22). The extra gR⁢1≥0g_{R1}\geq 0 is conservative. Both terms enter (6.6) once.

The four selector/cutoff/peel bounds sum to

(275009680+7.160+62500+145664566.4567)τ=420736753.6167⁢τ≤4.207367536167×10−82<2×10−24.\begin{split}\bigl{(}275009680+7.160+62500\\ \qquad+145664566.4567\bigr{)}\tau&=420736753.6167\tau\\ &\leq 4.207367536167\times 10^{-82}<2\times 10^{-24}.\end{split}

The deliberately looser bound 4.201×1012⁢τ4.201\times 10^{12}\tau also covers this sum. The allowance 2×10−242\times 10^{-24} enters (6.6) once. The independent S2 enclosure includes every tail:

(6.6a) T⁢8/4>dT⁢8.T8/4>d_{T8}.

Its lower bound improves dT⁢8d_{T8} by about 0.0010533385790.001053338579. The input table gives the three improvements and the rounding error. Sections 3.1–3.5 and 6.2 prove the actual-source arithmetic, non-II, cutoff, AA37 and joint comparisons.

The equivalent pre-tail convention transfers only δT⁢8\delta_{T8}:

(6.6b) S⁢2pre\displaystyle S2_{\rm pre} =S⁢2net+δT⁢8,\displaystyle=S2_{\rm net}+\delta_{T8},
Bpre\displaystyle B_{\rm pre} =Bnet+δT⁢8,\displaystyle=B_{\rm net}+\delta_{T8},
Fpre\displaystyle F_{\rm pre} =Fnet+δT⁢8<0.000090767574227956903.\displaystyle=F_{\rm net}+\delta_{T8}<0.000090767574227956903.

Thus Bpre−Fpre=Bnet−FnetB_{\rm pre}-F_{\rm pre}=B_{\rm net}-F_{\rm net} exactly. Here

S⁢2pre>1.61963135698908352559133404332105729220076714081650.S2_{\rm pre}>1.61963135698908352559133404332105729220076714081650.

The net value is smaller by 0.000050.00005, and all other endpoints and error terms agree. We use the net pair and subtract each error term once. Then

Bmain−Fpers\displaystyle B_{\rm main}-F_{\rm pers} =Bnet−Fnet\displaystyle=B_{\rm net}-F_{\rm net}
>1.83403742109459478063−0.000040767574227956903\displaystyle>1.83403742109459478063-0.000040767574227956903
=1.833996653520366823727\displaystyle=1.833996653520366823727
>1.83399665352036682372\displaystyle>1.83399665352036682372
>1.78838848345960807361670991333>T.\displaystyle>1.78838848345960807361670991333>T.

The strong outward margin exceeds 0.045608170060758750100.04560817006075875010 D. We retain the smaller safety margin Dlower−T−gAA>0.04557963678075875010D_{\rm lower}-T-g_{\rm AA}>0.04557963678075875010. This spends an extra gAA=0.00002853328g_{\rm AA}=0.00002853328 in the final vanishing-error threshold; it is a reserve and is not charged a second time in (6.6). The computation uses the full-precision (A.7), HL,upperH_{L,\rm upper} and the single G1 correction. The displayed endpoint sum is 1.83403742109641⁢…1.83403742109641\ldots; its excess over the conservative base is 1.82⋅10−121.82\cdot 10^{-12}. Shorter intervals are outward summaries. By (6.2) and (6.4b),

(6.3a) Dlower=1.83399665352036682372,Dsrc⁢(N)≥Dlower−Evan⁢(N),Evan⁢(N)⟶0.\begin{gathered}D_{\rm lower}=1.83399665352036682372,\qquad D_{\rm src}(N)\geq D% _{\rm lower}-E_{\rm van}(N),\\ E_{\rm van}(N)\longrightarrow 0.\end{gathered}

6.5. Fixed parameters, then the limit

First fix the source geometry and the classical constants. Theorem 6 gives WAA≤W∗=1014W_{\rm AA}\leq W_{*}=10^{14}, uniformly in tail-label counts. The constant CEC_{E} is absolute [Z1, Theorem 2.6, (2.31)]. Choose

0<σ≤10−10,σ≤4⁢gAACE⁢W∗if ⁢CE>0.0<\sigma\leq 10^{-10},\qquad\sigma\leq\frac{4g_{\rm AA}}{C_{E}W_{*}}\quad\text% {if }C_{E}>0.

Since ηL/2500=4⋅10−8\eta_{L}/2500=4\cdot 10^{-8} and AA37 has depth R=1R=1 [Z1, Theorem 2.6], the omitted restrictions σ≤ηL/2500\sigma\leq\eta_{L}/2500 and σ<3−R\sigma<3^{-R} are automatic. When CE=0C_{E}=0, only 0<σ≤10−100<\sigma\leq 10^{-10} is required. Then τ=σ9\tau=\sigma^{9} fixes the labels, factorial bounds and positive power savings. Appendix A holds for 0<σ≤10−100<\sigma\leq 10^{-10} and 0≤τ≤10−900\leq\tau\leq 10^{-90}.

By (4.20), with A0=53/256−ηL−32⁢μ⁢τA_{0}=53/256-\eta_{L}-\frac{3}{2}\mu\tau,

ℓc≥max⁡(A0−t3,2⁢t3)≥2⁢A0/3>1379/10000>ℓ0.\ell_{c}\geq\max(A_{0}-t_{3},2t_{3})\geq 2A_{0}/3>1379/10000>\ell_{0}.

Fix Araw=3A_{\rm raw}=3, Cb=334C_{b}=334 and then

(6.7) K0=24⁢Cb+26=8042,A′=Araw+K0+2=8047,Awork=A′+4=8051.K_{0}=24C_{b}+26=8042,\quad A^{\prime}=A_{\rm raw}+K_{0}+2=8047,\quad A_{\rm work% }=A^{\prime}+4=8051.

The G1 boundary exponent is 165−Cb/2165-C_{b}/2. The condition Cb>330C_{b}>330 gives decay, and the choice 334334 gives Oσ⁢(L−2)O_{\sigma}(L^{-2}). The three slot-shell sums cost at most three logarithms, which leaves A′A^{\prime}. After counting the full Class-I family, we take Ai≥KI+4A_{i}\geq K_{I}+4. Choose the exceptional-cutoff and moment precisions by (4.67), including c∗≥cpre+2c_{*}\geq c_{\rm pre}+2, so that all bounds in (1.29) hold. The SW/BFI precisions are chosen next. The width 334334 makes the source-wide boundary and freezing errors vanish. The selected local precision gives the Class-II logarithmic term Oσ⁢(L−3)O_{\sigma}(L^{-3}). The resulting rates are

Error G1 DIRECT
Boundary Oσ⁢(e163/L⁢L−2)O_{\sigma}(e^{163/L}L^{-2}) Oσ⁢(L−149)O_{\sigma}(L^{-149})
Logarithm Oσ⁢(L−168)O_{\sigma}(L^{-168}) Oσ⁢(L−314)O_{\sigma}(L^{-314})

The upper G1 cut is Oσ⁢(L−331+L2/N)O_{\sigma}(L^{-331}+L^{2}/N); Class I is Oσ⁢(L−2)O_{\sigma}(L^{-2}); the logarithmic term of (6.5) is Oσ⁢(L−3)O_{\sigma}(L^{-3}). For fixed v>0v>0 and finite BB,

log⁡(N−v⁢LB)=−v⁢log⁡N+B⁢log⁡log⁡N⟶−∞.\log(N^{-v}L^{B})=-v\log N+B\log\log N\longrightarrow-\infty.

Theorems 5 and 6, with (6.5), give vanishing row errors. The PNT/Mertens, BV/sieve and asymptotic AA37 errors are oσ⁢(1)o_{\sigma}(1). The finite identities and the complete error table cover the sum. Finally choose N0N_{0}. The choice includes all local theorem thresholds and requires X≥N/L31X\geq N/L^{31} and log⁡X≥L/2\log X\geq L/2. The endpoint slack conditions are

202⁢(31⁢log⁡L+1)\displaystyle 202(31\log L+1) ≤σ⁢L,\displaystyle\leq\sigma L, 202⁢log⁡(224/εA)\displaystyle 202\log(2^{24}/\varepsilon_{A}) ≤σ⁢L,\displaystyle\leq\sigma L,
202⋅30⁢log⁡2\displaystyle 202\cdot 30\log 2 ≤σ⁢L,\displaystyle\leq\sigma L, σ⁢L\displaystyle\sigma L ≥2130⁢(log⁡L+1).\displaystyle\geq 2^{130}(\log L+1).

The last is the short-interval threshold (4.32a). We also impose the GR roughness condition 1/(log⁡log⁡X)3≤ℓ0⁢σ21/(\log\log X)^{3}\leq\ell_{0}\sigma^{2} and all fixed short-interval moment and Brun–Bonferroni thresholds. The choice also includes (1.14) and the final slack in (1.23). These are eventual conditions at fixed positive σ\sigma. For fixed κ>0\kappa>0, C>0C>0, d>0d>0 and real BB, the quantity C⁢N−κ⁢LBCN^{-\kappa}L^{B} is at most dd when

L≥max⁡{1,(2⁢max⁡(B,0)/κ)2,(2/κ)⁢log+⁡(C/d)}.L\geq\max\{1,(2\max(B,0)/\kappa)^{2},(2/\kappa)\log^{+}(C/d)\}.

This follows from log⁡L≤L\log L\leq\sqrt{L}. It shows directly that the power errors in (1.30) are bounded by the last threshold choice.

For N≥N0N\geq N_{0} we also require

Evan⁢(N)<12⁢(0.04557963678075875010).E_{\rm van}(N)<\tfrac{1}{2}(0.04557963678075875010).

The weaker allowance is Dlower−T>0.04557963678075875010D_{\rm lower}-T>0.04557963678075875010. The last threshold choice may be ineffective.

6.6. From positive weight to a representation

The results of Sections 3–5 hold for each fixed 0<ϵA≤10−40<\epsilon_{A}\leq 10^{-4}. Choose ϵA=10−4\epsilon_{A}=10^{-4}, a=9/5a=9/5 and

b=a−1a−ϵA=3999190000,1−bb=5000939991.b=\frac{a-1}{a}-\epsilon_{A}=\frac{39991}{90000},\qquad\frac{1-b}{b}=\frac{500% 09}{39991}.

The exact threshold satisfies

1.78838848345960807361670991332<T=8⁢log⁡(50009/39991),T<1.78838848345960807361670991333,Dlower−T>0.04557963678075875010.\begin{gathered}1.78838848345960807361670991332<T=8\log(50009/39991),\\ T<1.78838848345960807361670991333,\\ D_{\rm lower}-T>0.04557963678075875010.\end{gathered}

We fix σ\sigma before the limit. By the definition of ΣW\Sigma_{W} in (1.9), (6.1) gives ΣW=Wnorm⁢Dsrc⁢(N)\Sigma_{W}=W_{\rm norm}D_{\rm src}(N). Theorem 4, (6.2) and (6.3a) give

(6.8) ΣW≥[4⁢(1−ϵA)⁢Dlower−o⁢(1)]⁢UC.\Sigma_{W}\geq[4(1-\epsilon_{A})D_{\rm lower}-o(1)]U_{C}.

The pointwise sieve inequality subtracts the rough exceptional-set error. Then the count is at least [(1−ϵA)⁢Dlower−o⁢(1)]⁢UC[(1-\epsilon_{A})D_{\rm lower}-o(1)]U_{C}. The fixed-ϵA\epsilon_{A} G4 bound costs [8⁢(1−ϵA)⁢log⁡((1−b)/b)+o⁢(1)]⁢UC[8(1-\epsilon_{A})\log((1-b)/b)+o(1)]U_{C}. Since 1−ϵA>01-\epsilon_{A}>0, Dlower>TD_{\rm lower}>T, and UC→∞U_{C}\to\infty, the integer count is eventually positive.

For a surviving semiprime n=r⁢q>ϵA⁢Nn=rq>\epsilon_{A}N, with distinct primes r<qr<q and r<Nbr<N^{b}, one has q>ϵA⁢N1−bq>\epsilon_{A}N^{1-b} and

(1−b)⁢(a−1)−b=a⁢ϵA>0.(1-b)(a-1)-b=a\epsilon_{A}>0.

Thus r<qa−1=q4/5r<q^{a-1}=q^{4/5} for N>ϵA−(a−1)/(a⁢ϵA)N>\epsilon_{A}^{-(a-1)/(a\epsilon_{A})}. For a prime survivor, r=1r=1. The positive integer count gives (1.1) in the quantitative form

(6.9) Good⁡(N)≥[(1−ϵA)⁢(Dlower−T)−o⁢(1)]⁢UC,T=8⁢log⁡(50009/39991).\operatorname{Good}(N)\geq\big{[}(1-\epsilon_{A})(D_{\rm lower}-T)-o(1)\big{]}% U_{C},\qquad T=8\log(50009/39991).

This proves Theorem 1. □\square

Appendix A Numerical certificates

The source comparisons hold by Sections 2–5. Section 6 uses each selected inequality once, with the signs of (6.1). The tables give full rational certificates and independent checks. Their directed interval calculations use Arb’s midpoint-radius arithmetic [23]; rational endpoint checks are given explicitly.

A.1. Exact interval and normalization conventions

Each terminating decimal is an exact rational, and each endpoint includes its displayed radius. The extra digits fix the direction of each bound. Set

(A.1) B⁢(c,r)=[c−r,c+r].B(c,r)=[c-r,c+r].

Shorter intervals are rounded outward. The numerical-certificate supplement archive paper-ii-public-certificates-v11.tar.gz has SHA-256 cb9d7b96ce1323c9118d845f4dd701a0d830e8c610090deec88bd8792648e100. Each printed file SHA-256 is the digest of that file in the archive. An endpoint certificate bounds its endpoint, and a functional enclosure bounds the integral. Paths are relative to the extracted numerical-certificate supplement.

The common parameters are

(A.2) u\displaystyle u =1500,α=1001149,β=50309,\displaystyle=\frac{1}{500},\quad\alpha=\frac{100}{1149},\quad\beta=\frac{50}{% 309},
μ\displaystyle\mu =25128,λ=93400,τS=57224,\displaystyle=\frac{25}{128},\quad\lambda=\frac{93}{400},\quad\tau_{S}=\frac{5% 7}{224},
t∗\displaystyle t_{*} =710928000.\displaystyle=\frac{7109}{28000}.

The parameter-family certificates require 0<σ≤10−100<\sigma\leq 10^{-10} and τ=σ9≤10−90\tau=\sigma^{9}\leq 10^{-90}. They apply to the same source and scalar profile. In Section 4 the G1 source width is Cb=334C_{b}=334.

The two numerical outputs and their component manifests are:

endpoint-recert/out/compare_hp.json, S1, row and G1
SHA-256: cff4d6dc0168e66a29a915473c3391c383c168fb81ac71ecec87e90016331bf8
Manifest SHA-256: 8760a5a78fff44ca739cd12660d3a86765dd2f3d6872eae111d933f354f54730
s2-joint/outputs/ASSEMBLY.json, S2
SHA-256: 21083883403f3903fff3ce781e086a26f931dd809e445578cfcba546295e9e5d
Manifest SHA-256: d26488e736e5798544e758338acb299d417b74a309568f5ce20f738e399cf96d

Certificate paths are relative to the supplement root. The root SHA256SUMS lists each retained filename and digest, including the selected S2 components. The true F/fF/f profiles are computed by endpoint-recert/code/tm.py, with SHA-256 d34b11f02353473f714d00dbb02d73f9a91be5275d9589fc0db1de3aa851ec16. The exact comparisons are in endpoint-recert/out/compare_hp.json, with SHA-256 cff4d6dc0168e66a29a915473c3391c383c168fb81ac71ecec87e90016331bf8. The bounds come from Taylor models and directed quadrature.

Throughout, UC=C⁢(N)⁢N/log2⁡NU_{C}=C(N)N/\log^{2}N, with C⁢(N)C(N) as in § 1. The signed master coefficients, in the order S1,…,S13,SswS_{1},\ldots,S_{13},S_{\rm sw}, are

(A.3) (3,1,−2,−1,−1,−1,−1,1,1,1,−2,−1,−1,−1).(3,1,-2,-1,-1,-1,-1,1,1,1,-2,-1,-1,-1).

Thus S1 contributes 3⁢S1/43S_{1}/4 and S3 contributes −S3/2-S_{3}/2. The multiplier is −1/4-1/4 for S4/S5/S6/S7 and 1/41/4 for S8/S9/S10. The joint S2 and G1 values are already in D units. The G1 source multiplicities (2,1,1)(2,1,1) sit inside its source weight, so they add no DIRECT-row coefficients. The switched term contributes −Ssw/𝒲-S_{\rm sw}/\mathcal{W}. Up to its stated vanishing error, this is bounded below by −2⁢HL-2H_{L}.

Each selected endpoint has an independent check, and each row and joint contribution enters once.

A.2. S1: joint enclosure

For the joint profile in Section 2,

(A.4) 12.9020516<S1<12.9023390,34⁢S1>9.6765387.12.9020516<S_{1}<12.9023390,\qquad\frac{3}{4}S_{1}>9.6765387.

It covers S1-0 through S1-3 and includes the first −F-F subtraction. The subtraction uses uu and s0=19037/64s_{0}=19037/64. The integral of Section 2.3 satisfies

I∗<2161.074150710003.I_{*}<2161.074150710003.

Both bounds refer to the joint profile of Section 2.3.

The selected enclosure is computed by s1-tail/certify_s1_corrected_tail.py, with SHA-256 da9f572cbb28ca06a00e050785eefd9cd4f499269a627deaaa9a593c4ab210a3; its output s1-tail/corrected-certificate.json has SHA-256 ebf20d49c73cbf7ae11314e3a1e7e82005a75c42a6c2fe91547698f877011f4f. The infinite factorial tail is

(A.5) ∑m≥40(m+2)2(m+1)⁢m!≤42241 40!⁢3938,\sum_{m\geq 40}\frac{(m+2)^{2}}{(m+1)m!}\leq\frac{42^{2}}{41\,40!}\frac{39}{38},

since the ratio of consecutive summands is at most 1/391/39. The endpoint (A.4) is used.

Exact outer intervals containing the computed bounds
S1 lower bound
B⁢(12.9020516652549921721098499909159212126626402875924361285,4.64⋅10−56)B(12.9020516652549921721098499909159212126626402875924361285,4.64\cdot 10^{-56})
S1 upper bound
B⁢(12.9023389323670212025588110758944404798760246915400198042,3.39⋅10−56)B(12.9023389323670212025588110758944404798760246915400198042,3.39\cdot 10^{-56})
D lower bound from S1
B⁢(9.6765387489412441290823874931869409094969802156943270964,6.00⋅10−56)B(9.6765387489412441290823874931869409094969802156943270964,6.00\cdot 10^{-56})
Infinite-tail majorant JupperJ_{\rm upper}
B⁢(0.000255821764915303175726784912190615770902363950678941419476,3.34⋅10−61)B(0.000255821764915303175726784912190615770902363950678941419476,3.34\cdot 10^% {-61})
Prefix deficit
[0,7.792⋅10−383][0,7.792\cdot 10^{-383}]

The prefix deficit is subtracted before computing the lower endpoints in (A.4). Thus (A.4) includes the deficit once. The source-to-profile comparison is in § 2.3.

The independent calculation is endpoint-recert/code/s1_cert.py, with SHA-256 718e495fb18ea71ef0538c73ac03f96a0cac77f2274ffbe5c1a093b76605a508. It re-derives the cancellation and tail bound from the delay equations. Its output is endpoint-recert/out/s1_cert.json, with SHA-256 f16972e2b73258532182357454193b5002b553dc465b829f9af9b2c0680d4137. It gives the sharper bounds

(A.5a) S1∈[12.9020760,12.9023390],34⁢S1>9.6765570.S_{1}\in[12.9020760,12.9023390],\qquad\frac{3}{4}S_{1}>9.6765570.

The computed lower-bound ball is

B⁢(12.9020760472276414637285015429505331626940241680712780695,4.38⋅10−56),B(12.9020760472276414637285015429505331626940241680712780695,4.38\cdot 10^{-56% })\mathpunct{,}

and its 3/43/4 multiple is

B⁢(9.67655703542073109779637615721289987202051812605345855210,5.80⋅10−56).B(9.67655703542073109779637615721289987202051812605345855210,5.80\cdot 10^{-56% })\mathpunct{.}

These bounds imply (A.4) and its tail estimate. They also give I∗<2161.074150710003I_{*}<2161.074150710003. The selected endpoint is (A.4).

A.3. The seven separate profile endpoints

The seven directed endpoints below come from three certificate groups. Option-A gives the absolute S3-A/S8-A/S9-A values. Direct-row gives S4, S5-low and S7, and Retained-row gives S10-Ret. Each endpoint has an independent comparison. For S4, S5-low, S7 and S10 the final sum uses the adverse endpoint of the first printed interval; the following ball is an independent check. For the three Option-A rows it uses the displayed ball endpoint in the adverse direction. S7 is taken at λ=93/400\lambda=93/400. S10 uses the source-trimmed upper inner boundary.

Row; coefficient giving its D contribution; certificate group.
Raw-profile outer interval; next line: independent endpoint comparison.
S3-A (Option A) −1/2-1/2 Option-A
B⁢(10.45234847108890216860085651838875393044983358511004,5.69⋅10−51)B(10.45234847108890216860085651838875393044983358511004,5.69\cdot 10^{-51})
Upper endpoint verified in the archived comparison record
S4 −1/4-1/4 Direct-row
[3.336569865049636,3.336975348289866][3.336569865049636,3.336975348289866]
B⁢(3.33672680275562584206999257242,4.25⋅10−30)B(3.33672680275562584206999257242,4.25\cdot 10^{-30})
S5-low −1/4-1/4 Direct-row, direct cells [1/4,t∗)[1/4,t_{*})
[0.238854512468062,0.238888433191047][0.238854512468062,0.238888433191047]
B⁢(0.238875420270830663069285634601,4.07⋅10−31)B(0.238875420270830663069285634601,4.07\cdot 10^{-31})
S7 −1/4-1/4 Direct-row, λ=93/400\lambda=93/400
[2.299209653294856,2.299402520476652][2.299209653294856,2.299402520476652]
B⁢(2.29926042756192568371844970138,1.46⋅10−30)B(2.29926042756192568371844970138,1.46\cdot 10^{-30})
S8-A (Option A) +1/4+1/4 Option-A
B⁢(2.36595898835331722398869549955202092760264561327680,6.59⋅10−51)B(2.36595898835331722398869549955202092760264561327680,6.59\cdot 10^{-51})
Lower endpoint verified in the archived comparison record
S9-A (Option A) +1/4+1/4 Option-A
B⁢(1.341531658234294936348198541015408702983637197761145323037489950,4.21⋅10−64)B(1.341531658234294936348198541015408702983637197761145323037489950,4.21\cdot 1% 0^{-64})
Lower endpoint verified in the archived comparison record
S10-Ret +1/4+1/4 Retained-row
[0.858847455777940,0.867486588163666][0.858847455777940,0.867486588163666]
B⁢(0.862377086132397387439154957615,6.98⋅10−32)B(0.862377086132397387439154957615,6.98\cdot 10^{-32})
Direct-row
Source code and SHA-256: row-enclosures/cert_s4_s7.py: d98866b45f1ddb8f3f93411bfe09cb11c62569cc80fa775a77a3eab1ad4384aa
Output and SHA-256: row-enclosures/result.json: 0eb5fa52ed180a071633e50f0d099f5c4e1f9bb001add71765fe1c2f033b8f7a; S4, S5 direct cells, S7
Option-A
Source code and SHA-256: option-a/arb_enclose_optionA_independent.py: 9c1880609692d30be9f282a218280c291dbb782a7d7cfab35732e9203687c36b
Output and SHA-256: option-a/arb_enclose_optionA_out.json: 5a8786a27da1a52550eb0c077ae11c48072aff6d1765cebbad25b24e2a556b27
Retained-row
Source code and SHA-256: s10/arb_s10_exact.py: 74a130143e5c9e40ac530dd688526e63acde93a95f5e8271b0f07984afc5a98f
Output and SHA-256: s10/s10-s10.json: f6fba094d222f362341bc63ba0388cbf6a7556accdd14d5b28b882d7e0626cf6

Direct-row uses 192-bit Arb with τ∈[0,10−90]\tau\in[0,10^{-90}]. S5-low sums two direct cells on [1/4,t∗)[1/4,t_{*}), with outward rounding. The BV-top cell is disjoint from them. The independent calculation endpoint-recert/code/rows_cert.py has SHA-256 8b2ef756bbdd5530f614a66b8c5eb5dddd17922555d979515b1ca85876064bc5. It produces all seven results in endpoint-recert/out/rows_cert_hp.json, with SHA-256 456d03d3ea9954bb71fedc8e20ea35cd463454bb9a0919b3ace9f64e09f54464. The exact rational comparisons are in endpoint-recert/out/compare_hp.json of Appendix A.1. They include the selected S8/S9 directions. S3/S4/S5/S7 include the adverse τ=10−90\tau=10^{-90} effects, and S8/S9/S10 use the actual-coordinate profiles. Their fixed-τ\tau comparisons are proved in Sections 2.4–2.5, especially (2.40).

The independent S10 retained-strip bound is 4.82⁢τ4.82\tau in D units. It lies within the single separate 7.160⁢τ7.160\tau bound.

The absolute Option-A rows use one source, with the subtraction at u=1/500u=1/500. These rows give the three selected absolute endpoints.

The independent comparison gives

S3,OptA∈B⁢(10.45234847108890216860085651838875393044983358511004,5.69⋅10−51),\begin{gathered}S_{3,\mathrm{OptA}}\in\\ B(10.45234847108890216860085651838875393044983358511004,5.69\cdot 10^{-51}),% \end{gathered}

and the matched change is

(A.6) Δ⁢DOptA∈B⁢(−0.0110499568842910017666362322996150028835154631047,9.53⋅10−50).\begin{gathered}\Delta D_{\mathrm{OptA}}\in\\ B(-0.0110499568842910017666362322996150028835154631047,9.53\cdot 10^{-50}).% \end{gathered}

Equation (A.6) is a comparison value only. The signed sum uses the three absolute endpoints.

A.4. S2: one four-row endpoint

Let P−P_{-}, J+J_{+} and C−C_{-} be directed endpoints. They bound the prefix below, PF above and the BV corner below. On Δ={u≤r3<r2<r1≤β}\Delta=\{u\leq r_{3}<r_{2}<r_{1}\leq\beta\}, set

Vfull=V=∫Δd⁢r1⁢d⁢r2⁢d⁢r3r1⁢r2⁢r32=log2⁡(β/u)−2⁢log⁡(β/u)+22⁢u−1β.V_{\rm full}=V=\int_{\Delta}\frac{dr_{1}\,dr_{2}\,dr_{3}}{r_{1}r_{2}r_{3}^{2}}% =\frac{\log^{2}(\beta/u)-2\log(\beta/u)+2}{2u}-\frac{1}{\beta}.

An outward evaluation gives

Vfull∈[\displaystyle V_{\rm full}\in[ 3122.423962424988515509469383070552351626538598751986375091552742,\displaystyle 3122.423962424988515509469383070552351626538598751986375091552742,
3122.423962424988515509469383070552351626538598751986375091552743].\displaystyle 3122.42396242498851550946938307055235162653859875198637509155274% 3].

The endpoints in (A.7) are

P−\displaystyle P_{-} =3513.1687300568893335013223065223679611140065161989243,\displaystyle=3513.1687300568893335013223065223679611140065161989243,
J+\displaystyle J_{+} =0.359440819140453278302418897934329259372468992946659201284,\displaystyle=0.359440819140453278302418897934329259372468992946659201284,
C−\displaystyle C_{-} =−0.0574908755554524530180814901226778275854309897822443970870.\displaystyle=-0.0574908755554524530180814901226778275854309897822443970870.

Use four times the printed interval for 1/(2⁢eγ)1/(2e^{\gamma}) below to bound 2/eγ2/e^{\gamma}. Define dT⁢8d_{T8} by

(A.7) dT⁢8=P−−(2/eγ)⁢Vfull−(2/eγ)⁢J++C−4−120000.d_{T8}=\frac{P_{-}-(2/e^{\gamma})V_{\rm full}-(2/e^{\gamma})J_{+}+C_{-}}{4}-% \frac{1}{20000}.

The directed assembly gives

(A.8) dT⁢8>1.61958135698908352559133404332105729220076714081650.d_{T8}>1.61958135698908352559133404332105729220076714081650.

Let k−,k+k_{-},k_{+} be the printed endpoints for k=1/(2⁢eγ)k=1/(2e^{\gamma}) below, and let V−,V+V_{-},V_{+} be the endpoints above. Exact rational interval arithmetic in (A.7) gives

dT⁢8∈[\displaystyle d_{T8}\in\bigl{[} P−/4−k+⁢(V++J+)+C−/4−1/20000,\displaystyle P_{-}/4-k_{+}(V_{+}+J_{+})+C_{-}/4-1/20000,
P−/4−k−(V−+J+)+C−/4−1/20000].\displaystyle P_{-}/4-k_{-}(V_{-}+J_{+})+C_{-}/4-1/20000\bigr{]}.

This is the selected joint lower value in D units. It covers S2-0 through S2-3(K/PF) and includes the tail 1/200001/20000 once. The term 275009680⁢τ275009680\tau is separate, and so are AA37 and the other finite-NN errors. The grid is the global one, τg=τ=σ9\tau_{g}=\tau=\sigma^{9}. The selector and PR costs satisfy

(275009680+7.160+62500+145664566.4567)⁢τ\displaystyle(275009680+7.160+62500+145664566.4567)\tau
=420736753.6167⁢τ≤4.207367536167⋅10−82.\displaystyle=420736753.6167\tau\leq 4.207367536167\cdot 10^{-82}.

The BV corner is cγ⁢VB−IBVc_{\gamma}V_{B}-\mathrm{IBV} from (5.18). IBV is the R1 kernel (5.17) at κ=10−6\kappa=10^{-6} in § 5.3. The independent nested Arb source is s2-joint/code/corner.py, with SHA-256 7cbc5d276b54b52d657fc52622db1a3542c5079d72a39e3be3d12eec1ddb21f2. Its line 11 sets κ=10−6\kappa=10^{-6}. It gives

cγ⁢VB−IBV∈B⁢(−0.057257305790446009369486009082468758,4.67⋅10−37).c_{\gamma}V_{B}-\mathrm{IBV}\in B(-0.057257305790446009369486009082468758,4.67% \cdot 10^{-37}).

The output is s2-joint/outputs/corner.json, with SHA-256 360841b6008cb08be571d23177887df14be286ebde7ba3f3fe2c7571f31be9d8. This value exceeds C−C_{-} by more than 2.3356⋅10−42.3356\cdot 10^{-4}, so C−C_{-} is a lower endpoint at κ=10−6\kappa=10^{-6}. Increasing κ\kappa decreases 1/2−κ−r1−r2−r31/2-\kappa-r_{1}-r_{2}-r_{3} and lowers the corner, so its κ=0\kappa=0 value is larger. For the R1 level increment, the S2 corner uses κ=10−6\kappa=10^{-6}, so dT⁢8d_{T8} includes this increment. Section 6 keeps an additional conservative R1 allowance.

Corner increment bound.

R1 is the tetrahedron {r3≤r2≤r1≤β,r1+2⁢r2+4⁢r3≥H}\{r_{3}\leq r_{2}\leq r_{1}\leq\beta,\ r_{1}+2r_{2}+4r_{3}\geq H\}. Its vertices are (β,β,β)(\beta,\beta,\beta), (H/7,H/7,H/7)(H/7,H/7,H/7), (β,x,x)(\beta,x,x), and (β,β,y)(\beta,\beta,y), where x=(H−β)/6x=(H-\beta)/6 and y=(H−3⁢β)/4=13147/103000y=(H-3\beta)/4=13147/103000. On R1, ri≥yr_{i}\geq y and a0:=1/2−r1−r2−r3≥3/206a_{0}:=1/2-r_{1}-r_{2}-r_{3}\geq 3/206. In D units,

JR⁢1⁢(κ)−JR⁢1⁢(0)\displaystyle J_{R1}(\kappa)-J_{R1}(0) =∫R⁢1κ⁢d⁢rr1⁢r2⁢r3⁢a0⁢(a0−κ)\displaystyle=\int_{R1}\frac{\kappa\,dr}{r_{1}r_{2}r_{3}\,a_{0}(a_{0}-\kappa)}
≤vol⁢(R⁢1)⁢κy3⁢3206⁢(3206−κ)\displaystyle\leq\frac{\mathrm{vol}(R1)\,\kappa}{y^{3}\,\tfrac{3}{206}(\tfrac{% 3}{206}-\kappa)}
=5.74468⁢…⋅10−6<5.745⋅10−6\displaystyle=5.74468\ldots\cdot 10^{-6}<5.745\cdot 10^{-6}

For κ=10−6\kappa=10^{-6}, vol⁢(R⁢1)=2.53345⁢…⋅10−6\mathrm{vol}(R1)=2.53345\ldots\cdot 10^{-6}. Its exact rational value is the absolute determinant of three edge vectors at a vertex divided by 66. This bounds the actual R1 increment, which is already included in dT⁢8d_{T8}. The extra allowance gR⁢1=5.71⋅10−6g_{R1}=5.71\cdot 10^{-6} in Section 6 is a separate conservative subtraction; it is not used as a bound for this increment.

Exact outward enclosures
Prefix, n=600
P∈[3513.1687300568893335013223065223679611140065161989243,3513.1687300568893335013223065223679611140065161989248]P\in\left[\begin{gathered}{}3513.168730056889333501322306522367961114006516198% 9243,\\ {}3513.1687300568893335013223065223679611140065161989248\end{gathered}\right]
Source code SHA-256: s2-selected/sources/numeric/split_prefix_exact.py: 492ef149b0460f59732102ddeb252fa8fb30fce03df2fd953376ad4fb5417ada
Output SHA-256: s2-selected/sources/numeric/prefix-u-n600-corrected.json: 01c72d03c23ff51eb903e299ecb63a90496485c0e6549e05c3818077f2e88e08
PF outer, n=1536
J∈[0.352576588183432872639904522863463727436871987468524955851,0.359440819140453278302418897934329259372468992946659201284]J\in\left[\begin{gathered}{}0.352576588183432872639904522863463727436871987468% 524955851,\\ {}0.359440819140453278302418897934329259372468992946659201284\end{gathered}\right]
Source code SHA-256: s2-selected/sources/numeric/exact_outer_s2.py: 1cf453f317366d9c0b191aac5457b518fae48b54d7321da80bf577d1aa5f69f0; s2-selected/sources/numeric/arb_pf_replay.py: e99d81397544d0814b49c8263d61a4a9389dc6688488f4ee0359cc1fc76bfcb2
Output SHA-256: s2-selected/sources/numeric/outer-n1536-truepsi.json: 431d567fe714e412da6ba528b02cab0e251cbb616aa1fd8d9c8a11efca67d323
BV corner, n=2800
C∈[−0.0574908755554524530180814901226778275854309897822443970870,−0.0570237847462003399142149129742403275854309897822443970868]C\in\left[\begin{gathered}{}-0.05749087555545245301808149012267782758543098978% 22443970870,\\ {}-0.0570237847462003399142149129742403275854309897822443970868\end{gathered}\right]
Source code SHA-256: s2-selected/sources/numeric/corner_arb.py: 7d5586c43d7951cecd86fdb85fca277efc91e7cf9b85fbd75ada5fb01726d861
Output SHA-256: s2-selected/sources/numeric/corner-arb.json: 2bc56db0d72a56afbd88aac7111afc2f2eaa06aa65a4c509a96107765415afc3
Tail above 12, in D
[0,0.000047391848857364673265889344422276912][0,0.000047391848857364673265889344422276912]
Source code SHA-256: s2-selected/certify_tail_seed.py: 42565c0188066a45c1f166a49a8fb64c95d6bd43874047bade6af9f856428fef
Output SHA-256: s2-selected/TAIL-SEED.json: 0363a93ec43884b70ca0b54e06e71ea8a64210c64910e4e4a3bc3a366df04c53
Rowwise prefix-repair allowance, in D
[0,1.154⋅10−54][0,1.154\cdot 10^{-54}]
Justification:
The preceding tail majorant, within the single 1/200001/20000 allowance
Joint lower-value assembly
Outward enclosure assembled from the printed inputs in (A.7):
[1.6195813569890835255913340433210572922007671408165057072212979,1.6195813569890835255913340433210572922007671408165057072212983]\left[\begin{gathered}{}1.6195813569890835255913340433210572922007671408165057% 072212979,\\ {}1.6195813569890835255913340433210572922007671408165057072212983\end{gathered% }\right]
Full-precision assembler source SHA-256: s2-selected/verify_interface.py: fae4b0cb684502ed7d1d75537cb5456868ba83094eb9157f14e30cf58574de71
Output SHA-256: s2-selected/INTERFACE-VERIFICATION.json: 839dbd7f3d75d39f52aca3920325d63dd33dcc4346479f0871720d93194fc469
This output uses the retained full-precision prefix endpoint, not the shortened P−P_{-} in (A.7); the printed-input enclosure above is evaluated directly from (A.7).
Independent quadrature.

The calculation recorded in s2-joint/outputs/ASSEMBLY.json, SHA-256 21083883403f3903fff3ce781e086a26f931dd809e445578cfcba546295e9e5d, independently evaluates the PF and corner integrals in the § 3 functional and gives

(A.8a) T84\displaystyle\frac{T_{8}}{4} ∈[1.62063469556829,1.62071322785677]D units,\displaystyle\in[1.62063469556829,1.62071322785677]\quad\text{D units},
1.62063469556829−dT⁢8\displaystyle 1.62063469556829-d_{T8} >0.001053338579.\displaystyle>0.001053338579.

Interval (A.8a) covers the continuous functional and the infinite tail. The selected dT⁢8d_{T8} uses coarser adverse quadrature endpoints and also includes the 1/200001/20000 allowance. The three improvements are

2⁢e−γ4⁢(J+,old−J+,new)\displaystyle\frac{2e^{-\gamma}}{4}(J_{+,\rm old}-J_{+,\rm new}) ≃0.000944946137955914,\displaystyle\simeq 0.000944946137955914,
C−,new−C−,old4\displaystyle\frac{C_{-,\rm new}-C_{-,\rm old}}{4} ≃0.000058392441251611,\displaystyle\simeq 0.000058392441251611,
tail allowance =0.000050000000000000.\displaystyle=0.000050000000000000.

Here J+,oldJ_{+,\rm old} and J+,newJ_{+,\rm new} are the printed upper PF endpoints. Similarly, C−,oldC_{-,\rm old} and C−,newC_{-,\rm new} are the printed lower corner endpoints. For the new ball we take its outward lower endpoint. Because of endpoint display rounding, the sum differs from 1.62063469556829−dT⁢81.62063469556829-d_{T8} by less than 2⋅10−152\cdot 10^{-15}. The difference exceeds 0.0010533385790.001053338579, so the continuous lower endpoint exceeds dT⁢8+1/20000d_{T8}+1/20000. The independent prefix-only assembly gives Pdef<1.1⋅10−51P_{\rm def}<1.1\cdot 10^{-51}. The coarser joint prefix-and-tail bound is 10−4910^{-49}. The rowwise repair allowance 1.154⋅10−541.154\cdot 10^{-54} in (A.7) covers its own tail-majorant correction and is already inside the single 1/200001/20000 allowance used in dT⁢8d_{T8}. These independent deficits are not added again. Section 6 bounds the finite-NN corrections, including the selector and AA37 terms. The selected value is (A.8).

The component sources are:

True F/f, 320-bit Arb Taylor models
Source code SHA-256: s2-joint/code/ff_models.py: 7a6b137417573ba0e717ffa4444e7fb6671cb1b325ff826cac26630591bd4624
Output SHA-256/result: s2-joint/outputs/ff_report.json: cfb7d637cb623590478e3069b14a2fa2b85aeab1eb296985523b1ccf60f56f01; E⁢(s)≤1.302⋅10−55E(s)\leq 1.302\cdot 10^{-55} for all s≥33s\geq 33
PF directed quadrature, 24,000,005 leaves
Source code SHA-256: s2-joint/code/jpf.c: e5a4680d2a6ab4bed93bf8628dae78acabc79bd66bbfcbc6a526ca03cf564973
Output SHA-256/result: JP⁢F∈[0.355795040748992,0.356074784134854]J_{PF}\in[0.355795040748992,0.356074784134854]; four shard output hashes below
BV corner, rigorous nested Arb integration
Source code SHA-256: s2-joint/code/corner.py: 7cbc5d276b54b52d657fc52622db1a3542c5079d72a39e3be3d12eec1ddb21f2
Output SHA-256/result: s2-joint/outputs/corner.json: 360841b6008cb08be571d23177887df14be286ebde7ba3f3fe2c7571f31be9d8
Joint directed assembly, including prefix deficit and full tail
Source code SHA-256: s2-joint/code/assemble.py: 4b521ae19ef7742e3bcbb4eb28a0f48c2a161195c5ab0e9b4f8456ba6ddf5c45
Output SHA-256/result: s2-joint/outputs/ASSEMBLY.json: 21083883403f3903fff3ce781e086a26f931dd809e445578cfcba546295e9e5d; (A.8a)

All paths in this table are relative to the supplement root. The hashes for s2-joint/outputs/jpf_shard0.json through s2-joint/outputs/jpf_shard3.json are, in that order, 14b67605807cfcef9ec96b134fe50b9c8e4b4319c3f33a5ebf99a8eab0cf3c67, d163c9c8d8d90dbfa5603b49f379867df0912a87e088f0e71924300500bf0fee, e6f4077dcc2c05317eb2a1b26e4bba519dc7b98cb1960038a2a4885a8bb1f1de, and 623eebd522d2b99122cf4395cfe760b0d10cc89ec31ac5ca8a70009e8c729b6d. The bundle manifest SHA-256 is d26488e736e5798544e758338acb299d417b74a309568f5ce20f738e399cf96d, and the manifest contains 16 entries.

The independent assembly gives Pdef<1.1⋅10−51P_{\rm def}<1.1\cdot 10^{-51}. It also bounds the no-growth tail after s=33s=33, and checks the classical A=1 tail argument. Its PF and corner enclosures are independent of the primary quadrature; the prefix term PP and full volume VV are shared inputs. That section proves the source comparison and the Class-II bounds. It also bounds the selector, the AA37/G2 terms and the other errors. The joint four-row endpoint enters once.

A.5. G1: signed allocation and radial multiplier

For the exact allocation in § 4,

(A.9) KG=2⁢I11+I12+I132⁢eγ,Pr:=−KG⁢Tr,∑r=03Tr=G¯.K_{G}=\frac{2I_{11}+I_{12}+I_{13}}{2e^{\gamma}},\qquad P_{r}:=-K_{G}T_{r},% \qquad\sum_{r=0}^{3}T_{r}=\overline{G}.

Here PrP_{r} is a pure profile target. The corresponding arithmetic contribution is QG⁢1−r,0⁢(N)Q_{G1-r,0}(N); its lower comparison, including the fixed and vanishing errors, is (4.85). The allocation identity (A.9) does not assert equality with that arithmetic contribution. The multiplicities (2,1,1)(2,1,1) enter KGK_{G} once. The source code is g1-endpoints/certify_signed_endpoints.py, with SHA-256 e0eb449e97eedc1ea5aa8ab40de847a1baec1e8316271bf873ead904d845a864. Its output g1-endpoints/outputs/result.json has SHA-256 0a940b64e5f762fbfc1439709a3092de9749ecfdf448ef467ff52248e1794c69. A separate exact rational calculation verifies the retained source intervals. Its output is g1-rational/exact-rational-check.json, with SHA-256 7d7048c800af14d06963bd8fcf4f17ff45517e41fa9fd682bc583ddfb88dd4b6. The outward decimal enlargements of these intervals and their product are displayed below.

Exact rational outward intervals
I11I_{11}, including four-prime correction
[0.2208790666923091612026153538231208031879235648368125703408,0.2208790666923091612026153538231208031879235648368125703424]\left[\begin{gathered}{}0.2208790666923091612026153538231208031879235648368125% 703408,\\ {}0.2208790666923091612026153538231208031879235648368125703424\end{gathered}\right]
I12I_{12}
[0.5740619734452483407647685136781950850886922314288474504985,0.5740619734452483407647685136781950850886922314288474504987]\left[\begin{gathered}{}0.5740619734452483407647685136781950850886922314288474% 504985,\\ {}0.5740619734452483407647685136781950850886922314288474504987\end{gathered}\right]
I13I_{13}
[0.4052907329856379464660009714315655397835085202678768274511,0.4052907329856379464660009714315655397835085202678768274513]\left[\begin{gathered}{}0.4052907329856379464660009714315655397835085202678768% 274511,\\ {}0.4052907329856379464660009714315655397835085202678768274513\end{gathered}\right]
KGK_{G}
[0.3989480791070578466390443009830933753748442947478110112211,0.3989480791070578466390443009830933753748442947478110112223]\left[\begin{gathered}{}0.3989480791070578466390443009830933753748442947478110% 112211,\\ {}0.3989480791070578466390443009830933753748442947478110112223\end{gathered}\right]
G¯\overline{G}
[6.0884403625974206828946573628908904359431953974002641181857,6.0884403625974206828946573628908904359431953974002641181858]\left[\begin{gathered}{}6.0884403625974206828946573628908904359431953974002641% 181857,\\ {}6.0884403625974206828946573628908904359431953974002641181858\end{gathered}\right]
Joint −KG⁢G¯-K_{G}\overline{G}, in D
[−2.4289715874161197464056136533483979571384269074906618794340,−2.4289715874161197464056136533483979571384269074906618794266]\left[\begin{gathered}{}-2.428971587416119746405613653348397957138426907490661% 8794340,\\ {}-2.4289715874161197464056136533483979571384269074906618794266\end{gathered}\right]

These intervals certify G1-0 through G1-3. All four targets are in D units. The exact row endpoints below use the narrower exported dyadic KGK_{G} and TrT_{r} intervals from the retained source.

G1-0 K endpoint for lower bound: upper
Exact lower endpoint: −1956435688328972059318034312383922609269783032555378342235398079714615416886934934209737619787751599303819750539264\frac{-19564356883289720593180343123839226092697830325553783422353}{9807971461% 5416886934934209737619787751599303819750539264}
Exact upper endpoint: −6260594202652710589817709799628552349663305704177210695139453138550867693340381917894711603833208051177722232017256448\frac{-626059420265271058981770979962855234966330570417721069513945}{313855086% 7693340381917894711603833208051177722232017256448}
G1-1 K endpoint for lower bound: lower
Exact lower endpoint: 179266388678009569180357614458786189164679660590048624716243196159429230833773869868419475239575503198607639501078528\frac{179266388678009569180357614458786189164679660590048624716243}{1961594292% 30833773869868419475239575503198607639501078528}
Exact upper endpoint: 717065554712038276721430457835144756658718642360194498866525784637716923335095479473677900958302012794430558004314112\frac{717065554712038276721430457835144756658718642360194498866525}{7846377169% 23335095479473677900958302012794430558004314112}
G1-2 K endpoint for lower bound: upper
Exact lower endpoint: −821300653301490295585240971954986923239672986567876292003797392318858461667547739736838950479151006397215279002157056\frac{-821300653301490295585240971954986923239672986567876292003797}{392318858% 461667547739736838950479151006397215279002157056}
Exact upper endpoint: −821300653301490295585240971954986923239672986567876292002013392318858461667547739736838950479151006397215279002157056\frac{-821300653301490295585240971954986923239672986567876292002013}{392318858% 461667547739736838950479151006397215279002157056}
G1-3 K endpoint for lower bound: lower
Exact lower endpoint: 270036186059109561485627059871971764166199228966336131972949196159429230833773869868419475239575503198607639501078528\frac{270036186059109561485627059871971764166199228966336131972949}{1961594292% 30833773869868419475239575503198607639501078528}
Exact upper endpoint: 13501809302955478074281352993598588208309961448316806598676998079714615416886934934209737619787751599303819750539264\frac{135018093029554780742813529935985882083099614483168065986769}{9807971461% 5416886934934209737619787751599303819750539264}

The exact joint reference value is given below.

(A.10) LG⁢1=−243950428265194656254206921939947762868871361874409552095097100433627766186892221372630771322662657637687111424552206336.L_{G1}=-\frac{243950428265194656254206921939947762868871361874409552095097}{10% 0433627766186892221372630771322662657637687111424552206336}.

Let RG⁢1R_{G1} be the sum of the four exact row lower endpoints in the table. The exact difference is

LG⁢1−RG⁢1=500103100433627766186892221372630771322662657637687111424552206336<4.98⋅10−54.\begin{gathered}L_{G1}-R_{G1}\\ =\frac{500103}{100433627766186892221372630771322662657637687111424552206336}\\ <4.98\cdot 10^{-54}.\end{gathered}

Put

δG⁢1=4.98⋅10−54,EG⁢1=LG⁢1−δG⁢1.\delta_{G1}=4.98\cdot 10^{-54},\qquad E_{G1}=L_{G1}-\delta_{G1}.

The printed decimal intervals are rounded outward separately from the narrower source intervals used for the exact row certificates. For an exact check of the endpoint arithmetic, enclose 1/(2⁢eγ)1/(2e^{\gamma}) by

[0.2807297417834425849120716073954403933828551934625765840770795380225439,0.2807297417834425849120716073954403933828551934625765840770795380225440].\left[\begin{gathered}{}0.2807297417834425849120716073954403933828551934625765% 840770795380225439,\\ {}0.2807297417834425849120716073954403933828551934625765840770795380225440\end% {gathered}\right].

This rational enclosure comes from the Arb constant evaluation of the retained source, at 256-bit precision. We multiply its lower endpoint by 2⁢I11,lo+I12,lo+I13,lo2I_{11,\rm lo}+I_{12,\rm lo}+I_{13,\rm lo}, and its upper endpoint by 2⁢I11,hi+I12,hi+I13,hi2I_{11,\rm hi}+I_{12,\rm hi}+I_{13,\rm hi}. Exact rational multiplication and outward rounding to 10−5810^{-58} then give the displayed KGK_{G} interval. Its upper endpoint exceeds the upper product by less than 9.17⋅10−599.17\cdot 10^{-59}. The joint interval also contains the displayed interval product. Put Kup=KhiK_{\rm up}=K_{\rm hi} from (A.10d). Exact multiplication gives

0<LG⁢1+Kup⁢G¯hi<9.36⋅10−58<δG⁢1.0<L_{G1}+K_{\rm up}\overline{G}_{\rm hi}<9.36\cdot 10^{-58}<\delta_{G1}.

Thus EG⁢1<−Kup⁢G¯hiE_{G1}<-K_{\rm up}\overline{G}_{\rm hi}. The exact difference also gives EG⁢1<RG⁢1E_{G1}<R_{G1}. The rational row endpoints keep their independent, sharper certificates. The selected endpoint is the joint one, EG⁢1E_{G1}. Section 6 includes LG⁢1L_{G1} once, and its error sum includes δG⁢1\delta_{G1} once. The four row values certify this comparison. The final sum uses this joint lower endpoint. The primitive (A.10c) is an earlier alternative. No completed validated complex quadrature check of its analytic neighborhoods and branches is used for the selected endpoint.

A separate implementation computes the four-prime correction in two ways and checks the same KK directions. Its source endpoint-recert/code/g1_K.py has SHA-256 fd749f9a795f6876c9852c516789a9bbf937ec667c76a06f5662fed480aab52e; its output endpoint-recert/out/g1_K.json has SHA-256 e3ea5971a526c195ea33e7eb6b7b0c756d77fa1e0560d3b83eedf1785536cb07. The output confirms both KK directions. Its residual source endpoint-recert/code/g1_J.py has SHA-256 e7e6f75367c3af5d2e97a0c653d866328df962caef8791305203a6ee18be5715; the output endpoint-recert/out/j_final.json has SHA-256 7ad65327cda9adf324a5325b664ce3788d6119ea40f31c0c007eb2416f42069c. It proves the exact-rational residual enclosure, rounded outward:

(A.10a) J∈[0.964498,0.967120],J<0.968435989360.J\in[0.964498,0.967120],\qquad J<0.968435989360.

The residual-profile τ\tau-effect is at most 5⋅104⁢τ≤5⋅10−865\cdot 10^{4}\tau\leq 5\cdot 10^{-86}. The selected residual slack absorbs it. The comparisons give all four T allocations and lower targets, with signs (−,+,−,+)(-,+,-,+). The KK directions are (upper,lower,upper,lower)(\mathrm{upper},\mathrm{lower},\mathrm{upper},\mathrm{lower}), with the weights (2,1,1)(2,1,1) entering once. Section 4 proves the source application for Cb=334C_{b}=334 and its error bounds.

The 4096-cell upper-corner calculation.

This paragraph gives the 4096-cell trapezoidal calculation of G¯\overline{G} used in (4.79). The residual enclosure (A.10a) comes from the separate Taylor-model source and output identified above. The true delay functions are

F⁢(s)=2⁢eγs⁢(1≤s≤3),f⁢(s)=0⁢(s≤2),f⁢(s)=2⁢eγ⁢log⁡(s−1)s⁢(2≤s≤3),F(s)={2e^{\gamma}\over s}\ (1\leq s\leq 3),\quad f(s)=0\ (s\leq 2),\quad f(s)=% {2e^{\gamma}\log(s-1)\over s}\ (2\leq s\leq 3),

and thereafter (s⁢F)′=f⁢(s−1)(sF)^{\prime}=f(s-1), (s⁢f)′=F⁢(s−1)(sf)^{\prime}=F(s-1). On open integer intervals, their second derivatives are bounded by 12. The quadrature uses trapezoidal panels of width 2−162^{-16} aligned at integers, with integral remainder at most h3h^{3}. Arb carries all propagated radii, and outward rational rounding uses the 2−1282^{-128} lattice. Monotonicity encloses Φ⁢(a)=∫1a(1−f⁢(s))⁢𝑑s\Phi(a)=\int_{1}^{a}(1-f(s))\,ds. Beyond 30, its tail is bounded by (a−30)⁢(1−f⁢(30))(a-30)(1-f(30)); no constant table extrapolation is used.

For fixed rational t1,t2t_{1},t_{2}, the t3t_{3} range is split at each kink, activation switch and pairwise affine crossing in (4.70). On each segment a3=c/t3+ka_{3}=c/t_{3}+k, and

(A.10b) ∫pq1−f⁢(c/t+k)t2⁢𝑑t=Φ⁢(c/p+k)−Φ⁢(c/q+k)c(c≠0).\int_{p}^{q}{1-f(c/t+k)\over t^{2}}\,dt={\Phi(c/p+k)-\Phi(c/q+k)\over c}\quad(% c\neq 0).

The constant-argument case is direct. Each segment integral lies between 0 and 1/p−1/q1/p-1/q. The residual Θ∗−t1−t2−t3\Theta_{*}-t_{1}-t_{2}-t_{3} is nonincreasing in t1,t2t_{1},t_{2}. Its affine derivatives are negative, and the ψ\psi active sets are down-sets. Hence the inner integral is nondecreasing in both outer variables. The outer integration uses t=u⁢ext=ue^{x}, outward-enclosed logarithmic cells, and upper and lower corner sums. Diagonal triangles have half the squared cell width. On a grid of 4096 cells, the outward-rounded sums are accumulated as exact integers. This proves the directed enclosure (4.79).

For an independent evaluation of the four-prime correction, put z=v/(1−t)z=v/(1-t). A primitive of log⁡((1−2⁢z)/z)/(z⁢(1−z))\log((1-2z)/z)/(z(1-z)) is

(A.10c) P⁢(z)=\displaystyle P(z)={} −Li2⁡(2⁢z)−12⁢log2⁡z−12⁢log2⁡(1−z)−log⁡2⁢log⁡(1−z)\displaystyle-\operatorname{Li}_{2}(2z)-\tfrac{1}{2}\log^{2}z-\tfrac{1}{2}\log% ^{2}(1-z)-\log 2\log(1-z)
−Li2⁡(1/[2⁢(1−z)])+log⁡z⁢log⁡(1−z)+Li2⁡(z).\displaystyle-\operatorname{Li}_{2}(1/[2(1-z)])+\log z\log(1-z)+\operatorname{% Li}_{2}(z).

The formula is checked by differentiation. The analytic neighborhoods and the real branches would require a validated complex-quadrature check before this primitive could serve as an endpoint certificate. Nested integration of the original double integral gives an independent enclosure. At 200-bit precision, the signed enclosures are:

I11I_{11}
Abbreviated centre: 0.220879066692309161202615353823120803180.22087906669230916120261535382312080318
Width less than: 1.476⋅10−571.476\cdot 10^{-57}
I12I_{12}
Abbreviated centre: 0.574061973445248340764768513678195085080.57406197344524834076476851367819508508
Width less than: 6.348⋅10−596.348\cdot 10^{-59}
I13I_{13}
Abbreviated centre: 0.405290732985637946466000971431565539780.40529073298563794646600097143156553978
Width less than: 3.672⋅10−593.672\cdot 10^{-59}
KGK_{G}
Abbreviated centre: 0.398948079107057846639044300983093375370.39894807910705784663904430098309337537
Width less than: 8.588⋅10−588.588\cdot 10^{-58}

These centres are not directed endpoints. The source-derived widths above refer to the narrower retained intervals. For the printed decimal integral intervals, the exact outward upper endpoint is

(A.10d) Khi=0.3989480791070578466390443009830933753748442947478110112223.K_{\rm hi}=0.3989480791070578466390443009830933753748442947478110112223.
G1-0
Abbreviated centre: −199.47403966257515881115583710023774090-199.47403966257515881115583710023774090
KGK_{G} direction: upper
G1-1
Abbreviated centre: +913.88106797076246277430172018777105602+913.88106797076246277430172018777105602
KGK_{G} direction: lower
G1-2
Abbreviated centre: −2093.45188381184444127509736016826295322-2093.45188381184444127509736016826295322
KGK_{G} direction: upper
G1-3
Abbreviated centre: +1376.61588391624101756554586342738124014+1376.61588391624101756554586342738124014
KGK_{G} direction: lower

The narrower source-derived two-sided joint width is below 5.248⋅10−575.248\cdot 10^{-57}. The exact gap is the fraction displayed after (A.10).

A.6. Switched mass, BV endpoints and finite threshold

Write HL:=IH⁢LH_{L}:=I_{HL} as in (5.32), equivalently (1.12), with the parameters and cell weight (5.30)–(5.31). The measure is the coordinate measure d⁢t1⁢⋯⁢d⁢tk−1dt_{1}\cdots dt_{k-1}, where tk=1−∑i<ktit_{k}=1-\sum_{i<k}t_{i}. It carries no factorial or Euclidean surface-measure factor. Then

(A.11) 0≤HL<0.0778506,−2⁢HL>−0.1557012.0\leq H_{L}<0.0778506,\qquad-2H_{L}>-0.1557012.

Both implementations cover every positive-weight stratum 5≤k≤115\leq k\leq 11, and the coverage is exact rational. Their upper endpoints lie in

(A.12) [0.0778505820459738841964296666351,0.0778505820459738841964296666353].[0.0778505820459738841964296666351,0.0778505820459738841964296666353].

The selected source is switched-mass/original/scripts/refine.py, with SHA-256 83ff0a33baf95be8400a69c466965baae130b3cd788acd2d83b83fd2cc45398b. The separate calculation encloses the same switched mass. The independent source switched-mass/independent/independent_replay.py has SHA-256 c275b1904b506cf82315d4e27f44f1949487e67044923501fd0628738a7744ad. Their common compact output switched-mass/replay_summary.json has SHA-256 f0dac63f31707d0ecfe9ffd08fdfe21d4e5b2718b19a83af713ba518d2077e06. Exact rational coverage and overlap identities give the scalar input for the switched term of § 5.

For the S6 BV row, put

J⁢(κ)=∫τS1/3d⁢tt⁢(1/2−κ−t).J(\kappa)=\int_{\tau_{S}}^{1/3}\frac{dt}{t(1/2-\kappa-t)}.

Exact logarithms and independent Arb arithmetic give the enclosures.

(A.13) J⁢(0)∈[1.3148581959157321533513247276782285310758770468886237619584,1.3148581959157321533513247276782285310758770468886237619585],J⁢(10−6)∈[1.3148646802099601102520747017315401230927649569798117109688,1.3148646802099601102520747017315401230927649569798117109689],−[J⁢(10−6)−J⁢(0)]∈[−6.48429422795690074997405331159202⋅10−6,−6.48429422795690074997405331159201⋅10−6].\begin{gathered}J(0)\in\\ \left[\begin{gathered}{}1.3148581959157321533513247276782285310758770468886237% 619584,\\ {}1.3148581959157321533513247276782285310758770468886237619585\end{gathered}% \right],\\ J(10^{-6})\in\\ \left[\begin{gathered}{}1.3148646802099601102520747017315401230927649569798117% 109688,\\ {}1.3148646802099601102520747017315401230927649569798117109689\end{gathered}% \right],\\ -[J(10^{-6})-J(0)]\in\\ \left[\begin{gathered}{}-6.48429422795690074997405331159202\cdot 10^{-6},\\ {}-6.48429422795690074997405331159201\cdot 10^{-6}\end{gathered}\right].\end{gathered}

Here S6=4⁢JS_{6}=4J, so the nominal D contribution is −J⁢(0)-J(0). The increment in (A.13) enters once at level 1/2−10−61/2-10^{-6} of § 5. The source row-enclosures/cert_s4_s7.py has SHA-256 d98866b45f1ddb8f3f93411bfe09cb11c62569cc80fa775a77a3eab1ad4384aa; its row-enclosures/result.json has SHA-256 0eb5fa52ed180a071633e50f0d099f5c4e1f9bb001add71765fe1c2f033b8f7a. The independent 256-bit calculation is bv-increment/checks/charge_check.py, with SHA-256 1a7be201efe55e801c2ea7c2dc0807ac543d323838165f259b982a064e460ac6, and its output bv-increment/checks/charge_check.out has SHA-256 e99ef910bb85c1bd2119314c37a0deddcf1bc11f43c1d4fe50e8aaf956748015. It verifies the exact-log enclosures in (A.13).

S5 BV-top normalization.

The moved-cell value is enclosed by

(A.14) B⁢(0.03658166423843258896399704402764682632822246022922592990,8.84⋅10−57).B(0.03658166423843258896399704402764682632822246022922592990,8.84\cdot 10^{-57% }).

This raw row is 4⁢J5⁢(0)4J_{5}(0), with master coefficient −1-1 by (5.15)–(5.20a). Its D contribution is −J5⁢(0)-J_{5}(0), with exact interval

(A.14a) −J5⁢(0)∈−14⁢B⁢(0.03658166423843258896399704402764682632822246022922592990,8.84⋅10−57),\begin{gathered}-J_{5}(0)\in\\ -\frac{1}{4}B\left(\begin{gathered}0.03658166423843258896399704402764682632822% 246022922592990,\\ 8.84\cdot 10^{-57}\end{gathered}\right),\end{gathered}

which is about −0.00914541605960815-0.00914541605960815 D. Section 5 proves the normalization. S5-low uses its direct-cell endpoint, and S5 BV-top uses the moved-cell exact-log value (A.14). Their supports are disjoint at t∗t_{*}, and each contribution enters once.

For comparison, if S5-top used κ=10−6\kappa=10^{-6}, its negative coefficient would require an upper bound for J5⁢(κ)J_{5}(\kappa). Since t≥t∗t\geq t_{*} and 1/2−t≥1/2−τS1/2-t\geq 1/2-\tau_{S},

0≤J5⁢(κ)−J5⁢(0)\displaystyle 0\leq J_{5}(\kappa)-J_{5}(0) =∫t∗τSκ⁢d⁢tt⁢(1/2−t)⁢(1/2−t−κ)\displaystyle=\int_{t_{*}}^{\tau_{S}}\frac{\kappa\,dt}{t(1/2-t)(1/2-t-\kappa)}
≤(τS−t∗)⁢κt∗⁢(1/2−τS)⁢(1/2−τS−κ)\displaystyle\leq\frac{(\tau_{S}-t_{*})\kappa}{t_{*}(1/2-\tau_{S})(1/2-\tau_{S% }-\kappa)}
=25088672019919285<3.734⋅10−8<4⋅10−8.\displaystyle=\frac{25088}{672019919285}<3.734\cdot 10^{-8}<4\cdot 10^{-8}.

Thus −J5⁢(κ)≥−J5⁢(0)−E5,κ-J_{5}(\kappa)\geq-J_{5}(0)-E_{5,\kappa}, with E5,κ=4⋅10−8E_{5,\kappa}=4\cdot 10^{-8} in D units. Section 6 subtracts this error once. The separate conservative BV allowance is gBV=5.75⋅10−6=E5,κ+gR⁢1=4⋅10−8+5.71⋅10−6g_{\rm BV}=5.75\cdot 10^{-6}=E_{5,\kappa}+g_{R1}=4\cdot 10^{-8}+5.71\cdot 10^{% -6}. The R1 increment itself is already inside the selected S2 endpoint. Equations (A.14)–(A.14a) give the nominal κ=0\kappa=0 value.

For an independent exact-rational S5-top certificate, the logarithmic ratio in (5.20) is R=392787/390995R=392787/390995, so z=(R−1)/(R+1)=896/391891z=(R-1)/(R+1)=896/391891. Define

P5=16⁢∑k=015z2⁢k+12⁢k+1,R5=16⁢z3333⁢(1−z2).P_{5}=16\sum_{k=0}^{15}\frac{z^{2k+1}}{2k+1},\qquad R_{5}=\frac{16z^{33}}{33(1% -z^{2})}.

Then P5<4⁢J5⁢(0)<P5+R5P_{5}<4J_{5}(0)<P_{5}+R_{5} by the positive atanh series. Exact rational comparisons give R5<3.447⋅10−88R_{5}<3.447\cdot 10^{-88} and

⊂B⁢(0.03658166423843258896399704402764682632822246022922592990,8.84⋅10−57).\begin{gathered}\subset\\ B(0.03658166423843258896399704402764682632822246022922592990,8.84\cdot 10^{-57% }).\end{gathered}

This proves the directed −1/4-1/4 normalization. The printed rational series is the certificate. Section 6.3 proves its source application and arithmetic error bounds.

The finite-epsilon target is

(A.15) T\displaystyle T =8⁢log⁡5000939991,\displaystyle=8\log\frac{50009}{39991},
1.78838848345960807361670991332\displaystyle 1.78838848345960807361670991332 <T<1.78838848345960807361670991333.\displaystyle<T<1.78838848345960807361670991333.

It is proved by exact rational arithmetic. For z=5009/45000z=5009/45000, set

P=16⁢∑k=023z2⁢k+12⁢k+1,R=16⁢z4949⁢(1−z2).P=16\sum_{k=0}^{23}\frac{z^{2k+1}}{2k+1},\qquad R=\frac{16z^{49}}{49(1-z^{2})}.

Then P<T<P+RP<T<P+R, and exact rational comparisons give (A.15). This series and its tail bound certify (A.15), and its upper endpoint enters the final strict comparison.

A.7. Selected numerical endpoints

The table below lists the selected values. The full endpoints and proofs are in A.2–A.6.

Contribution Selected value and direction
S1 Joint lower endpoint (A.4), with multiplier 3/43/4
S2 Joint lower value (A.8), including the 1/200001/20000 tail
S3/S8/S9 Absolute Option-A endpoints; signs −,+,+-,+,+
S4/S5-low/S7 Direct-row upper endpoints; multiplier −1/4-1/4
S10-Ret Retained-row lower endpoint; multiplier 1/41/4
G1 EG⁢1=LG⁢1−δG⁢1E_{G1}=L_{G1}-\delta_{G1}, once
S5-top Raw-to-D factor −1/4-1/4; separate error E5,κE_{5,\kappa}
S6 Nominal value −J⁢(0)-J(0) and increment (A.13)
Switched term −2⁢HL>−0.1557012-2H_{L}>-0.1557012 by (A.11)
Threshold Upper endpoint (A.15)

Sections 2–5 prove the source applications, and Section 6.3 combines the terms with the signs of (6.1).

Appendix B Auxiliary estimates

B.1. Repeated-prime terms

This subsection shows that terms with a repeated large prime are negligible. Fix 0<σ≤10−100<\sigma\leq 10^{-10} and put

τ=σ9,ℓ0=53/412−ηL/2=264897/2060000,LN=log⁡N,u0=Nℓ0⁢σ2.\tau=\sigma^{9},\qquad\ell_{0}=53/412-\eta_{L}/2=264897/2060000,\qquad L_{N}=% \log N,\quad u_{0}=N^{\ell_{0}\sigma^{2}}.

Only the normalization 𝒲=4⁢(1−εA)⁢UC\mathcal{W}=4(1-\varepsilon_{A})U_{C} of (4.2) is used. The signed sum is that of Theorem 4 and Section 6.3.

Blocks, masks and signs

A block cc fixes a row, a literal parent prefix cell and, if present, its whole-cell selector. It also fixes an AA37 sign ν\nu, and finally R1νR_{1}^{\nu} or 𝐃∈𝒟ν⁢(Lc)\mathbf{D}\in\mathcal{D}^{\nu}(L_{c}). The labelled prefix intervals are clipped sets [Nti,Nρ⁢ti)[N^{t_{i}},N^{\rho t_{i}}). Put Lc=NℓcL_{c}=N^{\ell_{c}}, where ℓc≥ℓ0\ell_{c}\geq\ell_{0}, and uc=Lcσ2u_{c}=L_{c}^{\sigma^{2}}. Let mcm_{c} count all labelled rough positions, prefix and tail together. Put Mc=∏h|Gh|!M_{c}=\prod_{h}|G_{h}|! and write Cc⁢(q)C_{c}(q) for the unrestricted coefficient. The nineteen rows and their coefficients are

rowscrT(r)S1⁢-⁢0⁢–⁢33,−3,3,−3ADS2⁢-⁢0⁢–⁢3±1ADS3⁢-⁢A−2ADS4,S5⁢-⁢low,S7−1ADS8⁢-⁢A,S9⁢-⁢A,S10⁢-⁢Ret+1ADG1⁢-⁢0⁢–⁢32⁢AR=±1AGcut\begin{array}[]{c|c|c}\text{rows}&c_{r}&T^{(r)}\\ \hline\cr\mathrm{S1\hbox{-}0\hbox{--}3}&3,-3,3,-3&A_{D}\\ \mathrm{S2\hbox{-}0\hbox{--}3}&\pm 1&A_{D}\\ \mathrm{S3\hbox{-}A}&-2&A_{D}\\ \mathrm{S4,S5\hbox{-}low,S7}&-1&A_{D}\\ \mathrm{S8\hbox{-}A,S9\hbox{-}A,S10\hbox{-}Ret}&+1&A_{D}\\ \mathrm{G1\hbox{-}0\hbox{--}3}&2A_{R}=\pm 1&A_{G}^{\rm cut}\end{array}

There are fifteen DIRECT rows and four G1 rows (§§ 2–3, § 4.2). On DIRECT rows, crc_{r} includes the O1 coefficient and the Buchstab sign. The G1 weights 2,1,12,1,1 are part of AGcutA_{G}^{\rm cut} in (4.16).

The masks are those of C1 on DIRECT rows and (4.22)–(4.23) on G1. Define

(B.1) ΞU,c⁢(q)\displaystyle\Xi_{U,c}(q) =1Mc⁢∑fullλd⁢(1−KT⁢KP)⁢𝟏q=d⁢∏jpj,\displaystyle=\frac{1}{M_{c}}\sum_{\rm full}\lambda_{d}(1-K_{T}K_{P})\mathbf{1% }_{q=d\prod_{j}p_{j}},
ΞA,c⁢(q)\displaystyle\Xi_{A,c}(q) =1Mc⁢∑fullλd⁢KT⁢KP⁢𝟏q=d⁢∏jpj⁢𝟏q⁢not⁢sf.\displaystyle=\frac{1}{M_{c}}\sum_{\rm full}\lambda_{d}K_{T}K_{P}\mathbf{1}_{q% =d\prod_{j}p_{j}}\mathbf{1}_{q\ \rm not\ sf}.

The full sum runs over dd and every labelled prime tuple. Call cc active if some realization has λd≠0\lambda_{d}\neq 0. Otherwise both coefficients vanish, including for empty intervals. On DIRECT rows, ΞU,c=ΞT/Mc+ΞP\Xi_{U,c}=\Xi_{T}/M_{c}+\Xi_{P}, because 1−KT⁢KP=(1−KT)+KT⁢(1−KP)1-K_{T}K_{P}=(1-K_{T})+K_{T}(1-K_{P}) is a disjoint decomposition. For S1-2, S1-3, S2-2, S2-3, S8-A, G1-2 and G1-3, orbit invariance gives Oc=Cc/Mc−ΞU,cO_{c}=C_{c}/M_{c}-\Xi_{U,c}. For the other rows the same identity holds, since Mc=1M_{c}=1. Thus Oc⁢𝟏q⁢not⁢sf=ΞA,cO_{c}\mathbf{1}_{q\ \rm not\ sf}=\Xi_{A,c} in every row.

Define Δ0(r),ΔP(r)\Delta_{0}^{(r)},\Delta_{P}^{(r)} by (4.21). By C1 and (4.23), (4.26),

(B.2) ℰSQ=1𝒲⁢∑ccr⁢(c)⁢νc⁢[−∑qΞU,c⁢(q)⁢ΔP(r)⁢(q)+∑qΞA,c⁢(q)⁢(Δ0(r)−ΔP(r))⁢(q)].\mathcal{E}_{\rm SQ}=\frac{1}{\mathcal{W}}\sum_{c}c_{r(c)}\nu_{c}\Big{[}-\sum_% {q}\Xi_{U,c}(q)\Delta_{P}^{(r)}(q)+\sum_{q}\Xi_{A,c}(q)(\Delta_{0}^{(r)}-% \Delta_{P}^{(r)})(q)\Big{]}.

Here νc=±1\nu_{c}=\pm 1 is the AA37 remainder sign. Both terms use the original tested measure, before HB expansion. The first contains the forbidden-tail and forbidden-prefix parts, the second the allowed repeats. Only the C1 γ\gamma-term (Class II) uses HB expansion, dyadic shells, short boxes and K0K_{0} of (4.66). The terms N⁢CsfNC_{\rm sf} and ∑Wc⁢(Δ0−ΔP)\sum W_{c}(\Delta_{0}-\Delta_{P}) are treated separately in (4.65). Both vanish on DIRECT rows.

Coefficient and test bounds

The first lemma records the support, roughness and finiteness facts used below.

Lemma B.1. For sufficiently large NN, depending on σ\sigma:

  1. (1)

    Every nonzero-weight full realization has q<Q:=N3/5q<Q:=N^{3/5} and (q,2⁢N)=1(q,2N)=1.

  2. (2)

    uc≥u0≥2u_{c}\geq u_{0}\geq 2, and every labelled rough coordinate is at least ucu_{c}.

  3. (3)

    On active blocks, mc≤Mσ:=⌈3/(5⁢ℓ0⁢σ2)⌉m_{c}\leq M_{\sigma}:=\lceil 3/(5\ell_{0}\sigma^{2})\rceil. Hence mc!/Mc≤Mσ!=Cσm_{c}!/M_{c}\leq M_{\sigma}!=C_{\sigma}, the constant of (4.25).

  4. (4)

    Each row has finitely many blocks Nlab,r⁢(σ)N_{{\rm lab},r}(\sigma), independently of NN.

Proof. The final cubic constraint and decreasing labels give ∏iDi<Lc\prod_{i}D_{i}<L_{c}. For a single coordinate, use D1<Lc1/2D_{1}<L_{c}^{1/2}; the empty product is 11. Let TcT_{c} be the sum of prefix lower exponents. The literal intervals and d<Lcσd<L_{c}^{\sigma} give

q<Nρ⁢Tc⁢Lcρ+σ≤N(ρ+σ)⁢(Tc+ℓc)≤N(153/256)⁢(1+τ+σ)<N3/5.q<N^{\rho T_{c}}L_{c}^{\rho+\sigma}\leq N^{(\rho+\sigma)(T_{c}+\ell_{c})}\leq N% ^{(153/256)(1+\tau+\sigma)}<N^{3/5}.

Here Tc+ℓc=Θc−ηL≤153/256T_{c}+\ell_{c}=\Theta_{c}-\eta_{L}\leq 153/256; use (4.20) for G1. This covers R1νR_{1}^{\nu} before both masks, with empty tail. All primes lie in 𝒫⁢(N)={p>2:p∤N}\mathcal{P}(N)=\{p>2:p\nmid N\}, and d∣P⁢(uc;N)d\mid P(u_{c};N), so (q,2⁢N)=1(q,2N)=1.

Next, uc=Nℓc⁢σ2≥Nℓ0⁢σ2=u0u_{c}=N^{\ell_{c}\sigma^{2}}\geq N^{\ell_{0}\sigma^{2}}=u_{0}. Tail intervals start at Di≥Lcσ2D_{i}\geq L_{c}^{\sigma^{2}}. Prefix coordinates satisfy p≥Nu/ρ>ucp\geq N^{u/\rho}>u_{c} by § 2 and (4.20). For any active block, choose a nonzero-weight realization. Then u0mc≤q<N3/5u_{0}^{m_{c}}\leq q<N^{3/5}, so mc⁢ℓ0⁢σ2<3/5m_{c}\ell_{0}\sigma^{2}<3/5. The argument does not use Cc≠0C_{c}\neq 0.

Each prefix coordinate has at most Gσ:=1+⌈log⁡(ρ/u)/log⁡ρ⌉G_{\sigma}:=1+\lceil\log(\rho/u)/\log\rho\rceil grid labels on [u/ρ,1][u/\rho,1]. The endpoints u,α,β,μ,λ,1/4,t∗,τS,1/3,tdd,vβu,\alpha,\beta,\mu,\lambda,1/4,t_{*},\tau_{S},1/3,t_{\rm dd},v_{\beta} split any such grid interval into at most twelve literal pieces. Clipping can only reduce this count. Set Bσ:=12⁢GσB_{\sigma}:=12G_{\sigma}. There are at most three coordinates and two signs. Tail vectors number <e8⁢σ−3<e^{8\sigma^{-3}}, besides R1R_{1}. Thus one explicit bound is

Nlab,r⁢(σ)≤2⁢Pσ⁢Tσ,Pσ=1+Bσ+Bσ2+Bσ3,Tσ=1+⌈e8⁢σ−3⌉,N_{{\rm lab},r}(\sigma)\leq 2P_{\sigma}T_{\sigma},\quad P_{\sigma}=1+B_{\sigma% }+B_{\sigma}^{2}+B_{\sigma}^{3},\quad T_{\sigma}=1+\lceil e^{8\sigma^{-3}}\rceil,

with Bσ=12⁢GσB_{\sigma}=12G_{\sigma} allowed in this upper bound. □\square

Put ℋ0={q⁢<Q:p2∣⁢q⁢ for some prime ⁢p≥u0}\mathcal{H}_{0}=\{q<Q:p^{2}\mid q\text{ for some prime }p\geq u_{0}\}. Set Bc=mc!/McB_{c}=m_{c}!/M_{c} on active blocks, and Bc=0B_{c}=0 otherwise. The next lemma shows that both coefficients are supported on integers divisible by the square of a large prime.

Lemma B.2. For every block and integer qq,

(B.3) |ΞU,c⁢(q)|+|ΞA,c⁢(q)|≤Bc⁢𝟏ℋ0⁢(q)≤Cσ⁢𝟏ℋ0⁢(q).|\Xi_{U,c}(q)|+|\Xi_{A,c}(q)|\leq B_{c}\mathbf{1}_{\mathcal{H}_{0}}(q)\leq C_{% \sigma}\mathbf{1}_{\mathcal{H}_{0}}(q).

Proof. Inactive blocks contribute nothing. Write q=q<⁢q≥q=q_{<}q_{\geq} at the cutoff ucu_{c}. The support d∣P⁢(uc;N)d\mid P(u_{c};N) and roughness force d=q<d=q_{<} uniquely. The multiset q≥=∏ppepq_{\geq}=\prod_{p}p^{e_{p}} fills the mcm_{c} positions in at most mc!/∏pep!≤mc!m_{c}!/\prod_{p}e_{p}!\leq m_{c}! ways. The two masks in (B.1) are disjoint indicators, so |λd|≤1|\lambda_{d}|\leq 1 gives

Mc⁢(|ΞU,c⁢(q)|+|ΞA,c⁢(q)|)≤#⁢{full tuples:q=d⁢∏jpj}≤mc!.M_{c}(|\Xi_{U,c}(q)|+|\Xi_{A,c}(q)|)\leq\#\{\text{full tuples}:q=d\textstyle% \prod_{j}p_{j}\}\leq m_{c}!.

A forbidden tuple has pi=pj≥ucp_{i}=p_{j}\geq u_{c}. For an allowed nonsquarefree tuple, dd is squarefree and coprime to q≥q_{\geq}. Thus in either case p2∣qp^{2}\mid q for some p≥u0p\geq u_{0}. Each multiplicity enters once, through ep!e_{p}!, and no graph factor occurs. □\square

The tail argument is [Z1, Lemma 4.8], with prime-source cost [Z1, Appendix B, (B.5)–(B.6)]. Lemma B.2 also covers arbitrary Goldbach prefixes and G1 masks. The next bounds use their actual tested measures; for the test functions a trivial bound suffices.

Lemma B.3. Put Amax=100A_{\max}=100. For every row and q<Qq<Q,

(B.4) |ΔP(r)⁢(q)|,|(Δ0(r)−ΔP(r))⁢(q)|≤Amax⁢(Nq+1+Nφ⁢(q))≤Amax⁢(N⁢(2+LN)q+1).|\Delta_{P}^{(r)}(q)|,\ |(\Delta_{0}^{(r)}-\Delta_{P}^{(r)})(q)|\leq A_{\max}% \Big{(}\frac{N}{q}+1+\frac{N}{\varphi(q)}\Big{)}\leq A_{\max}\Big{(}\frac{N(2+% L_{N})}{q}+1\Big{)}.

The second discrepancy vanishes on DIRECT rows.

Proof. The tested measures are supported in [1,N][1,N], since v<Nv<N on DIRECT rows and e≤Ncut<Ne\leq N_{\rm cut}<N on G1. For G1, the tested variable is the product ee; the condition e≡N(modq)e\equiv N\pmod{q} forces (e,q)=1(e,q)=1, while YG⁢(q)Y_{G}(q) retains that coprimality restriction. By (4.6), AD≤1A_{D}\leq 1 and AGcut≤AG≤72<100A_{G}^{\rm cut}\leq A_{G}\leq 72<100. Thus C⁢(q)≤Amax⁢(N/q+1)C(q)\leq A_{\max}(N/q+1) and 0≤Y⁢(q)≤X≤Amax⁢N0\leq Y(q)\leq X\leq A_{\max}N. Use |ΔP|≤C+Y/φ⁢(q)|\Delta_{P}|\leq C+Y/\varphi(q) and |Δ0−ΔP|=(X−Y⁢(q))/φ⁢(q)|\Delta_{0}-\Delta_{P}|=(X-Y(q))/\varphi(q). For the distinct primes p1<⋯<pkp_{1}<\cdots<p_{k} of qq,

qφ⁢(q)≤∏ii+1i=k+1≤1+log2⁡q≤1+(3/5)⁢LNlog⁡2≤1+LN.\frac{q}{\varphi(q)}\leq\prod_{i}\frac{i+1}{i}=k+1\leq 1+\log_{2}q\leq 1+\frac% {(3/5)L_{N}}{\log 2}\leq 1+L_{N}.

On DIRECT rows, v>N/LN30>N3/5>qv>N/L_{N}^{30}>N^{3/5}>q is prime, hence YA⁢(q)=XAY_{A}(q)=X_{A}. □\square

The exceptional set of integers with a repeated large prime is sparse.

Lemma B.4. For u0≥2u_{0}\geq 2,

(B.5) ∑q∈ℋ01q≤2⁢(1+LN)u0,#⁢ℋ0≤2⁢Qu0.\sum_{q\in\mathcal{H}_{0}}\frac{1}{q}\leq\frac{2(1+L_{N})}{u_{0}},\qquad\#% \mathcal{H}_{0}\leq\frac{2Q}{u_{0}}.

Proof. Write q=n⁢p2q=np^{2} and overcount over p≥u0p\geq u_{0}. The harmonic sum is then at most (1+log⁡Q)⁢∑k≥⌈u0⌉k−2(1+\log Q)\sum_{k\geq\lceil u_{0}\rceil}k^{-2}. The count is at most Q⁢∑k≥⌈u0⌉k−2Q\sum_{k\geq\lceil u_{0}\rceil}k^{-2}. For K=⌈u0⌉K=\lceil u_{0}\rceil, this last sum is ≤1/(K−1)≤1/(u0−1)≤2/u0\leq 1/(K-1)\leq 1/(u_{0}-1)\leq 2/u_{0}. □\square

For either test function, (B.4)–(B.5) give

(B.6) ∑q∈ℋ0|T(r)⁢-test⁢(q)|≤Amax⁢2⁢N⁢(2+LN)⁢(1+LN)+2⁢Qu0≤6⁢Amax⁢N⁢(1+LN)2u0.\sum_{q\in\mathcal{H}_{0}}|T^{(r)}\text{-test}(q)|\leq A_{\max}\frac{2N(2+L_{N% })(1+L_{N})+2Q}{u_{0}}\leq\frac{6A_{\max}N(1+L_{N})^{2}}{u_{0}}.

Here Q≤NQ\leq N and 2⁢(2+L)⁢(1+L)+2≤6⁢(1+L)22(2+L)(1+L)+2\leq 6(1+L)^{2}, equivalently 4⁢L2+6⁢L≥04L^{2}+6L\geq 0. These lemmas combine into the main estimate of this subsection.

Theorem 5 (Repeated-prime estimate).

Fix 0<σ≤10−100<\sigma\leq 10^{-10} and put Λσ=∑r|cr|⁢Nlab,r⁢(σ)\Lambda_{\sigma}=\sum_{r}|c_{r}|N_{{\rm lab},r}(\sigma) over the nineteen rows. For sufficiently large even NN,

(B.7) 1𝒲∑c|cr⁢(c)|∑q(\displaystyle\frac{1}{\mathcal{W}}\sum_{c}|c_{r(c)}|\sum_{q}\Big{(} |ΞU,c⁢(q)⁢ΔP(r)⁢(q)|\displaystyle|\Xi_{U,c}(q)\Delta_{P}^{(r)}(q)|
+|ΞA,c(q)(Δ0(r)−ΔP(r))(q)|)\displaystyle+|\Xi_{A,c}(q)(\Delta_{0}^{(r)}-\Delta_{P}^{(r)})(q)|\Big{)}
≤232⁢Λσ⁢Cσ⁢N−ℓ0⁢σ2⁢(1+LN)4.\displaystyle\leq 232\Lambda_{\sigma}C_{\sigma}N^{-\ell_{0}\sigma^{2}}(1+L_{N}% )^{4}.

This bounds |ℰSQ||\mathcal{E}_{\rm SQ}|, separately and jointly for the three parts in (B.2). Their size is Oσ⁢(N−ℓ0⁢σ2⁢LN4)O_{\sigma}(N^{-\ell_{0}\sigma^{2}}L_{N}^{4}), and also Oσ⁢(N−ℓ0⁢σ2⁢LNKSQ+4)O_{\sigma}(N^{-\ell_{0}\sigma^{2}}L_{N}^{K_{\rm SQ}+4}) for fixed KSQ≥0K_{\rm SQ}\geq 0. The allowed-repeat part vanishes on DIRECT rows.

Proof. Disjointness in (B.3) bounds the combined integrand by Cσ⁢𝟏ℋ0⁢(q)⁢Amax⁢(N⁢(2+LN)/q+1)C_{\sigma}\mathbf{1}_{\mathcal{H}_{0}}(q)A_{\max}\allowbreak(N(2+L_{N})/q+1). By (B.6), each block contributes at most 6⁢Amax⁢Cσ⁢N⁢(1+LN)2/u06A_{\max}C_{\sigma}N(1+L_{N})^{2}/u_{0}. Also

𝒲=4⁢(1−εA)⁢C⁢(N)⁢N/LN2≥4⁢(1−εA)⁢C2⁢N/LN2≥2.59⁢N/LN2.\mathcal{W}=4(1-\varepsilon_{A})C(N)N/L_{N}^{2}\geq 4(1-\varepsilon_{A})C_{2}N% /L_{N}^{2}\geq 2.59N/L_{N}^{2}.

Here C⁢(N)≥C2>13/20C(N)\geq C_{2}>13/20, since

C2≥∏3≤p≤2000p⁢prime(1−1(p−1)2)⁢(1−12000)>1320.C_{2}\geq\prod_{\begin{subarray}{c}3\leq p\leq 2000\\ p\ {\rm prime}\end{subarray}}\left(1-\frac{1}{(p-1)^{2}}\right)\left(1-\frac{1% }{2000}\right)>\frac{13}{20}.

The finite product is compared in rational arithmetic. For the tail, ∏(1−aj)≥1−∑aj\prod(1-a_{j})\geq 1-\sum a_{j} and ∑m≥2001m−2≤∑m≥2001(m⁢(m−1))−1=1/2000\sum_{m\geq 2001}m^{-2}\leq\sum_{m\geq 2001}(m(m-1))^{-1}=1/2000. The weighted block count is Λσ\Lambda_{\sigma}. Finally use 600/2.59<232600/2.59<232 and LN2≤(1+LN)2L_{N}^{2}\leq(1+L_{N})^{2}. □\square

Fix σ\sigma, hence Λσ,Cσ\Lambda_{\sigma},C_{\sigma}, and take NN last (§ 1.6). Then ℰSQ=oσ⁢(1)\mathcal{E}_{\rm SQ}=o_{\sigma}(1). Above N0⁢(σ)N_{0}(\sigma) the saving is ℓ0⁢σ2/2\ell_{0}\sigma^{2}/2, and the proof gives KSQ=0K_{\rm SQ}=0. Prefix multiplicities enter Lemma B.2, while row counts enter only Λσ\Lambda_{\sigma}.

B.2. Sieve remainder mass

This subsection proves (1.26), with the normalization (1.27). The AA37 input is [Z1, Theorem 2.6, (2.30)–(2.33b)], taken from [11, Theorem 4] with R=1R=1. For a finite nonnegative sequence, write |𝒜d|=X⁢ω⁢(d)/d+r⁢(𝒜,d)|\mathcal{A}_{d}|=X\omega(d)/d+r(\mathcal{A},d), with X>0X>0. The density is multiplicative and nonnegative on prime powers. We require 0<ω⁢(p)<p0<\omega(p)<p, K≥2K\geq 2 and Lω>1L_{\omega}>1. The product and prime-power hypotheses are [Z1, (2.24), (2.27)], for z>w≥2z>w\geq 2. Substitute

D=Lc,ϵs=σ<1/3,δs=σ9=τ,s=log⁡Dlog⁡z,𝒢⁢(D)={Dσ2⁢(1+τ)j:j≥0}.\begin{gathered}D=L_{c},\quad\epsilon_{s}=\sigma<1/3,\quad\delta_{s}=\sigma^{9% }=\tau,\quad s=\frac{\log D}{\log z},\\ \mathcal{G}(D)=\{D^{\sigma^{2}(1+\tau)^{j}}:j\geq 0\}.\end{gathered}

The supports in [Z1, (2.32)–(2.33)], including R1νR_{1}^{\nu}, are

d⁢<Dσ,d∣⁢P⁢(Dσ2),P⁢(y)=∏p<y,p∈𝒫p,Di≤pi<min⁡(Di1+τ,z).d<D^{\sigma},\quad d\mid P(D^{\sigma^{2}}),\quad P(y)=\prod_{p<y,\,p\in% \mathcal{P}}p,\quad D_{i}\leq p_{i}<\min(D_{i}^{1+\tau},z).

Positions with equal labels are distinct, and the nonincreasing labels obey [Z1, (2.29)]. Thus D1<D1/2D_{1}<D^{1/2} and |𝒟ν⁢(D)|<e8⁢σ−3|\mathcal{D}^{\nu}(D)|<e^{8\sigma^{-3}}. Also |ϕdν|,|λdν⁢(𝐃)|≤1|\phi_{d}^{\nu}|,|\lambda_{d}^{\nu}(\mathbf{D})|\leq 1, independently of 𝒜,X,ω\mathcal{A},X,\omega. The upper and lower ranges are 2≤z≤D2\leq z\leq D and 2≤z≤D1/22\leq z\leq D^{1/2}. By [Z1, (2.31)],

Es≤CE⁢σ+CE⁢σ−8⁢eK+Lω⁢(log⁡Lc)−1/3,E_{s}\leq C_{E}\sigma+C_{E}\sigma^{-8}e^{K+L_{\omega}}(\log L_{c})^{-1/3},

with absolute CEC_{E}.

For a source block 𝒜b\mathcal{A}_{b}, take Xr,b=Xr/φ⁢(b)X_{r,b}=X_{r}/\varphi(b) and ω⁢(pk)/pk=1/φ⁢(pk)\omega(p^{k})/p^{k}=1/\varphi(p^{k}) on permitted primes (§ 4.3, after (4.21)). The prime-power sum is ∑w≤p<z,p∈𝒫(p−1)−2\sum_{w\leq p<z,\,p\in\mathcal{P}}(p-1)^{-2}. Mertens gives the product bound after the primes dividing N⁢bNb are omitted. The source checks give the density identity, the prefix exclusion and the cutoffs. Here Xr=XA=∑vAD⁢(v)X_{r}=X_{A}=\sum_{v}A_{D}(v) on DIRECT rows, and Xr=XG=∑eAGcut⁢(e)X_{r}=X_{G}=\sum_{e}A_{G}^{\rm cut}(e) on G1. Each error is Xr,b⁢V⁢(zr,b)⁢EsX_{r,b}V(z_{r,b})E_{s}, with no factor FF or ff. Hence

(B.8) EAAD\displaystyle E^{D}_{\rm AA} ≤CE⁢σ4⁢WAA⁢(N)+CE⁢σ−8⁢eK+Lω4⁢(ℓ0⁢LN)1/3⁢WAA⁢(N),\displaystyle\leq\frac{C_{E}\sigma}{4}W_{\rm AA}(N)+\frac{C_{E}\sigma^{-8}e^{K% +L_{\omega}}}{4(\ell_{0}L_{N})^{1/3}}W_{\rm AA}(N),
WAA⁢(N)\displaystyle W_{\rm AA}(N) :=∑r|cr|⁢∑bXr,b⁢V⁢(zr,b)(1−εA)⁢UC.\displaystyle:=\frac{\sum_{r}|c_{r}|\sum_{b}X_{r,b}V(z_{r,b})}{(1-\varepsilon_% {A})U_{C}}.

The sum runs over the nineteen rows and their actual prefixes bb. Each prefix lies in one parent cell, and the empty prefix is b=1b=1. The labels 𝐃\mathbf{D}, R1/RνR_{1}/R^{\nu}, e8⁢σ−3e^{8\sigma^{-3}}, Mσ!M_{\sigma}!, HB patterns and boxes occur only in the remainder, so they add no factor to WAAW_{\rm AA}. For DIRECT rows, ∑|cr|=24\sum|c_{r}|=24: eleven rows in § 2 give 20, and S2 gives 4. The subsequent estimate uses the convenient coarser ceiling 4545. The four G1 coefficients have absolute value 1. The ceiling 4545 is a harmless enlargement of the exact DIRECT coefficient sum 2424. The BV pieces S5-top, S6 and BV-R1 are treated in § 5.

Three uniform bounds

Three uniform estimates bound this mass. Put h=1/1000h=1/1000.

Lemma B.8 (exponent floor). Every Buchstab prefix prime and AA37 cutoff is at least NhN^{h}. Every G1 source prime is at least Nα>NhN^{\alpha}>N^{h}.

Proof. The smallest fixed cutoff is NuN^{u}, with u=1/500u=1/500. The others are E3 on S1-3, E=Nt3E=N^{t_{3}} on G1-3, and PF/K on S2-3; all are at least Nu/ρ3N^{u/\rho^{3}}, and u/(1+τ)3>hu/(1+\tau)^{3}>h. Other prefix ranges start at NαN^{\alpha} or higher; see (4.4)–(4.5). AA37 tail primes are not covered by this prefix assertion. □\square

Lemma B.9 (density product). Uniformly in NN, rows, cells and σ\sigma, for z≥Nhz\geq N^{h} and an absolute threshold N≥N0N\geq N_{0},

(B.9) V⁢(z)=∏2<p<zp∤N(1−1p−1)≤4⁢C⁢(N)log⁡z≤4000⁢C⁢(N)LN.V(z)=\prod_{\begin{subarray}{c}2<p<z\\ p\nmid N\end{subarray}}\left(1-\frac{1}{p-1}\right)\leq\frac{4C(N)}{\log z}% \leq\frac{4000C(N)}{L_{N}}.

Proof. Prefix primes are ≥z\geq z, so 𝒫⁢(N⁢b)\mathcal{P}(Nb) and 𝒫⁢(N)\mathcal{P}(N) agree below zz. Since 2∣N2\mid N and 1−1/(p−1)=(1−1/p)⁢(1−1/(p−1)2)1-1/(p-1)=(1-1/p)(1-1/(p-1)^{2}),

V⁢(z)=2⁢∏p<z(1−1p)⁢c2⁢(z)⁢∏2<p<zp∣Np−1p−2,c2⁢(z)=∏2<p<z(1−1(p−1)2).V(z)=2\prod_{p<z}\left(1-\frac{1}{p}\right)c_{2}(z)\prod_{\begin{subarray}{c}2% <p<z\\ p\mid N\end{subarray}}\frac{p-1}{p-2},\qquad c_{2}(z)=\prod_{2<p<z}\left(1-% \frac{1}{(p-1)^{2}}\right).

By (1.2), the last product is at most C⁢(N)/C2C(N)/C_{2}. Also c2⁢(z)/C2→1c_{2}(z)/C_{2}\to 1 and Mertens gives ∏p<z(1−1/p)∼e−γ/log⁡z\prod_{p<z}(1-1/p)\sim e^{-\gamma}/\log z. Use 2⁢e−γ<1.13<42e^{-\gamma}<1.13<4 and log⁡z≥h⁢LN\log z\geq hL_{N}. □\square

Lemma B.10 (source masses). For an absolute threshold N≥N0N\geq N_{0}, at every legal cut,

(B.10) XA≤2⁢NLN,XG≤2560000⁢NLN.X_{A}\leq\frac{2N}{L_{N}},\qquad X_{G}\leq\frac{2560000N}{L_{N}}.

Proof. Rosser–Schoenfeld [22] gives XA≤π⁢(N)<1.25506⁢N/log⁡NX_{A}\leq\pi(N)<1.25506N/\log N. For k=3,4k=3,4, count ordered prime kk-tuples, with repetitions, whose entries are ≥Nh\geq N^{h} and whose product is ≤N\leq N. Fix the first k−1k-1 entries, with product Q′Q^{\prime}. If a last entry exists, then N/Q′≥NhN/Q^{\prime}\geq N^{h}, and its choices number at most π⁢(N/Q′)≤2⁢(N/Q′)/log⁡(N/Q′)≤2⁢N/(h⁢Q′⁢LN)\pi(N/Q^{\prime})\leq 2(N/Q^{\prime})/\log(N/Q^{\prime})\leq 2N/(hQ^{\prime}L_% {N}). Dropping the other constraints gives

Tk⁢(N)≤2h⁢HNk−1⁢NLN,HN:=∑Nh≤p≤N1p−1≤8.T_{k}(N)\leq\frac{2}{h}H_{N}^{k-1}\frac{N}{L_{N}},\qquad H_{N}:=\sum_{N^{h}% \leq p\leq N}\frac{1}{p-1}\leq 8.

Also ∑Nh≤p≤N1/p→log⁡(1/h)=log⁡1000<7\sum_{N^{h}\leq p\leq N}1/p\to\log(1/h)=\log 1000<7 and ∑m≥Nh1/(m⁢(m−1))→0\sum_{m\geq N^{h}}1/(m(m-1))\to 0. The tuple lengths in R11,3,R11,4,R12,R13R_{11,3},R_{11,4},R_{12},R_{13} are 3,4,3,33,4,3,3. By Lemma B.8, their entries are ≥Nα\geq N^{\alpha} and e<Ne<N. Using the weights 2,2,1,12,2,1,1 of (4.4),

XG≤∑eAG⁢(e)≤4⁢T3+2⁢T4≤(4⋅2000⋅82+2⋅2000⋅83)⁢N/LN=2560000⁢N/LN.X_{G}\leq\sum_{e}A_{G}(e)\leq 4T_{3}+2T_{4}\leq(4\cdot 2000\cdot 8^{2}+2\cdot 2% 000\cdot 8^{3})N/L_{N}=2560000N/L_{N}.

The bound uses no representation ceiling and no factorial. □\square

Lemma B.11 (prefix harmonic sum). For each fixed row, the prefix depth may vary from 0 to 33 across its cells. Hence

(B.11) ∑b1φ⁢(b)≤∑j=03HNj≤1+8+64+512=585,\sum_{b}\frac{1}{\varphi(b)}\leq\sum_{j=0}^{3}H_{N}^{j}\leq 1+8+64+512=585,

where the sum covers all actual prefixes in all cells.

Proof. For a prefix of exact depth jj, use φ⁢(b)≥∏i(pi−1)\varphi(b)\geq\prod_{i}(p_{i}-1) and drop order, distinctness, selectors and ranges. Its total is at most HNj≤8jH_{N}^{j}\leq 8^{j}. Sum the four possible depths, including j=0j=0. The parent cells partition the prefixes into disjoint half-open pieces, including A/B children, Option-A pieces and retained whole cells. Thus a prefix is counted once and no cell-count factor occurs. □\square

The three lemmas combine into the uniform mass bound.

Theorem 6 (Sieve remainder mass).

There is N0N_{0}, depending only on hh and the fixed source conventions, such that for every 0<σ≤10−100<\sigma\leq 10^{-10} and even N≥N0N\geq N_{0}, the bound (1.26) holds, independently of the tail labels and cells.

Proof. By (B.9)–(B.11),

∑r|cr|⁢∑bXr,b⁢V⁢(zr,b)\displaystyle\sum_{r}|c_{r}|\sum_{b}X_{r,b}V(z_{r,b}) ≤4000⁢C⁢(N)LN⁢ 585⁢(45⁢2⁢NLN+4⁢2560000⁢NLN)\displaystyle\leq\frac{4000C(N)}{L_{N}}\,585\left(45\frac{2N}{L_{N}}+4\frac{25% 60000N}{L_{N}}\right)
=4000⋅585⋅10240090⁢C⁢(N)⁢NLN2.\displaystyle=4000\cdot 585\cdot 10240090\frac{C(N)N}{L_{N}^{2}}.

Dividing by (1−εA)⁢UC=(1−εA)⁢C⁢(N)⁢N/LN2(1-\varepsilon_{A})U_{C}=(1-\varepsilon_{A})C(N)N/L_{N}^{2} gives

WAA⁢(N)≤4000⋅585⋅102400901−1/10000=2396181060000000009999<1014=W∗.W_{\rm AA}(N)\leq\frac{4000\cdot 585\cdot 10240090}{1-1/10000}=\frac{239618106% 000000000}{9999}<10^{14}=W_{*}.

The last comparison is 239618106000000000<9999⋅1014=999900000000000000239618106000000000<9999\cdot 10^{14}=999900000000000000. □\square

Corollary (persistent and vanishing AA37 errors). Fix CEC_{E} first. For CE>0C_{E}>0, choose rational σ\sigma satisfying (1.27):

σ≤4⁢gAACE⁢W∗,gAA=0.00002853328.\sigma\leq\frac{4g_{\rm AA}}{C_{E}W_{*}},\qquad g_{\rm AA}=0.00002853328.

Then CE⁢σ⁢WAA/4≤CE⁢σ⁢W∗/4≤gAAC_{E}\sigma W_{\rm AA}/4\leq C_{E}\sigma W_{*}/4\leq g_{\rm AA}. This bounds the actual AA37 perturbation on all nineteen rows by one gAAg_{\rm AA} charge. Any further subtraction of the same numerical allowance in the final error total is an additional conservative reserve. For CE=0C_{E}=0 the condition is empty. The selector and cutoff errors retain their stated τ\tau bounds. The second term of (B.8) is at most

W∗⁢CE⁢σ−8⁢eK+Lω4⁢(ℓ0⁢LN)1/3=oσ⁢(1).\frac{W_{*}C_{E}\sigma^{-8}e^{K+L_{\omega}}}{4(\ell_{0}L_{N})^{1/3}}=o_{\sigma% }(1).

Here K,LωK,L_{\omega} are absolute constants for the formal density, and log⁡Lc≥ℓ0⁢LN\log L_{c}\geq\ell_{0}L_{N}. The bound (1.26) is applied before σ\sigma is chosen in (1.27). Pointwise finiteness alone would allow unbounded σ⁢W⁢(σ)\sigma W(\sigma); the uniform bound removes that dependence.

B.3. Source and interval references

The source identity is Lemma 2.1, with its prefix and sifting data kept fixed. Section 6 bounds both difference weights, including the G1 representation multiplicities.

Hypothesis (5.23) follows from the Prime interval coefficients lemma in Section 5. Its endpoint power-log Siegel–Walfisz input is [Z1, (2.21)]. Endpoint subtraction requires

J⊂[Y/2,Y],|J|≍Y⁢L−H,Nc≤Y≤NC,J\subset[Y/2,Y],\qquad|J|\asymp YL^{-H},\qquad N^{c}\leq Y\leq N^{C},

with fixed H,c,CH,c,C and c,C>0c,C>0. Then #⁢{n∈J:n≡l(modk)}≤|J|/k+1\#\{n\in J:n\equiv l\pmod{k}\}\leq|J|/k+1. The O1 and G4 supports have H=2H=2 and H=HgH=H_{g} (§§ 5.5–5.6). Thus the interval hypothesis holds, also with the auxiliary divisor dd of (5.23).

Appendix C Finite source checks

Here we check source identities and cutoffs on selected instances. The main text proves these estimates uniformly in NN.

The script uses integer arithmetic and fractions.Fraction, with a smallest-prime-factor sieve through 400000400000. For each seed

1,2,20261022,1,\qquad 2,\qquad 20261022,

the script runs with second argument 150150 and Python random.Random(seed). It draws 150150 even integers N=2⋅randrange⁢(5000,60000)N=2\cdot\texttt{randrange}(5000,60000). Each draw selects z∈{5,7,11,13,17}z\in\{5,7,11,13,17\} and V0∈{200,500,1000,2000}V_{0}\in\{200,500,1000,2000\}. For each of the three prefix families below, it draws D∈{200,1000,5000}D\in\{200,1000,5000\} separately. It tests the primes vv with 100⁢v<99⁢N100v<99N. The plain sample also requires v>V0v>V_{0}. There are three prefix families: b=1b=1; the first at most six primes p∈[z,4⁢z)p\in[z,4z), p∤Np\nmid N; and the first at most six ordered pairs (p1,p2)(p_{1},p_{2}). The pairs satisfy z≤p2<p1<6⁢zz\leq p_{2}<p_{1}<6z and pi∤Np_{i}\nmid N. Thus the tested prefix condition is pi≥zp_{i}\geq z and (pi,N)=1(p_{i},N)=1.

For the three-step Buchstab identity, each seed gives 3030 further even integers N=2⋅randrange⁢(3000,15000)N=2\cdot\texttt{randrange}(3000,15000). Here z0=5z_{0}=5, z1∈{17,23,29}z_{1}\in\{17,23,29\} and V0=300V_{0}=300. The plain primes satisfy V0<vV_{0}<v and 100⁢v<99⁢N100v<99N. The switched checks use 3030 further even integers N=2⋅randrange⁢(20000,100000)N=2\cdot\texttt{randrange}(20000,100000). Set y1∈{5,7,11}y_{1}\in\{5,7,11\}, zsw∈{7,11,13}z_{\rm sw}\in\{7,11,13\}, and interval endpoints N/100,99⁢N/100N/100,99N/100. The ordered triples satisfy y1≤p1<p2≤p3y_{1}\leq p_{1}<p_{2}\leq p_{3}, p13<Np_{1}^{3}<N, p1⁢p22<Np_{1}p_{2}^{2}<N and N/100<p1⁢p2⁢p3<NN/100<p_{1}p_{2}p_{3}<N, with the coordinate bounds pi3<8⁢Np_{i}^{3}<8N. The tagged triples also have pi∤Np_{i}\nmid N and p3≠p2p_{3}\neq p_{2}. In these three batches the rational cutoffs are compared by cross-multiplying integers.

Check Finite assertion Recorded result
D1 The literal cofactor row equals S⁢(𝒜r,b,𝒫N,z)S(\mathcal{A}_{r,b},\mathcal{P}_{N},z) on each selected direct fibre. 1,350 direct-case batches; all passed
D2 The first-true partition of the ambient/plain source differences is exhaustive. 0 escapes among 3,988,123 ambient tuples; CUT-LOW 96,876, EXC 272, SRC-RESTORE 121,017
D3 The sifted source identity is the signed sum of the plain source and its two set differences. Exact on every tested fibre
D4 Escapes of the earlier source-difference predicate are removed by the sieve. 1,295,622 escapes; each has a cofactor prime <z<z not dividing NN; 0 exceptions
D5 Legendre’s identity uses the remainder of the plain tested sequence. Exact in every tested fibre
D6 The Rosser β=2\beta=2 lower and upper inequalities [10] hold, with the stated signed-remainder decompositions. Exact in every tested fibre
D7 For plain sampled primes v>V0v>V_{0}, Δ0⁢(q)=ΔP⁢(q)\Delta_{0}(q)=\Delta_{P}(q) whenever q≤V0q\leq V_{0}. Exact for every such modulus and prime
D8 The three-step Buchstab identity and its cutoff monotonicity hold on the plain sequence. 90/90 cases
G1 The tagged-ambient/plain-cut weight identity, tag partition, switching comparison, and plain-sequence Legendre identity hold. 90/90 cases; 0 tag escapes; 12,337 coordinate-divides-NN tags and 9,701 repeated-prime tags; all switching discrepancies occur at N−e≤NN-e\leq\sqrt{N} or N−e=1N-e=1

Each direct-row run has 450 batches. Together they contain 3,988,123 ambient tuples, and D2 and D4 report the combined counts. In D4, an “escape” is a tuple missed by the earlier difference predicates. Its cofactor has a sieving prime below zz, coprime to NN. The Buchstab and G1 counts also combine the three seeds. G1 counts coordinate-divisibility tags and repeated-prime tags separately, using a first-true partition: a coordinate-divisibility tag takes precedence over a repeated-prime tag when both predicates hold.

Each seed also gives five small examples. One further illustration has about 260 digits. The large examples use fixed-base Miller–Rabin screens. Their primality is uncertified. They illustrate the cutoffs only; neither the proof nor the numerical bounds use them.

The SHA-256 identifiers are:

  • •

    Checker lemma_s_ambient_check.py: 81d74731cf82e911ea509e3dcead1fcf885e4d3ca06e3d66b53fc749717138fc.

  • •

    Seed 11 output: 997cb3e32195d3a31e61557ca87474e8d0d785e3feb396cbd95164c9e3b35fe2.

  • •

    Seed 22 output: 3139f0952534a7072f1a09388305f426092cdfab07eab56892e8992cf14ff09a.

  • •

    Seed 2026102220261022 output: a6f69703a169e18fa05cd697399a67132b1fb3cd8383c5f4d10d24c84d00d04d.

  • •

    Environment record (Python 3.12.3, Linux x86_64): 7f0e02eb4aff3c83e7e8cacd9a831669782f676ffc5dfec047ce26ca200e5271.

These files are in the numerical-certificate archive; see the Data Availability statement. Its README gives the verification and reproduction commands.

Use of AI tools

The author devised the method of proof. Codex (OpenAI) and Claude Code (Anthropic) are the AI tools used. They assisted with derivation checks, code, typesetting, and review. The author checked every step of the proof, every table and every reference. The author takes full responsibility for the content of the paper.

Statements and declarations

Competing interests. The author declares no competing interests.

Funding. No external funding was received.

Data availability. The numerical-certificate supplement is provided as paper-ii-public-certificates-v11.tar.gz. It contains the source scripts, full-precision outputs, finite-check run records, verification logs, and environment records. The archive SHA-256 is cb9d7b96ce1323c9118d845f4dd701a0d830e8c610090deec88bd8792648e100. After extraction, the root SHA256SUMS has SHA-256 18eb23d96be1c096bd2d32a36a34d7e5d9da978e5494e7ae02851a7b74adb182. The archive README gives verification and reproduction commands. No DOI has been assigned.

References

  • [1] J. R. Chen, On the representation of a large even integer as the sum of a prime and the product of at most two primes (in Chinese), Kexue Tongbao 17 (1966), 385–386.
  • [2] J. R. Chen, On the representation of a large even integer as the sum of a prime and the product of at most two primes, Scientia Sinica 16 (1973), 157–176.
  • [3] J. Wu, Chen’s double sieve, Goldbach’s conjecture and the twin prime problem, Acta Arithmetica 114 (2004), no. 3, 215–273.
  • [4] J. Wu, Chen’s double sieve, Goldbach’s conjecture and the twin prime problem, 2, Acta Arithmetica 131 (2008), no. 4, 367–387. DOI: 10.4064/aa131-4-5.
  • [5] J. D. Lichtman, Primes in arithmetic progressions to large moduli, and Goldbach beyond the square-root barrier, with an appendix with S. Drappeau, arXiv:2309.08522v1, 2023.
  • [6] J. Li and J. Liu, Theorem (1+1.9)(1+1.9) on the Goldbach Conjecture, arXiv:2606.05224v2, 2026.
  • [Z1] R. Zhang, Shifted primes in arithmetic progressions to large moduli with linear sieve remainder weights, preprint, Zenodo, 2026. DOI: 10.5281/zenodo.23615525.
  • [7] J.-M. Deshouillers and H. Iwaniec, Kloosterman sums and Fourier coefficients of cusp forms, Inventiones Mathematicae 70 (1982), 219–288. DOI: 10.1007/BF01390728.
  • [8] E. Bombieri, J. B. Friedlander and H. Iwaniec, Primes in arithmetic progressions to large moduli, Acta Mathematica 156 (1986), 203–251. DOI: 10.1007/BF02399204.
  • [9] S. Drappeau, Sums of Kloosterman sums in arithmetic progressions, and the error term in the dispersion method, Proceedings of the London Mathematical Society 114 (2017), no. 4, 684–732. DOI: 10.1112/plms.12022; arXiv:1504.05549v4.
  • [10] H. Iwaniec, Rosser’s sieve, Acta Arithmetica 36 (1980), 171–202.
  • [11] H. Iwaniec, A new form of the error term in the linear sieve, Acta Arithmetica 37 (1980), 307–320. DOI: 10.4064/aa-37-1-307-320.
  • [12] D. R. Heath-Brown, Prime numbers in short intervals and a generalized Vaughan identity, Canadian Journal of Mathematics 34 (1982), 1365–1377. DOI: 10.4153/CJM-1982-095-9.
  • [13] H. H. Kim, Functoriality for the exterior square of G⁢L4GL_{4} and the symmetric fourth of G⁢L2GL_{2}, Journal of the American Mathematical Society 16 (2003), 139–183, with Appendix 1 by D. Ramakrishnan and Appendix 2 by H. H. Kim and P. Sarnak. DOI: 10.1090/S0894-0347-02-00410-1.
  • [14] H. Iwaniec and E. Kowalski, Analytic Number Theory, American Mathematical Society Colloquium Publications 53, American Mathematical Society, Providence, RI, 2004.
  • [15] P. Shiu, A Brun–Titchmarsh theorem for multiplicative functions, Journal für die reine und angewandte Mathematik 313 (1980), 161–170.
  • [16] E. Bombieri, On the large sieve, Mathematika 12 (1965), 201–225.
  • [17] A. I. Vinogradov, The density hypothesis for Dirichlet LL-series (in Russian), Izvestiya Akademii Nauk SSSR. Seriya Matematicheskaya 29 (1965), 903–934.
  • [18] C. L. Siegel, Über die Classenzahl quadratischer Zahlkörper, Acta Arithmetica 1 (1935), 83–86.
  • [19] A. Walfisz, Zur additiven Zahlentheorie. II, Mathematische Zeitschrift 40 (1936), 592–607. DOI: 10.1007/BF01218882.
  • [20] F. Mertens, Ein Beitrag zur analytischen Zahlentheorie, Journal für die reine und angewandte Mathematik 78 (1874), 46–62.
  • [21] A. A. Buchstab, Asymptotische Abschätzungen einer allgemeinen zahlentheoretischen Funktion, Matematicheskii Sbornik (N.S.) 2(44) (1937), no. 6, 1239–1246.
  • [22] J. B. Rosser and L. Schoenfeld, Approximate formulas for some functions of prime numbers, Illinois Journal of Mathematics 6 (1962), 64–94. DOI: 10.1215/ijm/1255631807.
  • [23] F. Johansson, Arb: Efficient arbitrary-precision midpoint-radius interval arithmetic, IEEE Transactions on Computers 66 (2017), no. 8, 1281–1292. DOI: 10.1109/TC.2017.2690633.